SEPARATE ACCOUNT A OF PM GROUP LIFE INSURANCE CO
N-4, 1999-01-25
Previous: SEPARATE ACCOUNT A OF PM GROUP LIFE INSURANCE CO, N-8A, 1999-01-25
Next: RAMPART CAPITAL CORP, SB-2, 1999-01-25



<PAGE>
 
     
As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 21, 1999
Registration No. 333-
811

                      SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                            Washington, D.C.  20549
                                   FORM N-4
    
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933   [X]
Pre-Effective Amendment No.                               [_]
Post Effective Amendment No.                              [_]     

                                    and/or
    
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940  [X]
Amendment No.                                                    [_]
(Check appropriate box or boxes)     

                              SEPARATE ACCOUNT A
                          (Exact Name of Registrant)
    
                       PM GROUP LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY*
                              (Name of Depositor)     

                           700 Newport Center Drive
                       Newport Beach, California  92660
        (Address of Depositor's Principal Executive Offices) (Zip Code)
    
                                (949) 640-3743     
              (Depositor's Telephone Number, including Area Code)
    
                                Diane N. Ledger
                                Vice President
                        Pacific Life Insurance Company
                           700 Newport Center Drive
                       Newport Beach, California  92660
                    (Name and address of agent for service)     

                       Copies of all communications to:
    
           Diane N. Ledger                           Jane A. Kanter, Esq.
   Pacific Life Insurance Company                   Dechert Price & Rhoads
           P. O. Box 9000                            1775 Eye Street, N.W.
    Newport Beach, CA 92658-9030                Washington, D.C. 20006-2401     

Title of Securities being registered: interests in individual flexible premium 
variable annuity contracts.

Approximate date of proposed public offering: As soon as practicable after the
effective date of the Registration Statement. The Registrant hereby amends this
Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its
effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which
specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become
effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until
the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the
Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

Filing Fee: None

* Depositor has requested authorization from the New York Department of
  Insurance to engage in the insurance business in the state of New York. If
  such authorization is granted, it is anticipated that Depositor will change
  its name to "Pacific Life & Annuity Company."

<PAGE>
 
SEPARATE ACCOUNT A
FORM N-4
CROSS REFERENCE SHEET

PART A

Item No.                                   Prospectus Heading

1.  Cover Page                             Cover Page

2.  Definitions                            SPECIAL DEFINITIONS

3.  Synopsis                               SUMMARY; FEE TABLE

4.  Condensed Financial Information        YOUR INVESTMENT OPTIONS --Variable
                                           Investment Option Performance;
                                           ADDITIONAL INFORMATION --Financial
                                           Statements; Financial Highlights
   
5.  General Description of Registrant,
      Depositor and Portfolio Companies    SUMMARY -- What are My Investment
                                           Options? PM GROUP Life Insurance
                                           Company [Pacific Life and Annuity
                                           Company] AND THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT --
                                           PM Group Life Insurance Company
                                           [Pacific Life and Annuity 
                                           Company], -- Separate Account A; YOUR
                                           INVESTMENT OPTIONS --Your Variable
                                           Investment Options; ADDITIONAL
                                           INFORMATION --Voting Rights

6.  Deductions                             SUMMARY -- What Charges Will I Pay?, 
                                           --Can I Change My Investment
                                           Options?; FEE TABLE; HOW YOUR
                                           PAYMENTS ARE ALLOCATED --Transfers;
                                           CHARGES, FEES AND DEDUCTIONS;
                                           WITHDRAWALS -- Optional Withdrawals 

7.  General Description of Variable
     Annuity Contracts                     SPECIAL DEFINITIONS; SUMMARY; WHY 
                                           BUY A CONTRACT; PURCHASING YOUR
                                           CONTRACT -- How to Apply for your
                                           Contract; HOW YOUR PAYMENTS ARE
                                           ALLOCATED; RETIREMENT BENEFITS AND
                                           OTHER PAYOUTS -- Choosing Your
                                           Annuity Option, -- Your Annuity
                                           Payments, -- Death Benefits;
                                           ADDITIONAL INFORMATION -- Voting
                                           Rights, -- Changes to Your Contract,
                                           -- Changes to ALL Contracts, --
                                           Inquiries and Submitting Forms
                                           and Requests, -- Timing of
                                           Payments and Transactions

8.  Annuity Period                         RETIREMENT BENEFITS AND OTHER PAYOUTS

9.  Death Benefit                          RETIREMENT BENEFITS AND OTHER PAYOUTS
                                           -- Death Benefits -- Death of Owner
                                           Distribution Rules
   
10. Purchases and Contract Value           SUMMARY - How Do I Purchase a
                                           Contract?; PURCHASING YOUR CONTRACT;
                                           HOW YOUR PAYMENTS ARE ALLOCATED; PM
                                           GROUP Life Insurance Company [Pacific
                                           Life and Annuity Company] AND THE
                                           SEPARATE ACCOUNT -- PM Group Life
                                           Insurance Company [Pacific Life and
                                           Annuity Company]; THE GENERAL 
                                           ACCOUNT -- Withdrawals and Transfers

11. Redemptions                            SUMMARY -- Can I Withdraw My
                                           Contract Value?, -- Can I Return My
                                           Contract?; CHARGES, FEES AND
                                           DEDUCTIONS; WITHDRAWALS; ADDITIONAL
                                           INFORMATION -- Timing of Payments and
                                           Transactions; THE GENERAL ACCOUNT --
                                           Withdrawals and Transfers

12. Taxes                                  SUMMARY; CHARGES, FEES AND DEDUCTIONS
                                           -- Premium Taxes; WITHDRAWALS --
                                           Optional Withdrawals, -- Tax
                                           Consequences of Withdrawals; FEDERAL
                                           TAX STATUS

13. Legal Proceedings                      Not Applicable

14. Table of Contents of the Statement
     of Additional Information             CONTENTS OF THE STATEMENT
                                           OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION


PART B

Item No.                                   Statement of Additional Information
                                           Heading

15. Cover Page                             Cover Page

16. Table of Contents                      TABLE OF CONTENTS

17. General Information and History        Not Applicable

18. Services                               Not Applicable

19. Purchase of Securities Being Offered   THE CONTRACTS AND THE SEPARATE
                                           ACCOUNT -- Calculating Subaccount
                                           Unit Values, -- Systematic Transfer
                                           Programs

20. Underwriters                           DISTRIBUTION OF THE CONTRACTS --
                                           Pacific Mutual Distributors, Inc.

21. Calculation of Performance Data        PERFORMANCE

22. Annuity Payments                       THE CONTRACTS AND THE SEPARATE
                                           ACCOUNT --Variable Annuity Payment
                                           Amounts

23. Financial Statements                   FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


PART C

Information required to be included in Part C is set forth under the appropriate
Item, so numbered, in Part C to this Registration Statement.
<PAGE>
 
 
                                  PACIFIC PORTFOLIOS
                                  Prospectus
                                  [XXX X, 1999]
 
[LOGO OF PACIFIC PORTFOLIOS]

The Contract is not available in all states. This prospectus is not an offer in
any state or jurisdiction where we're not legally permitted to offer the
Contract.
 
The Contract is described in detail in this Prospectus, and its Statement of
Additional Information (SAI), and any supplements to them. The Portfolios
underlying the Variable Investment Options are described in the prospectus for
the Pacific Select Fund, its SAI and any supplements to them. Nobody has the
right to describe the Contract any differently than it has been described in
this Prospectus.
 
You should be aware that the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") has not
reviewed the Contract and does not guarantee that the information in this
Prospectus, its SAI and any supplements is accurate or complete. It is a
criminal offense to say otherwise.
 
This annuity Contract is not a deposit or obligation of, or guaranteed or
endorsed by, any bank. It's not federally insured by the Federal Deposit
Insurance Corporation, the Federal Reserve Board, or any other government
agency. Investment in a contract involves risk, including possible loss of
principal.
 
Pacific Portfolios is an individual flexible premium deferred variable annuity
contract ("Contract") issued by PM Group Life Insurance Company [Pacific Life &
Annuity Company].
 
This prospectus provides information that you should know before buying a
Contract. Also, a current prospectus of the Pacific Select Fund, a fund that
provides the underlying portfolios for the Variable Investment Options offered
by the Contract, accompanies this Prospectus.
 
Please read these documents carefully and retain them for your future
reference.
 
Investment Options
 
Variable:
 
<TABLE>
<C>                   <S>
Money Market          Mid-Cap Value
High Yield Bond       Equity
Managed Bond          Bond and Income
Government Securities Equity Index
Aggressive Equity     Small-Cap Index
Growth LT             REIT
Equity Income         International
Multi-Strategy        Emerging Markets
Large-Cap Value
 
Fixed:
 
Fixed Option          DCA Plus Fixed Option
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----
<S>                                                                         <C>
SPECIAL DEFINITIONS........................................................   4
SUMMARY....................................................................   7
FEE TABLE..................................................................   9
WHY BUY A CONTRACT.........................................................  12
YOUR INVESTMENT OPTIONS....................................................  13
  Your Variable Investment Options.........................................  13
  Variable Investment Option Performance...................................  15
  Your Fixed Option and DCA Plus Fixed Option..............................  15
PURCHASING YOUR CONTRACT...................................................  16
  How to Apply for Your Contract...........................................  16
  Making Your Purchase Payments............................................  16
HOW YOUR PAYMENTS ARE ALLOCATED............................................  17
  Choosing Your Investment Options.........................................  17
  Investing in Variable Investment Options.................................  17
  When Your Investment is Effective........................................  17
  Transfers................................................................  18
CHARGES, FEES AND DEDUCTIONS...............................................  20
  Withdrawal Charge........................................................  20
  Premium Taxes............................................................  21
  Annual Fee...............................................................  22
  Waivers and Reduced Charges..............................................  22
  Mortality and Expense Risk Charge........................................  22
  Administrative Fee.......................................................  23
  Expenses of the Fund.....................................................  23
RETIREMENT BENEFITS AND OTHER PAYOUTS......................................  23
  Selecting Your Annuitant.................................................  23
  Annuitization............................................................  23
  Choosing Your Annuity Date ("Annuity Start Date")........................  24
  Default Annuity Date and Options.........................................  25
  Choosing Your Annuity Option.............................................  25
  Your Annuity Payments....................................................  26
  Death Benefits...........................................................  27
WITHDRAWALS................................................................  30
  Optional Withdrawals.....................................................  30
  Tax Consequences of Withdrawals..........................................  31
  Short-Term Cancellation Right ("Free Look")..............................  31
PM GROUP AND THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT..........................................  32
  PM Group Life Insurance Company [Pacific Life and Annuity Company].......  32
  Separate Account A.......................................................  32
FEDERAL TAX STATUS.........................................................  33
  Taxes Payable by Contract Owners: General Rules..........................  33
  Qualified Contracts......................................................  35
  Loans....................................................................  37
</TABLE>
 
                                       2
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----
<S>                                                                         <C>
  Withholding..............................................................  39
  Impact of Federal Income Taxes...........................................  39
  Taxes on PM Group [PLA]..................................................  39
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.....................................................  40
  Voting Rights............................................................  40
  Changes to Your Contract.................................................  40
  Changes to ALL Contracts.................................................  41
  Inquiries and Submitting Forms and Requests..............................  42
  Telephone Transactions...................................................  43
  Timing of Payments and Transactions......................................  43
  Confirmations, Statements and Other Reports to Contract Owners...........  43
  Replacement of Life Insurance or Annuities...............................  44
  Financial Statements - Statutory Basis...................................  44
  Preparation for the Year 2000............................................  44
THE GENERAL ACCOUNT........................................................  45
  General Information......................................................  45
  Guarantee Terms..........................................................  45
  Withdrawals and Transfers................................................  46
CONTENTS OF THE SAI........................................................  47
</TABLE>
 
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
 
                              SPECIAL DEFINITIONS
 
In this Prospectus, "we," "our" and "us" refer to PM Group Life Insurance
Company [Pacific Life & Annuity Company] ("PM Group" ["PLA"]); "you" and
"your" refer to the Contract Owner.
 
Account Value--The amount of your Contract Value allocated to a specified
Variable Investment Option or the Fixed Option.
 
Annual Fee--A $30 fee charged each year on your Contract Anniversary and at
the time of a full withdrawal, if your Net Contract Value is less than $50,000
on that date.
 
Annuitant--A person on whose life annuity payments may be determined. An
Annuitant's life may also be used to determine certain increases in death
benefits, and to determine the Annuity Date. A Contract may name a single
("sole") Annuitant or two ("Joint") Annuitants, and may also name a
"Contingent" Annuitant. If you name Joint Annuitants or a Contingent
Annuitant, "the Annuitant" means the sole surviving Annuitant, unless
otherwise stated.
 
Annuity Date ("Annuity Start Date")--The date specified in your Contract, or
the date you later elect, if any, for the start of annuity payments if the
Annuitant (or Joint Annuitants) is (or are) still living and your Contract is
in force; or if earlier, the date that annuity payments actually begin.
 
Annuity Option--Any one of the income options available for a series of
payments after your Annuity Date.
 
Beneficiary--A person who may have a right to receive the death benefit
payable upon the death of the Annuitant or a Contract Owner prior to the
Annuity Date, or has a right to receive remaining guaranteed annuity payments,
if any, if the Annuitant dies after the Annuity Date.
 
Business Day--Any day on which the value of an amount invested in a Variable
Investment Option is required to be determined, which currently includes each
day that the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading and on which our
Annuities administrative offices are open. The New York Stock Exchange is
closed on weekends and on the following holidays: New Year's Day, President's
Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, July Fourth, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and
Christmas Day. We may choose to close our Annuities administrative offices on
other holidays, a day immediately preceding or following a national holiday,
or in emergency situations, such as those extraordinary circumstances as
described in Timing of Payments and Transactions. In this Prospectus, "day" or
"date" means Business Day unless otherwise specified. If any transaction or
event called for under a Contract is scheduled to occur on a day that is not a
Business Day, such transaction or event will be deemed to occur on the next
following Business Day unless otherwise specified. Special circumstances such
as leap years and months with fewer than 31 days are discussed in the SAI.
Each Business Day ends at 4:00 p.m. Eastern time.
 
Code--The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
 
Contingent Annuitant--A person, named in your Contract, who will become your
sole surviving Annuitant if your existing sole Annuitant (or both Joint
Annuitants) should die.
 
Contingent Owner--A person, named in your Contract, who will succeed to the
rights as a Contract Owner of your Contract if all named Contract Owners die
before your Annuity Date.
 
Contract Anniversary--The same date, in each subsequent year, as your Contract
Date.
 
Contract Date--The date we issue your Contract.
 
Contract Debt--As of the end of any given Business Day, the principal amount
you have outstanding on any loan under your Contract, plus any accrued and
unpaid interest. Loans are available only on certain Qualified Contracts.
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
 
Contract Owner, Owner, Policyholder, you, or your--Generally, a person who
purchases a Contract and makes the Purchase Payments. A Contract Owner has all
rights in the Contract, including the right to make withdrawals, designate and
change beneficiaries, transfer amounts among Investment Options, and designate
an Annuity Option. If your Contract names Joint Owners, both Joint Owners are
Contract Owners and share all such rights.
 
Contract Value--As of the end of any Business Day, the sum of your Variable
Account Value, Fixed Option Value, DCA Plus Fixed Option Value and the Loan
Account Value.
 
Contract Year--A year that starts on the Contract Date or on a Contract
Anniversary.
 
DCA Plus Fixed Option--If you allocate all or part of your Purchase Payments
to the DCA Plus Fixed Option, such amounts are held in our General Account and
receive interest at rates declared periodically (the "Guaranteed Interest
Rate"), but not less than an annual rate of 3%.
 
DCA Plus Fixed Option Value--The aggregate of your Contract Value allocated to
the DCA Plus Fixed Option.
 
Earnings--As of the end of any Business Day, your Earnings equal your Contract
Value less your aggregate Purchase Payments which are reduced by withdrawals
of prior Purchase Payments.
 
Fixed Option--If you allocate all or a part of your Purchase Payments or
Contract Value to the Fixed Option, such amounts are held in our General
Account and receive interest at rates declared periodically, but not less than
an annual rate of 3%.
 
Fixed Option Value--The aggregate amount of your Contract Value allocated to
the Fixed Option.
 
Fund--Pacific Select Fund.
 
General Account--Our General Account consists of all of our assets other than
those assets allocated to Separate Account A or to any of our other separate
accounts.
 
Guaranteed Interest Rate--The interest rate guaranteed at the time of
allocation (or rollover) for the Guarantee Term on amounts allocated to the
Fixed Option or DCA Plus Fixed Option. All Guaranteed Interest Rates are
expressed as annual rates and interest is accrued daily. The rate will not be
less than an annual rate of 3%.
 
Guarantee Term--The period during which an amount you allocate to the Fixed
Option earns a Guaranteed Interest Rate. These terms are up to one-year for
the Fixed Option and one year for the DCA Plus Fixed Option.
 
Investment Option--A Variable Account, the Fixed Option or the DCA Plus Fixed
Option offered under the Contract.
 
Joint Annuitant--If your Contract is a Non-Qualified Contract, you may name
two Annuitants, called "Joint Annuitants," in your application for your
Contract. Special restrictions apply for Qualified Contracts.
 
Loan Account Value--The amount transferred from your Investment Options to the
General Account to secure a Contract Loan, increased by interest earned and
decreased by any principal repayments and/or withdrawals or transfers of
interest earned.
 
Net Contract Value--Your Contract Value less Contract Debt.
 
Non-Qualified Contract--A Contract other than a Qualified Contract.
 
Portfolio--A separate portfolio of the Fund.
 
Primary Annuitant--The individual that is named in your Contract, the events
in the life of whom are of primary importance in affecting the timing or
amount of the payout under the Contract.
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
 
Purchase Payment--An amount paid to us by or on behalf of a Contract Owner, as
consideration for the benefits provided under the Contract.
 
Qualified Contract--A Contract that qualifies under the Code as an individual
retirement annuity ("IRA"), or a Contract purchased by a Qualified Plan,
qualifying for special tax treatment under the Code.
 
Qualified Plan--A retirement plan that receives favorable tax treatment under
Section 401, 403, 408, 408A or 457 of the Code.
 
Policyholder--The Contract Owner.
 
SEC--Securities and Exchange Commission.
 
Separate Account A (the "Separate Account")--A separate account of ours
registered as a unit investment trust under the Investment Company Act of
1940.
 
Subaccount--An investment division of the Separate Account. Each Subaccount
invests its assets in shares of a corresponding Portfolio or a class of shares
of a Portfolio.
 
Subaccount Annuity Unit--Subaccount Annuity Units (or "Annuity Units") are
used to measure variation in variable annuity payments. To the extent you
elect to convert all or some of your Contract Value into variable annuity
payments, the amount of each annuity payment (after the first payment) will
vary with the value and number of Annuity Units in each Subaccount attributed
to any variable annuity payments. At annuitization (after any applicable
premium taxes and/or other taxes are paid), the amount annuitized to a
variable annuity determines the amount of your first variable annuity payment
and the number of Annuity Units credited to your annuity in each Subaccount.
The value of Subaccount Annuity Units, like the value of Subaccount Units, is
expected to fluctuate daily, as described in the definition of "Unit Value."
 
Subaccount Unit--Before your Annuity Date, each time you allocate an amount to
a Subaccount, your Contract is credited with a number of Subaccount Units in
that Subaccount; these Units are used, for accounting purposes, to measure
your Account Value in that Subaccount. The value of Subaccount Units is
expected to fluctuate daily, as described in the definition of Unit Value.
 
Unit Value--The value of a Subaccount Unit ("Subaccount Unit Value") or
Subaccount Annuity Unit ("Subaccount Annuity Unit Value"). Unit Value of any
Subaccount is subject to change on any Business Day in much the same way that
the value of a mutual fund share changes each day; the fluctuations in value
reflect the investment results, expenses of and charges against the Portfolio
in which the Subaccount invests its assets, and also reflect charges against
the Separate Account. Changes in Subaccount Annuity Unit Values also reflect
an additional factor that adjusts Subaccount Annuity Unit Values to offset our
Annuity Option Table's implicit assumption of an annual investment return of
5%; the effect of this assumed investment return is explained in detail in the
SAI. Unit Value of a Subaccount Unit or Subaccount Annuity Unit on any
Business Day is measured at or about 4:00 p.m., Eastern time, on that Business
Day.
 
Variable Account Value--The aggregate amount of your Contract Value allocated
to all Subaccounts.
 
Variable Investment Option--A Subaccount.
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
 
 
                                    SUMMARY
 
This is a brief overview of the more significant features of your Contract.
More detailed information may be found in other sections of this Prospectus,
the SAI and the Contract. Endorsements to your Contract may contain variations
form the standardized information in this Prospectus.
 
If the information in any Contract endorsement or Prospectus supplement differs
from the information in this Prospectus, we will consider the endorsement or
supplement to be correct.
 
Here is some important information to remember about your Contract.
 
<TABLE>
 <C>                      <S>
 What is the Contract?    The Contract is an annuity Contract designed to be a
                          long-term financial planning device. It permits you
                          to invest, on a tax-deferred basis, for retirement or
                          other long-range goals. It also allows you to receive
                          a series of regular payments for a specific length of
                          time. See FEDERAL TAX STATUS.

 How do I Purchase a      You can purchase a Contract with an initial payment
 Contract?                of at least $5,000 (for a Qualified Contract $2,000).
                          After the initial Purchase Payment, you may make
                          additional Purchase Payments if you want, but it is
                          not required. You can also pay your initial Purchase
                          Payment over the first Contract Year by automatic
                          installments. See PURCHASING YOUR CONTRACT.
 
 What are my              You select your own Investment Options. Seventeen
 Investment Options?      Variable Investment Options are available through the
                          Separate Account A. Each Variable Investment Option
                          invests in a corresponding Portfolio of the Pacific
                          Select Fund ("Fund"). Pacific Life Insurance Company
                          ("Pacific Life") is the Investment Advisor of the
                          Fund. Pacific Life and the Fund have retained other
                          Portfolio managers for fifteen of the available
                          Portfolios. You bear the investment associated with
                          the Variable Investment Options. You should expect
                          any Contract Value and any Subaccount Annuity Units
                          attributed to any variable annuity payments to
                          fluctuate. See HOW YOUR PAYMENTS ARE ALLOCATED. Fixed
                          annuity payments are funded through Pacific Life's
                          General Account.

                          Also available as Investment Options are the Fixed
                          Option and the DCA Plus Fixed Option. These options
                          provide a fixed annual rate of at least 3%. We hold
                          the Purchase Payments that you allocate to the Fixed
                          Option and the DCA Plus Option in our General
                          Account. You may select as many Investment Options as
                          you wish up to the Annuity Date of your Contract.
                          After that date, you may select the Variable
                          Investment Options if you choose variable annuity
                          payments.

 Can I Change My          On or before your Annuity Date, you may transfer
 Investment Options?      amounts from any Investment Option to another. After
                          the Annuity Date, you may make up to four exchanges
                          of subaccount annuity units in any twelve-month
                          period. Certain restrictions apply to the Fixed
                          Option and DCA Plus Fixed Option. You may transfer
                          amounts automatically using Dollar Cost Averaging,
                          portfolio rebalancing, or an earnings sweep. In the
                          future, we may impose transaction fees for excessive
                          transfers. See HOW YOUR PAYMENTS ARE ALLOCATED-
                          Transfers and THE GENERAL ACCOUNT-Withdrawals and
                          Transfers in this Prospectus and THE CONTRACTS AND
                          THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT-Systematic Transfer Programs in
                          the SAI.
</TABLE>
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
 <C>                      <S>
 What Charges Will I Pay? We charge an administrative fee at an annual rate of
                          .15% and a mortality and expense risk charge at an
                          annual rate of 1.25% fees against the assets held in
                          the Variable Investment Options. The amounts invested
                          in the Variable Investment Options are also subject
                          each year to the operating expenses imposed on the
                          corresponding Portfolios of the Fund. Before you
                          annuities and at the time of a full withdrawal if
                          your Net Contract Value is less than $50,000, we
                          charge an annual fee of $30 each year. You may be
                          subject to a contingent deferred sale charge (or
                          "withdrawal charge") when you withdraw amounts from
                          your Contract Value that we attributed to Purchase
                          Payments. This charge can be up to 7%. It is
                          determined by:

                            . the amount of your withdrawal

                            . the length of time the Purchase Payment
                              considered withdrawn was held under the Contract.

                            . You may also be subject to other fees. See
                              CHARGES, FEES AND DEDUCTIONS.

 Can I Withdraw My        Generally, you may withdraw all or part of your
 Contract Value?          Contract Value at any time on or before your Annuity
                          Date. Withdrawals may be subject to fees, charges and
                          taxation. In certain circumstances, you may be
                          subject to a tax penalty. Certain restrictions on
                          withdrawals are imposed from the Fixed Option and
                          certain Qualified Contracts. See WITHDRAWALS, FEDERAL
                          TAX STATUS and THE GENERAL ACCOUNT-Withdrawals and
                          Transfers.

 Can I Return My          For 10 days after you receive your Contract, you may
 Contract?                return it for a refund without any penalties or
                          surrender charges. This is called a "free look"
                          provision. See WITHDRAWALS-Short-Term Cancellation
                          Right ("Free-Look").

 How do I                 You can reach a PM Group [PLA] service representative
 Reach PM Group           between the hours of 6:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m., Pacific
 [PLA]                    time at 1-800-XXX-XXXX. For information on sending
                          payments, forms or other requests, see ADDITIONAL
                          INFORMATION-Inquiries and submitting Forms and
                          Requests.
</TABLE>
 
 
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
 
                                   FEE TABLE
 
  The purpose of this fee table is to assist you in understanding the various
costs and expenses that you will bear directly or indirectly under your
Contract.
 
  The table reflects expenses of the Separate Account as well as expenses of
the fund. Expenses shown under "Contract Expenses" and "Separate Account Annual
Expenses" are specified under the terms of the Contract and are fixed. Expenses
shown under "fund Annual Expenses after Expense Limitation" are estimated
expenses of the Fund; Fund expenses are not specified under the terms of the
Contract and may vary from year to year.
 
  In addition to the charges and expenses described below, a charge for premium
taxes and/or other taxes may apply. See CHARGES, FEES AND DEDUCTIONS-Premium
Taxes, the discussion under ORGANIZATION AND MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND in the
Fund's Prospectus, and Investment Adviser and Portfolio Management Agreements
in the Fund's SAI.
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                      <C>
Contract Expenses

Sales Charge Imposed on Purchase Payments...............................   None
Maximum Withdrawal Charge/1/............................................   7.0%
(computed as a percentage of Purchase Payments)
Withdrawal Transaction Fee/2/...........................................   None
Transfer Fee/3/.........................................................   None
Annual Fee/4/........................................................... $30.00

Separate Account A Annual Expenses
(as a percentage of average daily account value)
Mortality and Expense Risk Charge.......................................  1.25%
Administrative Fee......................................................  0.15%
</TABLE>
 
/1/ The withdrawal charge, also called a "contingent deferred sales charge," may
    not apply or may be reduced under certain circumstances. See CHARGES, FEES
    AND DEDUCTIONS.
 
/2/ We reserve the right to impose a transaction fee in the future of up to $15
    per withdrawal on partial withdrawals in excess of 15 in any Contract Year.
    See WITHDRAWALS-Optional Withdrawals.
 
/3/ We reserve the right to impose a transaction fee in the future of up to $15
    per transfer on transfers in excess of 15 in any Contract year. See HOW YOUR
    PAYMENTS ARE ALLOCATED-Transfers.
 
/4/ This fee will be charged on each Contract Anniversary prior to your Annuity
    Date and at the time of a full withdrawal of any Contract Value unless your
    Net Contract Value is at least $50,000 on that date.
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
 
                Fund Annual Expenses After Expense Limitation*
            (as a percentage of Portfolio average daily net assets)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      Advisory  Other    Total
                                                        Fee    Expenses Expenses
                                                      -------- -------- --------
<S>                                                   <C>      <C>      <C>
Money Market.........................................    .38%    .06%      .44%
High Yield Bond......................................    .60%    .05%      .65%
Managed Bond.........................................    .60%    .06%      .66%
Government Securities................................    .60%    .06%      .66%
Aggressive Equity....................................    .80%    .06%      .86%
Growth LT............................................    .75%    .07%      .82%
Equity Income........................................    .65%    .05%      .70%
Multi-Strategy.......................................    .65%    .06%      .71%
Mid-Cap Value........................................    .85%    .06%      .91%
Large-Cap Value......................................    .85%    .06%      .91%
Equity...............................................    .65%    .05%      .70%
Bond and Income......................................    .60%    .06%      .66%
Equity Index.........................................    .17%    .06%      .23%
Small-Cap Index......................................    .50%    .06%      .56%
REIT.................................................   1.10%    .06%     1.16%
International........................................    .85%*   .19%     1.04%
Emerging Markets.....................................   1.10%    .36%     1.46%
</TABLE>
 
*The Mid-Cap Value, Large-Cap Value, Small-Cap Index, and REIT Portfolios have
recently begun operations, and their "other expenses" have been estimated. The
expenses listed for the other thirteen Fund Portfolios reflect current
expenses for the year ending December 31, 1997, except that the Advisory Fee
for the International Portfolio has been adjusted to reflect the Advisory Fee
without any waiver. The Actual Advisory Fee paid by the International
Portfolio in 1997 was 0.83% of the Portfolio's average daily net assets. This
reflects the portion of the Advisory Fee waived by Pacific Life until such
time as shareholders approved a change in the Portfolio Manager to Morgan
Stanley which occurred on June 1, 1997, and a change in the fee paid to the
portfolio manager. In addition Pacific Life, as Investment Adviser to the
Fund, adopted the policy to waive its fees or otherwise reimburse expenses so
that operating expenses (exclusive of advisory fees, additional custodial fees
associated with holding foreign securities, foreign taxes on dividends,
interest or capital gains, and extraordinary expenses) for each Portfolio are
not greater than 0.25% of the average daily net assets per year. Pacific Life
began the policy in 1989 and intends to continue this policy until at least
December 31, 1999. No reimbursement to the Portfolios was necessary for fiscal
year 1997. There can be no assurance that the expense reimbursement
arrangement will continue after December 31, 1999, and any unreimbursed
expenses would be reflected in the Policy Owner's Accumulated Value and in
some instances, the death benefit.
 
  Example: If, at the end of the indicated time period, you annuitize your
  Contract Value, you surrender your Contract and withdraw your Contract
  Value, or you neither annuitize nor surrender your Contract, you would pay
  the following cumulative expenses on each $1,000 invested, assuming 5%
  annual return on assets:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             Neither Annuitized
Variable Account                      Annuitized Surrendered  Nor Surrendered
- ----------------                      ---------- ----------- ------------------
<S>                                   <C>        <C>         <C>
Money Market
    1 Year...........................    $ 82       $ 82            $19
    3 Year...........................      60        114             60
    5 Year...........................     103        130            103
    10 Year..........................     222        222            222
High Yield Bond
    1 Year...........................      84         84             21
    3 Year...........................      66        120             66
    5 Year...........................     113        140            113
    10 Year..........................     243        243            243
</TABLE>
 
 
                                      10
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              Neither Annuitized
Variable Account                       Annuitized Surrendered  Nor Surrendered
- ----------------                       ---------- ----------- ------------------
<S>                                    <C>        <C>         <C>
Managed Bond
    1 Year............................      85         85              22
    3 Year............................      66        120              66
    5 Year............................     114        141             114
    10 Year...........................     245        245             245
Government Securities
    1 Year............................    $ 85       $ 85            $ 22
    3 Year............................      66        120              66
    5 Year............................     114        141             114
    10 Year...........................     245        245             245
Aggressive Equity
    1 Year............................      87         87              24
    3 Year............................      73        127              73
    5 Year............................     124        151             124
    10 Year...........................     265        265             265
Growth LT
    1 Year............................      86         86              23
    3 Year............................      71        125              71
    5 Year............................     122        149             122
    10 Year...........................     261        261             261
Equity Income
    1 Year............................      85         85              22
    3 Year............................      68        122              68
    5 Year............................     116        143             116
    10 Year...........................     249        249             249
Multi-Strategy
    1 Year............................      85         85              22
    3 Year............................      68        122              68
    5 Year............................     116        143             116
    10 Year...........................     250        250             250
Mid-Cap Value
    1 Year............................      87         87              24
    3 Year............................      74        128              74
    5 Year............................     127        154             127
    10 Year...........................     270        270             270
Large-Cap Value
    1 Year............................      87         87              24
    3 Year............................      74        128              74
    5 Year............................     127        154             127
    10 Year...........................     270        270             270
Equity
    1 Year............................      85         85              22
    3 Year............................      68        122              68
    5 Year............................     116        143             116
    10 Year...........................     249        249             249
Bond and Income
    1 Year............................      85         85              22
    3 Year............................      66        120              66
    5 Year............................     114        141             114
    10 Year...........................     245        245             245
Equity Index
    1 Year............................      80         80              17
    3 Year............................      53        107              53
    5 Year............................      92        119              92
    10 Year...........................     199        199             199
Small-Cap Value
    1 Year............................      84         84              21
    3 Year............................      63        117              63
    5 Year............................     109        136             109
    10 Year...........................     234        234             234
REIT
    1 Year............................      90         90              27
    3 Year............................      82        136              82
    5 Year............................     139        166             139
    10 Year...........................     295        295             295
</TABLE>
 
 
                                       11
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              Neither Annuitized
Variable Account                       Annuitized Surrendered  Nor Surrendered
- ----------------                       ---------- ----------- ------------------
<S>                                    <C>        <C>         <C>
International
    1 Year............................     88          88             25
    3 Year............................     78         132             78
    5 Year............................    133         160            133
    10 Year...........................    283         283            283
Emerging Markets
    1 Year............................     93          93             30
    3 Year............................     90         144             90
    5 Year............................    154         181            154
    10 Year...........................    324         324            324
</TABLE>
 
The examples should not be considered a representation of past or future
expenses; actual expenses incurred in any given year may be more or less than
those shown in the examples.
 
The examples use an assumed Contract Value of $45,000, and reflect the
deduction of the Annual Fee amount without regard to the waiver for Contract
Values over $50,000.
 
                              WHY BUY A CONTRACT
 
Your Pacific Portfolios Contract (your "Contract") is an annuity contract that
provides you with flexibility in tax-deferred retirement planning or other
long-term financial planning. You may select among seventeen Variable
Investment Options, the Fixed Option, and the DCA Plus Fixed Option when you
elect DCA Plus. You may choose to add to your Contract Value at any time
before the Annuity Date, and your additional Purchase Payments may be in any
amount you choose (subject to certain limitations). When you annuitize, we
will send the payee a series of variable and/or fixed payments for life or for
a specified number of years.
 
If you purchase a Contract with after-tax dollars ("Non-Qualified Contract")
or if your Contract is purchased through a Qualified Plan or IRA ("Qualified
Contract"), your earnings on the Contract are not subject to tax until amounts
are withdrawn or distributed (including annuity payments). See Federal Tax
Status.
 
                                      12
<PAGE>
 
                            YOUR INVESTMENT OPTIONS
 
You may choose among seventeen different Variable Investment Options, the
Fixed Option and the DCA Plus Fixed Option.
 
Your Variable Investment Options
 
Separate Account A, a separate account of ours, currently offers you seventeen
"Variable Investment Options" (also called "Subaccounts"). Each Variable
Investment Option invests in a separate Portfolio of the Fund. Your Variable
Investment Options are:
 
  .  Money Market Subaccount
  .  High Yield Bond Subaccount
  .  Managed Bond Subaccount
  .  Government Securities Subaccount
  .  Aggressive Equity Subaccount
  .  Growth LT Subaccount
  .  Equity Income Subaccount
  .  Multi-Strategy Subaccount
  .  Mid-Cap Value Subaccount
  .  Large-Cap Value Subaccount
  .  Equity Subaccount
  .  Bond and Income Subaccount
  .  Equity Index Subaccount
  .  Small-Cap Index Subaccount
  .  REIT Subaccount
  .  International Subaccount
  .  Emerging Markets Subaccount
 
                                      13
<PAGE>
 
What Are Each of These Options?
 
For your convenience, the following chart summarizes some basic data about
each Portfolio. This chart is only a summary. For more complete information on
each Portfolio, including a discussion of the Portfolio's investment
techniques and the risks associated with its investments, see the accompanying
Fund Prospectus. No assurance can be given that a Portfolio will achieve its
investment objective. YOU SHOULD READ THE FUND PROSPECTUS CAREFULLY BEFORE
INVESTING.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                             Primary Investments
                                             (under normal
 Portfolio            Investment Objective   conditions)            Portfolio Manager
 
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 <S>                  <C>                    <C>                    <C>
 Money Market         Current income         Highest quality money  Pacific Life
                      consistent with        market securities.
                      preservation of
                      capital.
 
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 High Yield Bond      High level of current  Intermediate- and      Pacific Life
                      income.                long-term high-
                                             yielding lower and
                                             medium quality ("high
                                             risk")
                                             fixed income
                                             securities.
 
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Managed Bond         Maximize total return  Investment grade       Pacific Investment
                      consistent with        marketable debt        Management Company
                      prudent investment     securities. Will
                      management.            normally maintain an
                                             average portfolio
                                             duration of 3-7 years.
 
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Government Securi-   Maximize total return  Securities that are    Pacific Investment
  ties                consistent with        obligations of or      Management Company
                      prudent investment     guaranteed by the U.S.
                      management.            Government, its
                                             agencies or
                                             instrumentalities
                                             (including futures
                                             contracts and options
                                             thereon). Will
                                             normally maintain an
                                             average portfolio
                                             duration of 3-7 years.
 
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Aggressive Equity    Capital appreciation.  Common stocks of small Alliance Capital
                                             emerging growth and    Management L.P.
                                             medium capitalization
                                             companies.
 
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Growth LT            Long-term growth of    Equity securities.     Janus Capital
                      capital consistent                            Corporation
                      with preservation of
                      capital.
 
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Equity Income        Long-term growth of    Dividend-paying common J.P. Morgan Investment
                      capital and income.    stock.                 Management Inc.
 
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Multi-Strategy       High total return.     Equity and fixed       J.P. Morgan Investment
                                             income securities.     Management Inc.
 
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Mid-Cap Value        Capital appreciation.  Equity securities of   Lazard Asset
                                             medium-capitalization  Management
                                             domestic companies
                                             believed to be
                                             undervalued.
 
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Large-Cap Value      Long-term growth of    Equity securities of   Salomon Brothers Asset
                      capital.               large capitalization   Management Inc.
                                             companies.
 
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Equity               Capital appreciation.  Common stocks and      Goldman Sachs
                                             securities convertible Asset Management
                                             into or exchangeable
                                             for common stocks.
 
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Bond and Income      Provide total return   Investment grade debt  Goldman Sachs
                      and income consistent  securities. Will       Asset Management
                      with prudent           normally maintain an
                      investment management. average portfolio
                                             duration within one-
                                             half year of a long-
                                             term bond index.
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE> 
 
                                      14
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                             Primary Investments
                                             (under normal
 Portfolio            Investment Objective   conditions)            Portfolio Manager
 
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 <S>                  <C>                    <C>                    <C>
 Equity Index         Investment results     Stocks included in the Bankers Trust Company
                      that correspond to the Standard & Poor's 500
                      total return           Composite Stock Price
                      performance of common  Index (the "S&P 500").
                      stocks publicly traded
                      in the U.S.
 
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Small-Cap Index      Provide investment     Stocks included in the Bankers Trust Company
                      results that           Russell 2000 Index.
                      correspond to the
                      total return of the
                      Russell 2000 Small
                      Stock Index.
 
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 REIT                 Current income and     Real Estate Investment Morgan Stanley Asset
                      long-term growth of    Trusts and equity      Management Inc.
                      capital.               securities of
                                             companies principally
                                             engaged in the U.S.
                                             real estate industry.
 
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 International        Long-term capital      Equity securities of   Morgan Stanley Asset
                      appreciation.          corporations domiciled Management Inc.
                                             outside the U.S.
 
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Emerging Markets     Long-term growth of    Common stocks of       Blairlogie Capital
                      capital.               companies domiciled in Management
                                             emerging market
                                             countries.
 
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

</TABLE> 
 
The Investment Adviser
 
Pacific Life is the investment adviser for the Fund. Pacific Life and the Fund
have retained other portfolio managers, supervised by Pacific Life, for
fifteen of the Portfolios.
 
Variable Investment Option Performance
 
Historical performance information can help you understand how investment
performance can affect your investment in the Variable Investment Options. The
Subaccounts are newly established and have no historical performance. Each
Subaccount will be investing in shares of a Portfolio of the Fund. The
majority of these Portfolios do have historical performance data which covers
a longer period. Performance data include total returns for each Subaccount,
current and effective yields for the Money Market Subaccount, and yields for
the other fixed income Subaccounts. Calculations are in accordance with
standard formulas prescribed by the SEC which are described in the SAI. Yields
do not reflect any charge for premium taxes and/or other taxes; this exclusion
may cause yields to show more favorable performance. Total returns may or may
not reflect withdrawal charges, Annual Fees or any charge for premium and/or
other taxes; data that do not reflect these charges may show more favorable
performance.
 
The SAI presents some hypothetical performance data, showing what the
performance of each Subaccount would have been if it had been investing in the
corresponding Portfolio since that Portfolio's inception. The SAI also
presents some performance benchmarks, based on unmanaged market indices, such
as the S&P 500, and on "peer groups," which use other managed funds with
similar investment objectives. These benchmarks may give you a broader
perspective when you examine hypothetical or actual Subaccount performance.
 
In addition, we may provide you with reports both as an insurance company and
as to our claims paying ability that are produced by rating agencies and
organizations.
 
Your Fixed Option and DCA Plus Fixed Option
 
The Fixed Option and the DCA Plus Fixed Option each offer you a guaranteed
minimum interest rate on the amounts you allocate to these Options. Amounts
you allocate to these Options, and your earnings credited are held in our
General Account. For more detailed information about these Options, see THE
GENERAL ACCOUNT section in this Prospectus.
 
 
                                      15
<PAGE>
 
                           PURCHASING YOUR CONTRACT
 
How to Apply for Your Contract
 
The Contract is intended to be offered for sale in the State of New York. To
purchase a Contract, fill out an application and submit it along with your
initial Purchase Payment to PM Group Life Insurance Company [Pacific Life &
Annuity Company] at 700 Newport Center Drive, Newport Beach, California,
92660. If your application and payment are complete when received, or once
they have become complete, we will issue your Contract within two Business
Days. If some information is missing from your application, we may delay
issuing your Contract while we obtain the missing information; however, we
will not hold your initial Purchase Payment for more than five Business Days
without your permission.
 
You may also purchase a Contract by exchanging your existing contract. You
must submit all contracts to be exchanged when you submit your application.
Call your representative, or call us at 1-800-XXX-XXXX, if you are interested
in this option.
 
We reserve the right to reject any application or Purchase Payment for any
reason, subject to any applicable nondiscrimination laws and to our own
standards and guidelines. The maximum age of a Contract Owner, including Joint
and Contingent Owners, for which a Contract will be issued is 85. The Contract
Owner's age is calculated as of his or her age last birthday. If the sole
Contract Owner or sole annuitant named in the application for a Contract dies
prior to our issuance of a Contract, then the application for the Contract
and/or any Contract issued shall be deemed null and void; and any premiums we
receive, including any proceeds received in connection with an exchange or
transfer, will be returned to the applicant/Owner or the applicant/Owner's
estate.
 
Making Your Purchase Payments
 
Making Your Initial Payment
 
Your initial Purchase Payment must be at least $5,000 if you are buying a Non-
Qualified Contract, and at least $2,000 if you are buying a Qualified
Contract. You may pay this entire amount when you submit your application, or
you may choose our pre-authorized checking plan ("PAC"), which allows you to
pay in equal monthly installments over one year (at least $400 per month for
Non-Qualified Contracts, and at least $150 per month for Qualified Contracts).
If you choose PAC, you must make your first installment payment when you
submit your application. Further requirements for PAC are discussed in the PAC
form.
 
You must obtain our consent before making an initial or additional Purchase
Payment that will bring your aggregate Purchase Payments over $1,000,000.
 
Making Additional Payments
 
You may choose to invest additional amounts in your Contract at any time. Each
additional Purchase Payment must be at least $250 for Non-Qualified Contracts
and $50 for Qualified Contracts.
 
Forms of Payment
 
Your initial and additional Purchase Payments may be sent by personal or bank
check or by wire transfer. You may also make additional PAC Purchase Payments
via electronic funds transfer. All checks must be drawn on U.S. funds. If you
make Purchase Payments by check other than a cashier's check, your payment of
any withdrawal proceeds and any refund during your "free look" period may be
delayed until your check has cleared.
 
                                      16
<PAGE>
 
                        HOW YOUR PAYMENTS ARE ALLOCATED
 
Choosing Your Investment Options
 
You may allocate your Purchase Payments among the seventeen Subaccounts, the
Fixed Option and, if you elect DCA Plus, the DCA Plus Fixed Option.
Allocations of your initial Purchase Payment to the Investment Options you
selected will be effective either on your Contract Date or on your Free Look
Transfer Date. See WITHDRAWALS--Short-Term Cancellation Right ("Free Look").
Each additional Purchase Payment will be allocated to the Investment Options
according to your allocation instructions in your application, or most recent
instructions, if any, subject to the terms described in the WITHDRAWALS--
Short-Term Cancellation Right ("Free Look") section. We reserve the right, in
the future, to require that your allocation to any particular Investment
Option meet a certain minimum amount. If your Contract is issued in exchange
for another annuity contract or a life insurance contract, our administrative
procedures may vary depending on the state in which your Contract is
delivered.
 
Investing in Variable Investment Options
 
Each time you allocate your investment to a Variable Investment Option, your
Contract is credited with a number of "Subaccount Units" in that Subaccount.
The number of Subaccount Units credited is equal to the amount you have
allocated to that Subaccount, divided by the "Unit Value" of one Unit of that
Subaccount.
 
  Example: You allocate $600 to the Government Securities Subaccount. At the
  end of the Business Day on which your allocation is effective, the value of
  one Unit in the Government Securities Subaccount is $15. As a result, 40
  Subaccount Units are credited to your Contract for your $600.
 
Your Variable Account Value Will Change
 
After we credit your Contract with Subaccount Units, the value of those Units
will usually fluctuate. This means that, from time to time, your investment
allocated to the Variable Investment Options may be worth more or less than
the original Purchase Payments to which those amounts can be attributed.
Fluctuations in Subaccount Unit Value will not change the number of Units
credited to your Contract.
 
Subaccount Unit Values will vary in accordance with the investment performance
of the corresponding Portfolio. For example, the value of Units in the Managed
Bond Subaccount will change to reflect the performance of the Managed Bond
Portfolio (including that Portfolio's investment income, its capital gains and
losses, and its expenses). Subaccount Unit Values are also adjusted to reflect
the Administrative Fee and Risk Charge imposed on the Separate Account.
 
We calculate the value of all Subaccount Units at or about 4:00 p.m., Eastern
time on each Business Day. The SAI contains a detailed discussion of these
calculations.
 
When Your Investment is Effective
 
Your initial Purchase Payment is ordinarily effective on the day we issue your
Contract. Any additional allocation is effective on the day we receive your
Purchase Payment in proper form.
 
The day your allocation is effective determines the Unit Value at which
Subaccount Units are attributed to your Contract. In the case of transfers or
withdrawals, the effective day determines the Unit Value at which affected
Subaccount Units are debited and/or credited under your Contract. The Unit
Value at which purchase, transfer and withdrawal transactions are credited or
debited is the value of the Subaccount Units next calculated after your
transaction is effective. Your Variable Account Value begins to reflect the
investment performance results of your new allocations on the day after your
transaction is effective.
 
 
 
                                      17
<PAGE>
 
Transfers
 
Once your Payments are allocated to the Investment Options you selected, you
may transfer your Contract Value less Loan Account Value from any Investment
Option to any other Investment Option, except the DCA Plus Fixed Option.
Certain restrictions apply to the Fixed Option and the DCA Plus Fixed Option.
See THE GENERAL ACCOUNT--Withdrawals and Transfers. Transfer requests are
normally effective on the Business Day we receive them in proper form. If your
Contract was issued in a state that requires refund of Purchase Payments under
your Free Look Right, transfers may only be made after your Free Look Transfer
Date. See WITHDRAWALS--Short-Term Cancellation Right ("Free Look").
 
No transfer fee is currently imposed for transfers among the Investment
Options, but we reserve the right to impose a transaction fee for transfers in
the future; a fee of up to $15 per transfer may apply to transfers in excess
of 15 in any Contract Year. Transfers under the dollar cost averaging and
earnings sweep options are counted toward your total transfers in a Contract
Year. Any such fee would be charged against your Investment Options
proportionately, based on your relative Account Value in each immediately
after the transfer.
 
We have the right, at our option (unless otherwise required by law), to
require certain minimums in the future in connection with transfers; these may
include a minimum transfer amount and a minimum Account Value, if any, for the
Investment Option from which the transfer is made or to which the transfer is
made. If your transfer request results in your having a remaining Account
Value in an Investment Option that is less than the minimum amount, we may
transfer that remaining amount to your other Investment Options in the
proportions specified in your current allocation instructions. Any such DCA
Plus Fixed Option balance or any amount that would otherwise be allocated to
the DCA Plus Fixed Option will be allocated to the Variable Investment Options
according to your most recent DCA Plus transfer instructions. We also reserve
the right (unless otherwise required by law) to limit the size of transfers,
to limit the number and frequency of transfers, to restrict transfers, and to
suspend transfers. We reserve the right to reject any transfer request.
 
Exchanges of Annuity Units in any Subaccount(s) to any other Subaccount(s)
after annuitization are limited to four in any twelve-month period. See THE
GENERAL ACCOUNT--Withdrawals and Transfers in the Prospectus and THE CONTRACTS
AND THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT in the SAI.
 
DCA Plus
 
DCA Plus provides a way for you to transfer amounts monthly from the DCA Plus
Fixed Option to one or more Variable Investment Option(s) over a period of up
to one year. This allows you to average the Unit Values of the Variable
Investment Option(s) over time, and may permit a "smoothing" of abrupt peaks
and drops in Unit Values.
 
Prior to the Annuity Date, you may allocate all or a portion of your Purchase
Payment(s) to the DCA Plus Fixed Option. The initial minimum amount that you
may allocate to the DCA Plus Fixed Option is $5,000. You may not transfer any
amounts to the DCA Plus Fixed Option from any other Investment Option. All
Purchase Payments allocated to the DCA Plus Fixed Option will earn interest at
the then current Guaranteed Interest Rate declared by us.
 
The day that the first Purchase Payment allocation is made to the DCA Plus
Fixed Option will begin a Guaranteed Term of 12 months and a period of 12
monthly transfers. On the same day of each month thereafter, we will transfer
to the Variable Investment Options you selected an amount equal to your DCA
Plus Fixed Option Value on that day divided by the remaining number of monthly
transfers in the Guaranteed Term.
 
  Example: On May 1, you submit a $10,000 Purchase Payment entirely to the
  DCA Plus Fixed Option at a then current Guaranteed Interest Rate of 5.00%.
  On June 1, the value of the DCA Plus Fixed Option is $10,040.75. On June 1,
  a transfer equal to $836.73 ($10,040.75/12) will be made according to your
  DCA Plus transfer instructions. Your remaining DCA Plus Fixed Option Value
  after the transfer is therefore $9,204.02.
 
                                      18
<PAGE>
 
  On July 1, your DCA Plus Fixed Option Value has now increased to $9,241.52.
  We will transfer $840.14 ($9,241.52/11) to the Variable Investment Options,
  leaving a remaining value of $8,401.38 in the DCA Plus Fixed Option.
 
During the Guarantee Term, you may allocate all or a part of additional
Purchase Payments to the DCA Plus Fixed Option, provided such allocations are
at least $250. Each such allocation will be transferred to the Variable
Investment Options you selected over the remaining Guarantee Term. Transfers
will be made proportionately from the DCA Plus Fixed Option Value attributed
to each Purchase Payment allocation.
 
  Example: (Using the previous example): On July 15, you allocate an
  additional $5,000 to the DCA Plus Option at a Guaranteed Interest Rate of
  4.00%. On August 1, your DCA Plus Fixed Option Value has increased to
  $13,443.79. An amount equal to $1,344.38 ($13,443.79/10) is transferred
  from the DCA Plus Fixed Option to the Variable Investment Options. The
  remaining DCA Plus Fixed Option Value is $12,099.41.
 
The minimum amount for the DCA Plus monthly transfer is $250. If a monthly DCA
Plus transfer amount is less than $250, we may transfer your entire DCA Plus
Fixed Option Value to the Variable Investment Options according to your most
recent DCA Plus transfer instructions and automatically terminate your DCA
Plus. DCA Plus transfers must be made on a monthly basis to the Variable
Investment Options; you may not choose to transfer other than monthly nor may
you transfer to the Fixed Option under DCA Plus.
 
Unless otherwise instructed, any additional Purchase Payment we receive during
a Guarantee Term will be allocated to the Investment Options, including the
DCA Plus Fixed Option if so indicated, according to your most recent Purchase
Payment allocation instructions. If we receive any additional Purchase
Payments after your DCA Plus ends and you have not changed your Purchase
Payment allocation instructions, the portion of additional Purchase Payments
that you had instructed us to allocate to the DCA Plus Fixed Option under DCA
Plus will be allocated to the Variable Investment Options in the same
proportion you had elected under DCA Plus.
 
When your DCA Plus program ends you may request, in a form satisfactory to us,
to establish a new DCA Plus program subject to our minimum allocation
requirements.
 
Your DCA Plus program automatically ends at the end of your DCA Plus Guarantee
Term. If we do not receive completed DCA Plus transfer instructions in proper
order by the time your first DCA Plus transfer is due, your DCA Plus will be
automatically terminated at the time and your DCA Plus Fixed Account Value
will be transferred to the Fixed Option at the Fixed Option's then current
Guaranteed Interest Rate, unless you provide us with other transfer
instructions. You may request, in a form satisfactory to us, termination of
your DCA Plus program at any time. Upon our receipt of such request, or when
death benefit proceeds become payable, any remaining balance in your DCA Plus
Fixed Option will be transferred to the Fixed Option at the Fixed Option's
then current Guaranteed Interest Rate, unless you instruct us to transfer such
amounts to other Investment Options. On your Annuity Date any net amount
converted to an annuity from your DCA Plus Fixed Option will be applied to a
fixed annuity and will be held in our General Account, unless you instruct us
otherwise.
 
You may have only one DCA Plus program in effect at any given time. DCA Plus
may not be used concurrently with our dollar cost averaging program. Further,
the DCA Plus Fixed Option is not available to for use with any of our other
systematic transfer programs; i.e., dollar cost averaging, portfolio
rebalancing or earnings sweep.
 
We reserve the right to change the terms and conditions of DCA Plus, but not a
DCA Plus you already have in effect.
 
Dollar Cost Averaging
 
Dollar cost averaging is a method in which you buy securities in a series of
regular purchases instead of in a single purchase. This allows you to average
the securities' prices over time, and may permit a "smoothing" of
 
                                      19
<PAGE>
 
abrupt peaks and drops in price. Prior to your Annuity Date, you may use
dollar cost averaging to transfer amounts, over time, from any Variable
Investment Option with an Account Value of at least $5,000 to one or more
other Variable Investment Options. Each transfer must be for at least $250.
The Fixed Option and DCA Plus Fixed Option are not available for dollar cost
averaging. Detailed information appears in the SAI.
 
Portfolio Rebalancing
 
You may instruct us to maintain a specific balance of Variable Investment
Options under your Contract (e.g., 30% in the Equity Index Subaccount, 40% in
the Managed Bond Subaccount, and 30% in the Growth LT Subaccount) prior to
your Annuity Date. Periodically, we will "rebalance" your values in the
elected Subaccounts to the percentages you have specified. Rebalancing may
result in transferring amounts from a Subaccount earning a relatively higher
return to one earning a relatively lower return. The Fixed Option and DCA Plus
Fixed Option are not available for rebalancing. Detailed information appears
in the SAI.
 
Earnings Sweep
 
You may instruct us to make automatic periodic transfers of your earnings from
the Money Market Subaccount or from the Fixed Option to one or more Variable
Investment Options (other than the Money Market Subaccount). Detailed
information appears in the SAI.
 
                         CHARGES, FEES AND DEDUCTIONS
 
Withdrawal Charge
 
No sales charge is imposed on any Purchase Payment. Your Purchase Payments
may, however, be subject to a withdrawal charge; this charge may apply to
amounts you withdraw under your Contract, depending on the length of time each
Purchase Payment has been invested and on the amount you withdraw. No
withdrawal charge is imposed on (i) amounts annuitized after the first
Contract Year, (ii) payments of death benefits, (iii) withdrawals by Contract
Owners to meet the minimum distribution rules for Qualified Contracts as they
apply to amounts held under the Contract, or, (iv) subject to medical evidence
satisfactory to us, after the first Contract Anniversary, full or partial
withdrawals if the Annuitant has been diagnosed with a medically determinable
condition that results in a life expectancy of twelve (12) months or less.
 
Free Withdrawals
 
We will not impose a withdrawal charge on withdrawals of your Earnings, or on
withdrawals of amounts held under your Contract for at least six Contract
Years. In addition, during each Contract Year we will not impose a withdrawal
charge on your withdrawal of up to 10% of your remaining Purchase Payments at
the beginning of the Contract Year that would otherwise be subject to the
withdrawal charge plus up to 10% of any additional Purchase Payments received
during the Contract Year. Our calculations of the withdrawal charge deduct
this "free 10%" from your "oldest" Purchase Payment that is still otherwise
subject to the charge.
 
  Example: You make an initial Purchase Payment of $10,000 in Contract Year
  1, and make additional Purchase Payments of $1,000 and $6,000 in Contract
  Year 2. With Earnings, your Contract Value in Contract Year 3 is $19,000.
  In Contract Year 3, you may withdraw $3,700 free of the withdrawal charges
  (your total Purchase Payments were $17,000, so 10% of that total equals
  $1,700, plus you had $2,000 of Earnings). After this withdrawal, your
  Contract Value is $15,300 (all attributable to Purchase Payments). In
  Contract Year 4, your Contract Value falls to $12,500; you may withdraw
  $1,530 (10% of $15,300) free of any withdrawal charges.
 
How the Charge is Determined
 
The amount of the charge depends on how long each Purchase Payment was held
under your Contract. Each Purchase Payment you make is considered to have a
certain "age," depending on the length of time since that
 
                                      20
<PAGE>
 
payment was effective. A payment is "one year old" or has an "age of one" from
the day it is effective until your next Contract Anniversary; beginning on
that Contract Anniversary, your payment will have an "age of two" for a full
Contract Year. When you withdraw an amount subject to the withdrawal charge,
the "age" of the Purchase Payment you withdraw determines the level of
withdrawal charge as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                              "Age" of Payment                        Withdrawal
                                  in Years                              Charge
                              ----------------                        ----------
        <S>                                                           <C>
           1........................................................       7%
           2........................................................       7%
           3........................................................       6%
           4........................................................       5%
           5........................................................       3%
           6........................................................       1%
           7 or more................................................       0%
</TABLE>
 
We calculate your withdrawal charge by assuming that your Earnings are
withdrawn first, followed by amounts attributed to Purchase Payments with the
"oldest" Payment withdrawn first. The withdrawal charge will be deducted
proportionally among all Investment Options from which the withdrawal occurs.
Any applicable Annual Fee will be deducted after the withdrawal charge is
calculated.
 
We pay sales commissions and other expenses associated with promotion and
sales of the Contracts to broker-dealers. The withdrawal charge is designed to
reimburse us for these costs, although we expect that our actual expenses will
be greater than the amount of the withdrawal charge. Broker-dealers may
receive aggregate commissions of up to 6.75% of your aggregate Purchase
Payments.
 
Under certain circumstances and in exchange for lower initial commissions,
certain sellers of Contracts may be paid a persistency trail commission which
will take into account, among other things, the length of time Purchase
Payments have been held under a Contract, and Account Values. A trail
commission is not anticipated to exceed 1.00%, on an annual basis, of the
Account Values considered in connection with the trail commission. We may also
pay override payments, expense allowances, bonuses, wholesaler fees and
training allowances. Registered representatives earn commissions from the
broker-dealers with which they are affiliated and such arrangements may vary.
 
Transfers
 
Transfers of all or part of your Account Value from one Investment Option to
another is not considered a withdrawal of an amount from your Contract, so no
withdrawal charge is imposed at the time of transfer. See HOW YOUR PAYMENTS
ARE ALLOCATED--Transfers.
 
Premium Taxes
 
Depending on (among other factors) your state of residence, a tax may be
imposed on your Purchase Payments at the time your payment is made, at the
time of a partial or full withdrawal, at the time any death benefit proceeds
are paid, at annuitization or at such other time as taxes may be imposed. Tax
rates ranging from 0% to 3.5% are currently in effect, but may change in the
future. Some local jurisdictions also impose a tax.
 
If we pay any taxes attributable to Purchase Payments ("premium taxes") on
your behalf, we will impose a similar charge against your Contract Value. We
normally will charge you when you annuitize some or all of your Contract
Value. We reserve the right to impose this charge for applicable premium taxes
when you make a full or partial withdrawal, at the time any death benefit
proceeds are paid, or when those taxes are incurred. For these purposes,
"premium taxes" include any state or local premium taxes and, where approval
has been obtained, federal premium taxes and any federal, state or local
income, excise, business or any other type of tax (or component thereof)
measured by or based upon, directly or indirectly, the amount of payments we
have received.
 
                                      21
<PAGE>
 
We will base this charge on the Contract Value, the amount of the transaction,
the aggregate amount of Purchase Payments we receive under your Contract, or
any other amount, that in our sole discretion we deem appropriate.
 
We may also charge the Separate Account or your Contract Value for taxes
attributable to the Separate Account or the Contract, including income taxes
attributable to the Separate Account or to our operations with respect to the
Contract, or taxes attributable, directly or indirectly, to Purchase Payments.
Currently, we do not impose any such charges.
 
Annual Fee
 
We will charge you an Annual Fee of $30 on each Contract Anniversary prior to
the Annuity Date, and at the time you withdraw your entire Net Contract Value,
if your Net Contract Value is less than $50,000 on that date. The fee is not
imposed on amounts you annuitize or on payment of death benefit proceeds. The
fee reimburses certain of our costs in administering the Contracts and the
Separate Account; we do not intend to realize a profit from this fee or the
Administrative Fee. This fee is guaranteed not to increase for the life of
your Contract.
 
Your Annual Fee will be charged proportionately against your Investment
Options. Assessments against your Variable Investment Options are made by
debiting some of the Subaccount Units previously credited to your Contract;
that is, assessment of the Annual Fee does not change the Unit Value for those
Subaccounts.
 
Waivers and Reduced Charges
 
We may agree to reduce or waive the withdrawal charge or the Annual Fee, or
credit additional amounts under our Contracts, in situations where selling
and/or maintenance costs associated with the Contracts are reduced, such as
the sale of several Contracts to the same Contract Owner(s), sales of large
Contracts, sales of Contracts in connection with a group or sponsored
arrangement or mass transactions over multiple Contracts.
 
In addition, we may agree to reduce or waive some or all of such charges
and/or credit additional amounts under our Contracts, for those Contracts sold
to persons who meet criteria established by us, who may include current and
retired officers, directors and employees of us and our affiliates, trustees
of the Pacific Select Fund, registered representatives and employees of
broker/dealers with a current selling agreement with us and their affiliates,
employees of affiliated asset management firms and certain other service
providers, and immediate family members of such persons ("Eligible Persons").
We will credit additional amounts to Contracts owned by Eligible Persons if
such Contracts are purchased directly through Pacific Mutual Distributors,
Inc. Under such circumstances, Eligible Persons will not be afforded the
benefit of services of any other broker/dealer nor will commissions be payable
to any broker/dealer in connection with such purchases. Eligible Persons must
contact us directly with servicing questions, Contract changes and other
matters relating to their Contracts. The amount credited to Contracts owned by
Eligible Persons will equal the reduction in expenses we enjoy by not
incurring brokerage commissions in selling such Contracts, with the
determination of the expense reduction and of such crediting being made in
accordance with our administrative procedures. We may also agree to waive
minimum Purchase Payment requirements for Eligible Persons.
 
We will only reduce or waive such charges or credit additional amounts on any
Contract where expenses associated with the sale of the Contract and/or costs
associated with administering and maintaining the Contract are reduced. We
reserve the right to terminate waiver, reduced charge and crediting programs
at any time, including for issued Contracts.
 
Mortality and Expense Risk Charge
 
We assess a charge against the assets of each Subaccount to compensate for
certain mortality and expense risks that we assume under the Contracts (the
"Risk Charge"). The risk that an Annuitant will live longer (and therefore
receive more annuity payments) than we predict through our actuarial
calculations at the time the Contract is issued is "mortality risk." We also
bear mortality risk in connection with death benefits payable
 
                                      22
<PAGE>
 
under the Contracts. The risk that the expense charges and fees under the
Contracts and Separate Account are less than our actual administrative and
operating expenses is called "expense risk."
 
This Risk Charge is assessed daily at an annual factor expressed as a decimal
(where 1.00 is equal to 100%) of 0.0125 of each Subaccount's assets; this
charge may not be increased for the duration of your Contract.
 
The Risk Charge will stop at annuitization if you select a fixed annuity; the
Risk Charge will continue after annuitization if you choose any variable
annuity, even though we do not bear mortality risk if your Annuity Option is
Period Certain Only.
 
We will realize a gain if the Risk Charge exceeds our actual cost of expenses
and benefits, and will suffer a loss if such actual costs exceed the Risk
Charge. Any gain will become part of our General Account; we may use it for any
reason, including covering sales expenses on the Contracts.
 
ADMINISTRATIVE FEE
 
We charge an Administrative Fee as compensation for costs we incur in operating
the Separate Account and issuing and administering the Contracts, including
processing applications and payments, and issuing reports to you and to
regulatory authorities.
 
The Administrative Fee is assessed daily at an annual factor expressed as a
decimal (where 1.00 is equal to 100%) of 0.0015 of the assets of each
Subaccount. This fee is guaranteed not to increase for the life of your
Contract. A relationship will not necessarily exist between the actual
administrative expenses attributable to a particular Contract and the
Administrative Fee paid in respect of that particular Contract. The
Administrative Fee will continue after annuitization if you choose any variable
annuity.
 
EXPENSES OF THE FUND
 
Your Variable Account Value reflects advisory fees and other expenses incurred
by the various Portfolios of the Fund, net of any applicable reimbursements.
These fees and expenses may vary. The Fund is governed by its own Board of
Trustees, and your Contract does not fix or specify the level of expenses of
any Portfolio. The Fund's fees and expenses are described in detail in the
Fund's Prospectus and in its SAI.
 
                     RETIREMENT BENEFITS AND OTHER PAYOUTS
 
SELECTING YOUR ANNUITANT
 
When you submit the application for your Contract, you must choose a sole
Annuitant or two Joint Annuitants. We will send the annuity payments to the
payee that you designate. If you are buying a Qualified Contract, you must be
the sole Annuitant; if you are buying a Non-Qualified Contract you may choose
yourself and/or another person. Whether you choose to have a sole or two Joint
Annuitants, you may choose a Contingent Annuitant; more information on these
options is provided in the SAI. You will not be able to add or change a sole or
Joint Annuitant after your Contract is issued; however, if you are buying a
Qualified Contract, you may add a Joint Annuitant at the time of annuitization.
You will be able to add or change a Contingent Annuitant until your Annuity
Date or the death of your sole Annuitant or both Joint Annuitants, whichever
occurs first; however, once your Contingent Annuitant has become the Annuitant
under your Contract, no additional Contingent Annuitant may be named. No
Annuitant (primary, joint or contingent) may be named upon or after reaching
his or her 86th birthday. We reserve the right to require proof of age or
survival of the Annuitant(s).
 
ANNUITIZATION
 
You may choose both your Annuity Date (or "Annuity Start Date") and your
Annuity Option. At the Annuity Date, you may elect to annuitize some or all of
your Net Contract Value, less any transaction fee, and any
 
                                       23
<PAGE>
 
applicable charge for premium taxes and/or other taxes, (the "Conversion
Amount"), as long as such Conversion Amount annuitized is at least $10,000. If
you annuitize only a portion of this available Contract Value, you may have the
remainder distributed, less any applicable charge for premium taxes and/or
other taxes, any withdrawal transaction fee, any applicable withdrawal charge
and any Annual Fee. Any such distribution will be made to you in a single sum
if the remaining Conversion Amount is less than $10,000 on your Annuity Date.
Distributions under your Contract may have tax consequences. You should consult
a qualified tax adviser for information on annuitization.
 
CHOOSING YOUR ANNUITY DATE ("ANNUITY START DATE")
 
You should choose your Annuity Date when you submit your application or we will
apply a default Annuity Date to your Contract.
 
You may change your Annuity Date by notifying us, in proper form, at least ten
Business Days prior to the earlier of your old Annuity Date or your new Annuity
Date.
 
Your Annuity Date cannot be earlier than your first Contract Anniversary and
must occur on or before a certain date: If you have a sole Annuitant, your
Annuity Date cannot be later than his or her 95th birthday however, to meet IRS
minimum distribution rules, your Annuity Date may need to be earlier; if you
have Joint Annuitants and a Non-Qualified Contract, your Annuity Date cannot be
later than your younger Joint Annuitant's 95th birthday; if you have Joint
Annuitants and a Qualified Contract, your Annuity Date cannot be later than
your own 95th birthday. Different requirements may apply in some states. If
your Contract is a Qualified Contract, you may also be subject to additional
restrictions. Adverse federal tax consequences may result if you choose an
Annuity Date that is prior to an Annuitant's attained age 59 1/2. See FEDERAL
TAX STATUS.
 
You should carefully review the Annuity Options with your financial tax
adviser, and, for Contracts used in connection with a Qualified Plan, reference
should be made to the terms of the particular plan and the requirements of the
Code for pertinent limitations respecting annuity payments and other matters.
For instance, under requirements for retirement plans that qualify under
Section 401 or 408 of the Code, annuity payments generally must begin no later
than April 1 of the calendar year following the year in which the Annuitant
reaches age 70 1/2. However, if a plan qualified under Section 401(a) of the
Code or a 403(b) contract so provides, no distributions are required for
individuals who are employed after age 70 1/2 (other than 5% owners) until they
retire.
 
For retirement plans that qualify under Section 401 or 408 of the Code, the
period elected for receipt of annuity payments under Annuity Options 1 and 4
generally may be no longer than the joint life expectancy of the Annuitant and
Beneficiary in the year that the Annuitant reaches age 70 1/2, and must be
shorter than such joint life expectancy if the Beneficiary is not the
Annuitant's spouse and is more than 10 years younger than the Annuitant. Under
Options 2 and 3, if the secondary or other Annuitant is not the Annuitant's
spouse and is more than 10 years younger than the Annuitant, the 66 2/3% and
100% elections specified above may not be available. The restrictions on
options for retirement plans that qualify under Sections 401 and 408 also apply
to a retirement plan that qualifies under Section 403(b) with respect to
amounts that accrued after December 31, 1986.
 
If you annuitize only a portion of your Net Contract Value on your Annuity
Date, you may, at that time, have the option to elect not to have the remainder
of your Contract Value distributed, but instead to continue your Contract with
that remaining Contract Value (a "continuing Contract"). If this option is
available, you would then choose a second Annuity Date for your continuing
Contract, and all references in this Prospectus to your "Annuity Date" would,
in connection with your continuing Contract, be deemed to refer to that second
Annuity Date. This option may not be available, or may be available only for
certain types of Contracts. You should be aware that some or all of the
payments received before the second Annuity Date may be fully taxable. We
recommend that you call your tax adviser for more information if you are
interested in this option.
 
                                       24
<PAGE>
 
Default Annuity Date and Options
 
If you have a Non-Qualified Contract and you do not choose an Annuity Date
when you submit your application, your Annuity Date will be your Annuitant's
95th birthday or your younger Joint Annuitant's 95th birthday, whichever
applies; however some states' laws may require a different Annuity Date.
Certain Qualified Plans may require annuitization to occur at an earlier age.
 
If you have not specified an Annuity Option or do not instruct us otherwise,
at your Annuity Date your Net Contract Value, less any applicable transaction
fees and/or charges for premium taxes and/or other taxes, will be annuitized
(if this net amount is at least $10,000) as follows: the net amount from your
Fixed Option and DCA Plus Fixed Option Value will be converted into a fixed-
dollar annuity and the net amount from your Variable Account Value will be
converted into a variable-dollar annuity directed to the Subaccounts
proportionate to your Account Value in each. If you have a Non-Qualified
Contract, or if you have a Qualified Contract and are not married, your
default Annuity Option will be Life with ten year Period Certain. If you have
a Qualified Contract and you are married, your default Annuity Option will be
Joint and Survivor Life with survivor payments of 50% and your spouse will
automatically be named your Joint Annuitant.
 
Choosing Your Annuity Option
 
You may make three basic decisions about your annuity payments. First, you may
choose whether you want those payments to be a fixed-dollar amount and/or a
variable-dollar amount. Second, you may choose the form of annuity payments
(see ANNUITY OPTIONS). Third, you may decide how often you want annuity
payments to be made (the "frequency" of the payments). You may not change
these selections after annuitization.
 
Fixed and Variable Annuities
 
You may choose a fixed annuity (i.e., with fixed-dollar amounts), a variable
annuity (i.e., with variable-dollar amounts), or you may choose both,
converting one portion of the net amount you annuitize into a fixed annuity
and another portion into a variable annuity.
 
If you select a fixed annuity, each periodic annuity payment received will be
equal to the initial annuity payment, unless you select a joint and survivor
life annuity with reduced survivor payments and the Primary Annuitant dies.
Any net amount you convert to a fixed annuity will be held in our General
Account, (but not under the Fixed Option or DCA Plus Fixed Option).
 
If you select a variable annuity, you may choose as many Variable Investment
Options as you wish; the amount of the periodic annuity payments will vary
with the investment results of the Variable Investment Options selected. After
the Annuity Date, Annuity Units may be exchanged among available Variable
Investment Options up to four times in any twelve-month period. How your
Contract converts into a variable annuity is explained in more detail in THE
CONTRACTS AND THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT in the SAI.
 
Annuity Options
 
Four Annuity Options are currently available under the Contracts, although
additional options may become available in the future.
 
  .  Life Only. Periodic payments are made to the designated payee during his
     or her lifetime. Payments stop when the designated payee dies.
 
  .  Life with Period Certain. Periodic payments are made to the designated
     payee during his or her lifetime, with payments guaranteed for a
     specified period. You may choose to have payments guaranteed for
     anywhere from 5 through 30 years (in full years only). If the designated
     payee dies before the guaranteed payments are completed, the Beneficiary
     receives the remainder of the guaranteed payments, if living; otherwise
     the Owner, if living; otherwise the Owner's estate.
 
 
                                      25
<PAGE>
 
  .  Joint and Survivor Life. Periodic payments are made to the Primary
     Annuitant during the lifetime of the Primary Annuitant. After the death
     of the Primary Annuitant, periodic payments are made to the secondary
     Annuitant named in the election if and so long as such secondary
     Annuitant lives. You may choose to have the payments to the surviving
     secondary Annuitant equal 50%, 66 2/3% or 100% of the payments made
     during the lifetime of the Primary Annuitant (you must make this
     election when you choose your Annuity Option). Payments stop when both
     Annuitants have died.
 
  .  Period Certain Only. Periodic payments are made to the designated payee
     over a specified period. You may choose to have payments continue for
     anywhere from 5 through 30 years (in full years only). If the designated
     payee dies before the guaranteed payments are completed, the Beneficiary
     receives the remainder of the guaranteed payments, if living; otherwise
     the Owner, if living; otherwise the Owner's estate.
 
If your Contract was issued in connection with a Qualified Plan subject to
Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 ("ERISA"), your
spouse's consent may be required when you seek any distribution under your
Contract, unless your Annuity Option is Joint and Survivor Life with survivor
payments of at least 50%, and your spouse is your Joint Annuitant.
 
Frequency of Payments
 
You may choose to have annuity payments made monthly, quarterly, semiannually,
or annually. The amount of a variable payment will be determined in each
period on the date corresponding to your Annuity Date, and payment will be
made on the next succeeding day.
 
Your initial annuity payment must be at least $250. Depending on the net
amount you annuitize, this requirement may limit your options regarding the
period and/or frequency of annuity payments.
 
Your Annuity Payments
 
Amount of the First Payment
 
Your Contract contains tables that we use to determine the amount of the first
annuity payment under your Contract, taking into consideration the annuitized
portion of your Net Contract Value at the Annuity Date. This amount will vary,
depending on the annuity period and payment frequency you select; this amount
will be larger in the case of shorter Period Certain annuities and smaller for
longer Period Certain annuities. Similarly, this amount will be greater for a
Life Only annuity than for a Joint and Survivor Life annuity, because we will
expect to make payments for a shorter period of time on a Life Only annuity.
If you do not choose the Period Certain Only annuity, this amount will also
vary depending on the age of the Annuitant(s) on the Annuity Date and, for
some Contracts in some states, the sex of the Annuitant(s).
 
For fixed annuity payments, the guaranteed income factors in our tables are
based on an annual interest rate of 3% and the 1983a Annuity Mortality Table
with the ages set back 10 years. If you elect a fixed annuity, fixed annuity
payments will be based on the periodic income factors in effect for your
Contract on the Annuity Date which are at least the guaranteed income factors
under the Contract.
 
For variable annuity payments, the tables are based on an assumed annual
investment return of 5% and the 1983a Annuity Mortality Table with the ages
set back 10 years. If you elect a variable annuity, your initial variable
annuity payment will be based on the applicable variable annuity income
factors in our table. A higher assumed investment return would mean a larger
first variable annuity payment, but subsequent payments would increase only
when actual net investment performance exceeds the higher assumed rate and
would fall when actual net investment performance is less than the higher
assumed rate. A lower assumed rate would mean a smaller first payment and a
more favorable threshold for increases and decreases. If the actual net
investment performance is a constant 5% annually, annuity payments will be
level. The assumed investment return is explained in more detail in the SAI
under THE CONTRACTS AND THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT.
 
                                      26
<PAGE>
 
DEATH BENEFITS
 
A death benefit may be payable on proof of death before the Annuity Date of
the Annuitant or of any Contract Owner while the Contract is in force. The
amount of the death benefit will be paid according to the DEATH BENEFIT
PROCEEDS section.
 
Death Benefit Proceeds
 
The proceeds of any death benefit payable will be payable upon receipt, in
proper form, of proof of death and instructions regarding payment of death
proceeds. Such proceeds will equal the amount of the death benefit reduced by
any charge for premium taxes and/or other taxes and any Contract Debt. The
death benefit proceeds will be payable in a single sum, as an annuity, or in
accordance with IRS regulations (see DEATH OF OWNER DISTRIBUTION RULES). Any
such annuity is subject to all restrictions (including minimum amount
requirements) as are other annuities under this Contract; in addition, there
may be legal requirements that limit the recipient's Annuity Options and the
timing of any payments. A recipient should consult a qualified tax adviser
before electing to receive an annuity.
 
Additional provisions apply if your Contract names a Joint or Contingent Owner
or Annuitant, or if the Beneficiary, Joint Owner, or Contingent Owner is your
spouse. Further information about these provisions is contained in the SAI.
 
Death of Owner Distribution Rules
 
If a Contract Owner of a Non-Qualified Contract dies before the Annuity Date,
any death benefit proceeds under this Contract must begin distribution within
five years after the Owner's death. In order to satisfy this requirement, the
designated recipient must receive a lump sum payment or elect to receive an
annuity for life or over a period that does not exceed the life expectancy of
the designated recipient with annuity payments that start within one year
after the Owner's death. If an election to receive an annuity is not made
within 60 days of our receipt of proof in proper form of the Owner's death or,
if earlier, 60 days (or shorter period as we permit) prior to the first
anniversary of the Owner's death, the lump sum option will be deemed elected,
unless otherwise required by law. If the lump sum option is deemed elected, we
will consider that deemed election as receipt of instructions regarding
payment of death benefit proceeds. If a Non-Qualified Contract has Joint
Owners, this requirement applies to the first Contract Owner to die.
 
If the Contract Owner was not an Annuitant but was a Joint Owner and there is
a surviving Joint Owner, that surviving Joint Owner is the designated
recipient; if no Joint Owner survives but a Contingent Owner is named in the
Contract and is living, he or she is the designated recipient, otherwise the
designated recipient is the Beneficiary; if no Beneficiary is living, the
designated recipient is the Owner's estate.
 
If the Contract Owner was an Annuitant, the designated recipient is the
Beneficiary; if no Beneficiary is living, the designated recipient is the
Owner's estate. A sole designated recipient who is the Contract Owner's spouse
may elect to become the Contract Owner (and sole Annuitant if the deceased
Contract Owner had been the Annuitant) and continue the Contract until the
earliest of the spouse's death, the death of the Annuitant, or the Annuity
Date. A Joint or Contingent Owner who is the designated recipient but not the
Contract Owner's spouse may not continue the Contract, but may purchase a new
Contract.
 
If you are a non-individual Owner of a Contract other than a Contract issued
under a Qualified Plan as defined in Section 401 or 403 of the Code, the
Primary Annuitant will be treated as the Owner of the Contract for purposes of
these Distribution Rules. If there is a change in the Primary Annuitant prior
to the Annuity Date, such change will be treated as the death of the Owner.
The amount of the death benefit in this situation will be (a) the Contract
Value if the non-individual Owner elects to maintain the Contract and reinvest
the Contract Value into the Contract in the same amount as immediately prior
to the distribution, or (b) the Contract Value less any Annual Fee, any
withdrawal and/or transaction fee, any charges for withdrawals, and/or premium
 
                                      27
<PAGE>
 
taxes and/or other taxes, if the non-individual Owner elects a cash
distribution. The amount of the death benefit will be determined as of the
Business Day we receive, in proper form, the request to change the Primary
Annuitant and instructions regarding maintaining the Contract or cash
distribution.
 
Qualified Plan Death of Annuitant Distribution Rules
 
Under Internal Revenue Service regulations, if the Contract is owned under a
Qualified Plan as defined in Section 401, 403, 408, 408A, or 457 of the Code
and the Annuitant dies before the commencement of distributions, the payment
of any death benefit must be made to the designated recipient no later than
December 31 of the calendar year in which the fifth anniversary of the
Annuitant's death falls. In order to satisfy this requirement, the designated
recipient must receive a lump sum payment or elect to receive the Annuitant's
interest in the Contract in equal or substantially equal installments over a
period not exceeding the lifetime or life expectancy of the designated
recipient. If the designated recipient elects the installment payment option,
the Internal Revenue Service regulations provide that payments must begin no
later than December 31 of the calendar year which follows the calendar year in
which the Annuitant died. However, (except in the case of a Roth IRA) if the
designated recipient is the spouse of the Annuitant at the time of the
Annuitant's death ("surviving spouse"), then, under the regulations, payments
under the installment payment option must begin no later than December 31 of
the calendar year in which the Annuitant would have reached age 70 1/2.
 
Under our administrative procedures, payments must commence no later than the
first anniversary of the death of the Annuitant; however, if the designated
recipient is the surviving spouse and if the surviving spouse elects to defer
the commencement of installment payments beyond the first anniversary of the
Annuitant's death, the surviving spouse will be deemed to continue the
contract as the sole Annuitant and will not be entitled to death benefit
proceeds as a result of the death of the Annuitant; instead the Guaranteed
Minimum Death Benefit Amount (defined below) and payment of any death benefit
proceeds will be determined upon our receipt of proof of death and
instructions regarding payment of the surviving spouse as sole Annuitant.
Further, under our administrative procedures, if the installment payment
(annuity) option election is not received by us in good order within 60 days
of (or shorter period as we permit) our receipt of proof in proper form of the
Annuitant's death or, if earlier, before the sixtieth day preceding (1) the
first anniversary of the Annuitant's death or (2) the date on which the
Annuitant would have attained age 70 1/2, the lump sum option will be deemed
by us to have been elected, unless otherwise required by law. If the lump sum
option is deemed elected, we will treat that deemed election as receipt of
instructions regarding payment of death benefit proceeds.
 
If the Annuitant dies after the commencement of distributions but before the
Annuitant's entire interest in the Contract (other than a Roth IRA) has been
distributed, the remaining interest in the Contract must be distributed to the
designated recipient at least as rapidly as under the distribution method in
effect at the time of the Annuitant's death.
 
Death Benefit Amounts
 
The Death Benefit Amount as of any day (prior to the Annuity Date) is equal to
the greater of (a) your Contract Value as of that day, or (b) your aggregate
Purchase Payments, reduced by any applicable charges and/or fees and further
reduced by an amount for each withdrawal that is calculated by multiplying the
aggregate Purchase Payments received prior to each withdrawal by the ratio of
the amount of each withdrawal, including applicable withdrawal charges, to the
Contract Value immediately prior to each withdrawal.
 
We calculate the Death Benefit Amount as of the "Notice Date". The "Notice
Date" is the day on which we receive proof (in proper form) of death and
instructions regarding payment of death benefit proceeds.
 
The Guaranteed Minimum Death Benefit Amount is calculated only when death
benefit proceeds become payable as a result of the death of the sole Annuitant
prior to the Annuity Date, and is determined as follows: First, we calculate
what the Death Benefit Amount would have been as of your sixth Contract
Anniversary and each Subsequent Contract Anniversary that occurs while the
Annuitant is living and before the Annuitant reaches his
 
                                      28
<PAGE>
 
or her 76th birthday (each of these Contract Anniversaries is a "Milestone
Date"). If your Contract is issued before the Annuitant's 75th birthday, we
will calculate what the Death Benefit Amount would have been as of the
Contract Anniversary immediately following the Annuitant's 75th birthday while
the Annuitant is living (also a Milestone Date) even if such Milestone Date
occurs before your sixth Contract Anniversary. This added feature will benefit
Contracts where the Annuitant is from age 69 through 74 at the time the
Contract is issued.
 
We then adjust the Death Benefit Amount for each Milestone Date by: (i) adding
the aggregate amount of any Purchase Payments received by us since the
Milestone Date; and (ii) subtracting an amount for each withdrawal that has
occurred since that Milestone Date, which is calculated by multiplying the
Death benefit Amount by the ratio of the amount of each withdrawal that has
occurred since that Milestone Date, including any withdrawal charge, to the
Contract Value immediately prior to the withdrawal.
 
The highest of these adjusted Death Benefit Amounts for each Milestone Date,
as of the Notice Date, is your Guaranteed Minimum Death Benefit Amount.
Calculations of any Guaranteed Minimum Death Benefit are only made once death
benefit proceeds become payable under your Contract.
 
The Notice Date is the day on which we receive proof (in proper form) of death
and instructions regarding payment of death benefit proceeds.
 
The Amount of the Death Benefit: Death of Annuitant
 
If the sole Annuitant dies prior to the Annuity Date, the death benefit will
be equal to (a) the Death Benefit Amount as of the Notice Date; or if
applicable (b) the "Guaranteed Minimum Death Benefit Amount" as of the Notice
Date, if greater.
 
The following procedures apply in the event of death of an Annuitant who is
not also a Contract Owner: If your Contract names Joint Annuitants and only
one Joint Annuitant dies, the surviving Joint Annuitant becomes your sole
Annuitant and the death benefit is not yet payable. If your sole Annuitant
dies (or if no Joint Annuitant survives) and your Contract names a surviving
Contingent Annuitant, he or she becomes the sole Annuitant and the death
benefit is not yet payable. If there is no surviving Joint or Contingent
Annuitant, the death benefit is payable to your Beneficiary, if living. To
avoid the possibility of an adverse gift tax situation upon the death of a
sole Annuitant with no living Beneficiary, the death benefit will be paid to
the Owner or the Owner's estate.
 
If both the Owner and Annuitant die simultaneously, the death benefit proceeds
will be paid to the Beneficiary, if living; if not, to the Owner's estate.
 
The Amount of the Death Benefit: Death of a Contract Owner
 
If a Contract Owner who is not the Annuitant dies before the Annuity Date, the
amount of the death benefit will be equal to your Contract Value as of the
Notice Date and will be paid in accordance with the Death Benefit Proceeds
section above. The death benefit proceeds will be paid to the Joint Owner, if
living; if not, to the Contingent Owner, if living; if not, to the
Beneficiary, if living; if not, to the Owner's estate. See THE GENERAL
ACCOUNT--Withdrawals and Transfers.
 
If a Contract Owner who is the Annuitant dies before the Annuity Date, the
amount of the death benefit will be equal to the greater of (a) your Death
Benefit Amount as of the Notice Date, or (b) the "Guaranteed Minimum Death
Benefit Amount" as of the Notice Date, and will be paid in accordance with the
Death Benefit Proceeds section above. The death benefit proceeds will be paid
to the Beneficiary if living; if not, to the Owner's estate. Joint and/or
Contingent Owners and/or Annuitants will not be considered in determining the
recipient of death benefit proceeds.
 
If both you and the Annuitant(s) are non-individual persons, no death benefit
will be payable, and any distribution will be treated as a withdrawal and
subject to any applicable annual fee, withdrawal fee, withdrawal charge,
charge for premium taxes and/or other taxes.
 
                                      29
<PAGE>
 
                                  WITHDRAWALS
 
Optional Withdrawals
 
You may, on or prior to your Annuity Date, withdraw all or a portion of the
amount available under your Contract. You may surrender your Contract and make
a full withdrawal at any time. Except as provided below, beginning 30 days
after your Contract Date, you also may make partial withdrawals from your
Investment Options at any time. You may request to withdraw a specific dollar
amount or a specific percentage of an Account Value or your Net Contract
Value. You may choose to make your withdrawal from specified Investment
Options; if you do not specify Investment Options, your withdrawal will be
made from all of your Investment Options proportionately. Each partial
withdrawal must be for $500 or more, except pre-authorized withdrawals, which
must be at least $250. If your partial withdrawal from an Investment Option
would leave a remaining Account Value in that Investment Option of less than
any minimum Account Value we may require in the future, we have the right, at
our option, to transfer that remaining amount to your other Investment Options
on a proportionate basis relative to your most recent allocation instructions.
Any such DCA Plus Fixed Option balance or any amount that would otherwise be
allocated to the DCA Plus Fixed Option will be allocated to the Variable
Investment Options according to your most recent DCA Plus transfer
instructions. If your partial withdrawal leaves you with a Net Contract Value
of less than $1,000, we have the right, at our option, to terminate your
Contract and send you the withdrawal proceeds described in the next section.
Partial withdrawals from the Fixed Option in any Contract Year are subject to
restrictions. See GENERAL ACCOUNT--Withdrawals and Transfers.
 
Amount Available for Withdrawal
 
The amount available for withdrawal is your Net Contract Value at the end of
the Business Day on which your withdrawal request is effective, less any
applicable Annual Fee, any withdrawal charge, any withdrawal transaction fee,
and any charge for premium taxes and/or other taxes. The amount we send to you
(your "withdrawal proceeds") will also reflect any required or requested
federal and state income tax withholding. See FEDERAL TAX STATUS.
 
You assume investment risk on investments in the Subaccounts; as a result, the
amount available to you for withdrawal from any Subaccount may be more or less
than the total Purchase Payments you have allocated to that Subaccount.
 
Withdrawal Transaction Fees
 
There is currently no transaction fee for partial withdrawals. However, we
reserve the right to impose a withdrawal transaction fee in the future of up
to $15 for each partial withdrawal (including pre-authorized partial
withdrawals) in excess of 15 in any Contract Year. Any such fee would be
charged against your Investment Options proportionately based on your Account
Value in each immediately after the withdrawal.
 
Pre-Authorized Withdrawals
 
If your Contract Value is at least $5,000, you may select the pre-authorized
withdrawal option, and you may choose monthly, quarterly, semiannual or annual
withdrawals. Each withdrawal must be for at least $250. Each pre-authorized
withdrawal is subject to federal income tax on its taxable portion and may be
subject to a 10% penalty tax if you have not reached age 59 1/2. See FEDERAL
TAX STATUS. Additional information and options are set forth in the SAI and in
the Pre-Authorized Withdrawal section of your application.
 
Special Requirements for Full Withdrawals
 
If you wish to withdraw the entire amount available under your Contract, you
must either return your Contract to us or sign and submit to us a "lost
Contract affidavit."
 
                                      30
<PAGE>
 
Special Restrictions Under Qualified Plans
 
Individual Qualified Plans may have additional rules regarding withdrawals from
a Contract purchased under such a Plan. In general, if your Contract was issued
under certain Qualified Plans, you may not withdraw amounts attributable to
contributions made pursuant to a salary reduction agreement (as defined in
Section 402(g)(3)(A) of the Code) or to transfers from a custodial account (as
defined in Section 403(b)(7) of the Code) except in cases of your
(a) separation from service, (b) death, (c) disability as defined in Section
72(m)(7) of the Code, (d) reaching age 59 1/2, or (e) hardship as defined for
purposes of Section 401(k) of the Code.
 
These limitations do not affect certain rollovers or exchanges between
Qualified Plans, and do not apply to rollovers from these Qualified Plans to an
individual retirement account or individual retirement annuity. In the case of
tax sheltered annuities, these limitations do not apply to certain salary
reduction contributions made, and investment results earned, prior to dates
specified in the Code.
 
Hardship withdrawals under the exception provided above are restricted to
amounts attributable to salary reduction contributions, and do not include
investment results; this additional restriction does not apply to salary
reduction contributions made, and investment results earned, prior to dates
specified in the Code.
 
Certain distributions, including rollovers, may be subject to mandatory
withholding of 20% for federal income tax and to a penalty tax of 10% or more
if the distribution is not transferred directly to the trustee of another
Qualified Plan, or to the custodian of an individual retirement account or
issuer of an individual retirement annuity. See FEDERAL TAX STATUS.
Distributions may also trigger withholding for state income taxes. The tax and
ERISA rules relating to Contract withdrawals are complex. We are not the
administrator of any Qualified Plan. You should consult your tax adviser and/or
your plan administrator before you withdraw any portion of your Contract Value.
 
Effective Date of Withdrawal Requests
 
Withdrawal requests are normally effective on the Business Day we receive them
in proper form. If you make Purchase Payments by check and submit a withdrawal
request immediately afterwards, payment of your withdrawal proceeds may be
delayed until your check clears.
 
TAX CONSEQUENCES OF WITHDRAWALS
 
Withdrawals, including pre-authorized withdrawals, will generally have federal
income tax consequences, which could include tax penalties. YOU SHOULD CONSULT
WITH A TAX ADVISER BEFORE MAKING ANY WITHDRAWAL OR SELECTING THE PRE-AUTHORIZED
WITHDRAWAL OPTION. See FEDERAL TAX STATUS.
 
SHORT-TERM CANCELLATION RIGHT ("FREE LOOK")
 
You may return your Contract for cancellation and a full refund during your
"free look period." Your free look period is usually the 10-day period
beginning on the day you receive your Contract. If you return your Contract, it
will be canceled and treated as void from your Contract Date. You will then
receive a refund of your Contract Value as of the end of the Business Day on
which we receive your Contract for cancellation, plus a refund of any amounts
that may have been deducted as Contract fees and charges. Thus, an Owner who
returns a Contract within the Free-Look Period bears only the investment risk
(i.e., the Owner's Accumulated Value allocated to the Variable Accounts may
increase or decrease based on investment performance), but the Owner will not
be subject to any Contract charges and fees which would otherwise be deducted
from Accumulated Values. Any amounts credited to your Variable Account as a
result of any variation of charges, as described in WAIVERS AND REDUCED
CHARGES, and any earnings on such amounts, will not be included in the amount
refunded to you.
 
If your Contract is issued in exchange for another annuity contract or a life
insurance policy, our administrative procedures may vary.
 
 
                                       31
<PAGE>
 
                       PM GROUP AND THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT
 
PM Group Life Insurance Company [Pacific Life & Annuity Company]
 
[Pacific Life & Annuity Company, formerly] PM Group Life Insurance Company
("PM Group" ["PLA"]) is a stock life insurance company with total admitted
assets of $338.2 million at December 31, 1997. PM Group was incorporated in
1982 under the name Pacific Financial Life Insurance Company. It merged with
Pacific Financial Life Insurance Company of Arizona and assumed its current
name [the PM Group name] in effecting a transfer of domicile from California
to Arizona which was completed in 1990. [On           , PM Group changed its
name to its current name, PLA.] PM Group is a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary
of Pacific Life Insurance Company ("Pacific Life"), formerly Pacific Mutual
Life Insurance Company ("Pacific Mutual"). Pursuant to consent received from
the Insurance Department of the State of California, Pacific Mutual
implemented a plan of conversion to form a mutual holding company structure
(the "Conversion"). The Conversion created Pacific LifeCorp, an intermediate
stock holding company and Pacific Mutual Holding Company ("PMHC"), a mutual
holding company. Pacific Mutual was converted to a stock life insurance
company and renamed Pacific Life. Under their respective charters, PMHC must
always own at least 51% of the outstanding voting stock of Pacific LifeCorp,
and Pacific LifeCorp must always own 100% of the voting stock of Pacific Life.
 
PM Group's operations include both life insurance and annuity products as well
as group life and health insurance programs and various investment products
and services. PM Group is authorized to conduct life insurance [and annuity]
business in the District of Columbia and all states except [Maine], New
Hampshire [New York] and Vermont. PM Group's principal offices are located at
700 Newport Center Drive, Newport Beach, California 92660.
 
Pacific Life administers the policies sold under this Prospectus. Pacific
Life's operations include both life insurance and annuity products as well as
financial and retirement services. As of the end of 1997, Pacific Life had
$80.0 billion of individual life insurance in force and total admitted assets
of approximately $31.8 billion. Pacific Life has been ranked according to
admitted assets as the 20th largest life insurance carrier in the nation for
1997. The Pacific Life family of companies has total assets and funds under
management of over $236 billion. Pacific Life is authorized to conduct life
insurance and annuity business in the District of Columbia and all states
except New York. Pacific Life's principal offices are located at 700 Newport
Center Drive, Newport Beach, California 92660.
 
The principal underwriter for the Policies is Pacific Mutual Distributors,
Inc. ("PMD"), one of Pacific Life's wholly-owned subsidiaries. PMD is
registered as a broker-dealer with the Securities and Exchange Commission
("SEC").
 
Separate Account A
 
Separate Account A was established on September 24, 1998 as a separate account
of ours, and is registered with the SEC under the Investment Company Act of
1940 (the "1940 Act"), as a type of investment company called a "unit
investment trust."
 
Obligations arising under your Contract are our general corporate obligations.
We are also the legal owner of the assets in the Separate Account. Assets of
the Separate Account attributed to the reserves and other liabilities under
the Contract and other contracts issued by us that are supported by the
Separate Account may not be charged with liabilities arising from any of our
other business; any income, gain or loss (whether or not realized) from the
assets of the Separate Account are credited to or charged against the Separate
Account without regard to our other income, gain or loss.
 
We may invest money in the Separate Account in order to commence its
operations and for other purposes, but not to support contracts other than
variable annuity contracts. A portion of the Separate Account's assets may
include accumulations of charges we make against the Separate Account and
investment results of assets so accumulated. These additional assets are ours
and we may transfer them to our General Account at any time;
 
                                      32
<PAGE>
 
however, before making any such transfer, we will consider any possible
adverse impact the transfer might have on the Separate Account. Subject to
applicable law, we reserve the right to transfer our assets in the Separate
Account to our General Account.
 
The Separate Account is not the sole investor in the Fund. Investment in the
Fund by other separate accounts in connection with variable annuity and
variable life insurance contracts may create conflicts. See MORE ON THE FUND'S
SHARES in the accompanying Prospectus for the Fund.
 
                              FEDERAL TAX STATUS
 
The following summary of federal income tax consequences is based on current
tax laws and regulations, which may be changed by legislative, judicial or
administrative action. The summary is general in nature, and does not consider
any applicable state or local tax laws. We do not make any guarantee regarding
the tax status, federal, state or local, of any Contract or any transaction
involving the Contracts. Accordingly, you should consult a qualified tax
adviser for complete information and advice before purchasing a Contract.
 
The following rules generally do not apply to variable annuity contracts held
by or for non-natural persons (e.g., corporations) unless such an entity holds
the contract as nominee for a natural person. If a contract is not owned or
held by a natural person or a nominee for a natural person, the contract
generally will not be treated as an "annuity" for tax purposes, meaning that
the contract owner will be taxed currently on annual increases in Contract
Value at ordinary income rates unless some other exception applies.
 
Section 72 of the Code governs the taxation of annuities in general, and we
designed the Contracts to meet the requirements of Section 72 of the Code. We
believe that, under current law, the Contract will be treated as an annuity
for federal income tax purposes if the Contract Owner is a natural person or a
nominee for a natural person, and that we (as the issuing insurance company),
and not the Contract Owner(s), will be treated as the owner of the investments
underlying the Contract. Accordingly, no tax should be payable by you as a
Contract Owner as a result of any increase in Contract Value until you receive
money under your Contract. You should, however, consider how amounts will be
taxed when you do receive them. The following discussion assumes that your
Contract will be treated as an annuity for federal income tax purposes.
 
Section 817(h) of the Code provides that the investments underlying a variable
annuity must satisfy certain diversification requirements. Details on these
diversification requirements appear under OTHER INFORMATION ABOUT THE FUND in
the Fund's Prospectus. We believe the underlying Variable Investment Options
for the Contract meet these requirements. In connection with the issuance of
temporary regulations relating to diversification requirements under Section
817(h), the Treasury Department announced that such regulations do not provide
guidance concerning the extent to which you may direct your investments to
particular divisions of a separate account. Such guidance may be included in
regulations or revenue rulings under Section 817(d) relating to the definition
of a variable contract. Because of this uncertainty, we reserve the right to
make such changes as we deem necessary or appropriate to ensure that your
Contract continues to qualify as an annuity for tax purposes. Any such changes
will apply uniformly to affected Contract Owners and will be made with such
notice to affected Contract Owners as is feasible under the circumstances.
 
Taxes Payable by Contract Owners: General Rules
 
These general rules apply to Non-Qualified Contracts. As discussed below,
however, tax rules may differ for Qualified Contracts and you should consult a
qualified tax adviser if you are purchasing a Qualified Contract.
 
Distributions of net investment income or capital gains that each Subaccount
receives from its corresponding Portfolio are automatically reinvested in such
Portfolio unless we, on behalf of the Separate Account, elect otherwise. As
noted above, you will be subject to federal income taxes on the investment
income from your Contract only when it is distributed to you.
 
                                      33
<PAGE>
 
Multiple Contracts
 
All Non-Qualified contracts that are issued by us, or our affiliates, to the
same Owner during any calendar year are treated as one contract for purposes
of determining the amount includible in gross income under Code Section 72(e).
Further, the Treasury Department has specific authority to issue regulations
that prevent the avoidance of Section 72(e) through the serial purchase of
contracts or otherwise.
 
Taxes Payable on Withdrawals
 
Amounts you withdraw before annuitization, including amounts withdrawn from
your Contract Value in connection with partial withdrawals for payment of any
charges and fees, will be treated first as taxable income to the extent that
your Contract Value exceeds the aggregate of your Purchase Payments (reduced
by non-taxable amounts previously received), and then as non-taxable recovery
of your Purchase Payments.
 
The assignment or pledge of (or agreement to assign or pledge) the value of
the Contract for a loan will be treated as a withdrawal subject to these
rules. Moreover, all annuity contracts issued to you in any given calendar
year by us and any of our affiliates are treated as a single annuity contract
for purposes of determining whether an amount is subject to tax under these
rules. The Code further provides that the taxable portion of a withdrawal may
be subject to a penalty tax equal to 10% of that taxable portion unless the
withdrawal is: (1) made on or after the date you reach age 59 1/2, (2) made by
a Beneficiary after your death, (3) attributable to your becoming disabled, or
(4) in the form of level annuity payments under a lifetime annuity.
 
Taxes Payable on Annuity Payments
 
A portion of each annuity payment you receive under a Contract generally will
be treated as a partial recovery of Purchase Payments (as used here, "Purchase
Payments" means the aggregate Purchase Payments less any amounts that were
previously received under the Contract but not included in income) and will
not be taxable. (In certain circumstances, subsequent modifications to an
initially-established payment pattern may result in the imposition of a
penalty tax.) The remainder of each annuity payment will be taxed as ordinary
income. However, after the full amount of aggregate Purchase Payments has been
recovered, the full amount of each annuity payment will be taxed as ordinary
income. Exactly how an annuity payment is divided into taxable and non-taxable
portions depends on the period over which annuity payments are expected to be
received, which in turn is governed by the form of annuity selected and, where
a lifetime annuity is chosen, by the life expectancy of the Annuitant(s) or
payee(s).
 
Should the death of a Contract Owner cause annuity payments to cease before
Purchase Payments have been fully recovered, an Annuitant (or in certain cases
the Beneficiary) is allowed a deduction on the final tax return for the
unrecovered Purchase Payments; however, if any remaining annuity payments are
made to a Beneficiary, the Beneficiary will recover the balance of the
Purchase Payments as payments are made. A lump sum payment taken in lieu of
remaining monthly annuity payments is not considered an annuity payment for
tax purposes. The portion of any lump sum payment to a Beneficiary in excess
of aggregate unrecovered Purchase Payments would be subject to income tax.
Such a lump sum payment may also be subject to a penalty tax.
 
If a Contract Owner dies before annuity payments begin, certain minimum
distribution requirements apply. If a Contract Owner dies after the Annuity
Date, the remaining interest in the Contract must be distributed at least as
rapidly as under the method of distribution in effect on the date of death.
 
Generally, the same tax rules apply to amounts received by the Beneficiary as
those set forth above, except that the early withdrawal penalty tax does not
apply. Thus, any annuity payments or lump sum withdrawal will be divided into
taxable and non-taxable portions. If the Contract Owner or Annuitant dies and
within sixty days after the date on which a lump sum death benefit first
becomes payable the designated recipient elects to receive annuity payments in
lieu of the lump sum death benefit, then the designated recipient will not be
treated for tax purposes as having received the lump sum death benefit in the
tax year it first becomes payable. Rather, in that case, the designated
recipient will be taxed on the annuity payments as they are received.
 
                                      34
<PAGE>
 
In addition, designation of a Beneficiary who either is 37 1/2 or more years
younger than a Contract Owner or is a grandchild of a Contract Owner may have
Generation Skipping Transfer Tax consequences under section 2601 of the Code.
 
Generally, gifts of non-tax qualified contracts prior to the annuity start
date will trigger tax on the gain on the contract, with the donee getting a
stepped-up basis for the amount included in the donor's income. The 10%
penalty tax and gift tax also may be applicable. This provision does not apply
to transfers between spouses or incident to a divorce.
 
Qualified Contracts
 
The Contracts are available to a variety of Qualified Plans. Tax restrictions
and consequences for Contracts under each type of Qualified Plan differ from
each other and from those for Non-Qualified Contracts. In addition, individual
Qualified Plans may have terms and conditions that impose additional rules.
Therefore, no attempt is made herein to provide more than general information
about the use of the Contract with the various types of Qualified Plans.
Participants under such Qualified Plans, as well as Contract Owners,
Annuitants and Beneficiaries, are cautioned that the rights of any person to
any benefits under such Qualified Plans may be subject to the terms and
conditions of the Plans themselves or limited by applicable law, regardless of
the terms and conditions of the Contract issued in connection therewith.
 
The following is only a general discussion about types of Qualified Plans for
which the Contracts are available. We are not the administrator of any
Qualified Plan. The plan administrator and/or custodian, whichever is
applicable, (but not us) is responsible for all Plan administrative duties
including, but not limited to, notification of distribution options,
disbursement of Plan benefits, compliance regulatory requirements and federal
and state tax reporting of income/distributions from the Plan to Plan
participants and, if applicable, Beneficiaries of Plan participants and IRA
contributions from Plan participants. Our administrative duties are limited to
administration of the Contract and any disbursements of any Contract benefits
to the Owner, Annuitant, or Beneficiary of the Contract, as applicable. Our
tax reporting responsibility is limited to federal and state tax reporting of
income/distributions to the applicable payee and IRA contributions from the
Owner of a Contract, as recorded on our books and records. The Qualified Plan
(the plan administrator or the custodian) is required to provide us with
information regarding individuals with signatory authority on the Contract(s)
owned. If you are purchasing a Qualified Contract, you should consult with
your plan administrator and/or a qualified tax adviser. You should also
consult with your tax adviser and/or plan administrator before you withdraw
any portion of your contract value.
 
Individual Retirement Annuities ("IRAs")
 
Recent federal tax legislation has expanded the type of IRAs available to
individuals for tax deferred retirement savings: In addition to "traditional"
IRAs established under Code Section 408, there are Roth IRAs governed by Code
Section 408A and SIMPLE IRAs established under Code Section 408(p).
Contributions to each of these types of IRAs are subject to differing
limitations. In addition, distributions from each type of IRA are subject to
differing restrictions. The following is a very general description of each
type of IRA:
 
Traditional IRAs
- ----------------
 
Traditional IRAs are subject to limitations on the amount that may be
contributed, the persons who may be eligible, and on the time when
distributions must commence. Depending upon the circumstances of the
individual, contributions to a traditional IRA may be made on a deductible or
non-deductible basis. Failure to make mandatory distributions may result in
imposition of a 50% penalty tax on any difference between the required
distribution amount and the amount actually distributed. A 10% penalty tax is
imposed on the amount includable in gross income from distributions that occur
before you attain age 59 1/2 and that are not made on account of death or
disability, with certain exceptions. These exceptions include distributions
that are part of a series of substantially equal periodic payments made over
your life (or life expectancy) or the joint lives (or
 
                                      35
<PAGE>
 
joint life expectancies) of you and your Joint Annuitant. Distributions of
minimum amounts specified by the Code must commence by April 1 of the calendar
year following the calendar year in which you attain age 70 1/2. Additional
distribution rules apply after your death.
 
You may rollover funds from certain existing Qualified Plans (such as proceeds
from existing insurance policies, annuity contracts or securities) into your
Traditional IRA if those funds are in cash; this will require you to liquidate
any value accumulated under the existing Qualified Plan. Mandatory withholding
of 20% may apply to any rollover distribution from your existing Qualified
Plan if the distribution is not transferred directly to your Traditional IRA;
to avoid this withholding you should have cash transferred directly from the
insurance company or plan trustee to us. Similar limitations and tax penalties
apply to tax sheltered annuities, government plans, 401(k) plans, and pension
and profit-sharing plans.
 
SIMPLE Individual Retirement Annuities
- --------------------------------------
 
The Small Business Job Protection Act of 1996 created a new retirement plan,
the Savings Incentive Match Plan for Employees of Small Employers ("SIMPLE
Plans"). Depending upon the type of SIMPLE Plan, employers may deposit the
plan contributions into a single trust or into SIMPLE individual retirement
annuities ("SIMPLE IRAs") established by each participant. Contributions to a
SIMPLE IRA may be either salary deferral contributions or employer
contributions. Distributions from a SIMPLE IRA may be rolled over to another
SIMPLE IRA tax free or may be eligible for tax free rollover to a traditional
IRA after a required two year period. A distribution from a SIMPLE IRA,
however, is never eligible to be rolled over to a retirement plan qualified
under Code Section 401 or a Section 403(b) annuity contract.
 
Roth IRAs
- --------- 

Section 408A of the Code permits eligible individuals to establish a Roth IRA,
a new type of IRA which becomes available in 1998. Contributions to a Roth IRA
are not deductible, but withdrawals that meet certain requirements are not
subject to federal income tax. In general, Roth IRAs are subject to
limitations on the amount that may be contributed and the persons who may be
eligible to contribute and are subject to certain required distribution rules
on the death of the Contract Owner. Unlike a traditional IRA, Roth IRAs are
not subject to minimum required distribution rules during the Contract Owner's
lifetime. Generally, however, the amount remaining in a Roth IRA must be
distributed by the end of the fifth year after the death of the Contract
Owner. Beginning in 1998, the owner of a traditional IRA may convert a
traditional IRA into a Roth IRA under certain circumstances. The conversion of
a traditional IRA to a Roth IRA will subject the amount of the converted
traditional IRA to federal income tax. Anyone considering the purchase of a
Qualified Contract as a "conversion" Roth IRA should consult with a qualified
tax adviser.
 
Tax Sheltered Annuities ("TSAs")
 
Section 403(b) of the Code permits public school systems and certain tax-
exempt organizations to adopt annuity plans for their employees; Purchase
Payments made on Contracts purchased for these employees are excludable from
the employees' gross income (subject to maximum contribution limits).
Distributions under these Contracts must comply with certain limitations as to
timing, or result in tax penalties.
 
Government Plans
 
Section 457 of the Code permits employees of a state or local government (or
of certain other tax-exempt entities) to defer compensation through an
eligible government plan. Contributions to a Contract in connection with an
eligible government plan are subject to limitations.
 
401(k) Plans; Pension and Profit-Sharing Plans
 
Deferred compensation plans may be established by an employer for certain
eligible employees under Sections 401(a) and 401(k) of the Code. Contributions
to these plans are subject to limitations.
 
                                      36
<PAGE>
 
LOANS
 
Certain Qualified Contract Owners may borrow against their Contracts; otherwise
loans from us are not permitted. If yours is a Qualified Contract issued under
Section 401 or 403 of the Code and the terms of your Qualified Plan permit, you
may request a loan from us, using your Contract Value as your only security.
 
Tax and Legal Matters
 
The tax and ERISA rules relating to Contract loans are complex and in many
cases unclear. For these reasons, and because the rules vary depending on the
individual circumstances of each Contract, WE URGE YOU TO CONSULT WITH A
QUALIFIED TAX ADVISER PRIOR TO EFFECTING ANY LOAN TRANSACTION UNDER YOUR
CONTRACT.
 
Interest paid on your loan under a 401 plan or 403(b) tax-sheltered annuity
will be considered "personal interest" under Section 163(h) of the Code, to the
extent the loan comes from your pre-tax contributions, even if the proceeds of
your loan are used to acquire your principal residence.
 
We may change these loan provisions to reflect changes in the Code or
interpretations thereof.
 
Loan Procedures
 
Your loan request must be submitted on our Loan Agreement Form. You may submit
a loan request at any time after your first Contract Anniversary and before
your Annuity Date; however, before requesting a new loan, you must wait thirty
days after the last payment of a previous loan. If approved, your loan will
usually be effective as of the end of the Business Day on which we receive all
necessary documentation in proper form. We will normally forward proceeds of
your loan to you within seven calendar days after the effective date of your
loan. A loan administration fee of $500 will be deducted from your loan
proceeds, although we reserve the right to waive this fee.
 
In order to secure your loan, on the effective date of your loan, we will
transfer an amount equal to the principal amount of your loan into an account
called the "Loan Account." To make this transfer, we will transfer amounts
proportionately from your Investment Options, in accordance with the Loan
Agreement.
 
As your loan is repaid, a portion, corresponding to the amount of the repayment
of any amount then held as security for your loan, will be transferred from the
Loan Account back into your Investment Options relative to your current
allocation instructions.
 
Loan Terms
 
You may have only one loan outstanding at any time. The minimum loan amount is
$1,000, subject to certain state limitations. Your Contract Debt at the
effective date of your loan may not exceed the lesser of:
 
  .  50% of your Contract Value; or
 
  .  $50,000 less your highest outstanding Contract Debt during the 12-month
     period immediately preceding the effective date of your loan.
 
You should refer to the terms of your particular Qualified Plan for any
additional loan restrictions. If you have other loans outstanding pursuant to
other Qualified Plans, the amount you may borrow may be further restricted. We
are not responsible for making any determinations (including loan amounts
permitted) or any interpretations with respect to your Qualified Plan.
 
You will be charged interest on your Contract Debt at an annual rate, set at
the time of the loan withdrawal, equal to the higher of (a) Moody's Corporate
Bond Yield Average-Monthly Average Corporates (the "Moody's Rate"), as
published by Moody's Investors Service, Inc., or its successor, for the most
recently available calendar month, or (b) 5%. In the event that the Moody's
Rate is no longer available, we may substitute a substantially
 
                                       37
<PAGE>
 
similar average rate, subject to compliance with applicable state regulations.
The amount held in the Loan Account to secure your loan will earn a return
equal to an annual rate that is two percentage points lower than the annual
rate of interest charged on your Contract Debt. Interest charges accrue on
your Contract Debt daily, beginning on the effective date of your loan.
Interest earned on the Loan Account Value accrue daily beginning on the day
following the effective date of the loan, and those earnings will be
transferred once a year to your Investment Options in accordance with your
current allocation instructions. Any amounts that would otherwise be
transferred to the DCA Plus Fixed Option will be transferred to the Variable
Investment Options according to your most recent DCA Plus transfer
instructions.
 
Repayment Terms
 
Your loan, including principal and accrued interest, generally must be repaid
in quarterly installments. An installment will be due in each quarter on the
date corresponding to the effective date of your loan, beginning with the
first such date following the effective date of your loan.
 
  Example: On May 1, we receive your loan request, and your loan is
  effective. Your first quarterly payment will be due on August 1.
 
Adverse tax consequences may result if you fail to meet the repayment
requirements for your loan. You must repay principal and interest of any loan
in substantially equal payments over the term of the loan. Normally, the term
of the loan will be five years from the effective date of the loan; however,
if you have certified to us that your loan proceeds are to be used to acquire
a principal residence for yourself, you may request a loan term of 30 years.
In either case, however, you must repay your loan prior to your Annuity Date.
If you elect to annuitize (or withdraw) your Net Contract Value while you have
an outstanding loan, we will deduct any Contract Debt from your Contract Value
at the time of the annuitization (or withdrawal) to repay the Contract Debt.
 
You may prepay your entire loan at any time; if you do so, we will bill you
for any unpaid interest that has accrued through the date of payoff. Your loan
will be considered repaid only when the interest due has been paid. Subject to
any necessary approval of state insurance authorities, while you have Contract
Debt outstanding, we will treat all payments you send us as Purchase Payments
unless you specifically indicate that your payment is a loan repayment or
include your loan stub with your payment. To the extent allowed by law, any
loan repayments in excess of the amount then due will be refunded to you,
unless such amount is sufficient to pay the balance of your loan.
 
If we have not received your full payment by its due date, we will declare the
entire remaining loan balance in default. At that time, we will send written
notification of the amount needed to bring the loan back to a current status.
You will have sixty (60) days from the date on which the loan was declared in
default (the "grace period") to make the required payment.
 
If the required payment is not received by the end of the grace period, the
defaulted loan balance plus accrued interest and any withdrawal charge will be
withdrawn from your Contract Value, if amounts under your Contract are
eligible for distribution. In order for an amount to be eligible for
distribution from a Qualified Plan you must meet one of six triggering events.
They are: attainment of age 59 1/2; separation from service; death;
disability; plan termination; and financial hardship. If those amounts are not
eligible for distribution, the defaulted loan balance plus accrued interest
and any withdrawal charge will be considered a Deemed Distribution and will be
withdrawn when such Contract Values become eligible. In either case, the
Distribution or the Deemed Distribution will be considered a currently taxable
event, and may be subject to federal tax withholding, the withdrawal charge
and the federal early withdrawal penalty tax.
 
If there is a Deemed Distribution under your Contract and to the extent
allowed by law, any future withdrawals will first be applied as repayment of
the defaulted Contract Debt, including accrued interest and charges for
applicable taxes. Any amounts withdrawn and applied as repayment of Contract
Debt will first be withdrawn from your Loan Account, and then from your
Investment Options on a proportionate basis relative to the Account
 
                                      38
<PAGE>
 
Value in each Investment Option. If you have an outstanding loan that is in
default, the defaulted Contract Debt will be considered a withdrawal for the
purpose of calculating any Death Benefit Amount and/or Guaranteed Minimum
Death Benefit.
 
The terms of any such loan are intended to qualify for the exception in Code
Section 72(p)(2) so that the distribution of the loan proceeds will not
constitute a distribution that is taxable to you. To that end, these loan
provisions will be interpreted to ensure and maintain such tax qualification,
despite any other provisions to the contrary. We reserve the right to amend
your Contract to reflect any clarifications that may be needed or are
appropriate to maintain such tax qualification or to conform any terms of our
loan arrangement with you to any applicable changes in the tax qualification
requirements. We will send you a copy of any such amendment. If you refuse
such an amendment, it may result in adverse tax consequences to you.
 
Withholding
 
Unless you elect to the contrary, any amounts you receive under your Contract
that are attributable to investment income will be subject to withholding to
meet federal and state income tax obligations. The rate of withholding on
annuity payments made to you will be determined on the basis of the
withholding information you provide to us with your application. If you do not
provide us with required withholding information, we will withhold, from every
withdrawal from your Contract and from every annuity payment to you, the
appropriate percentage of the taxable amount of the payment. Please call us at
1-800-XXX-XXXX with any questions about the required withholding information.
For purposes of determining your withholding rate on annuity payments, you
will be treated as a married person with three exemptions. The rate of
withholding on all other payments made to you under your Contract, such as
amounts you receive upon withdrawals, will be 10%, unless otherwise specified
by the Code. Generally, there will be no withholding for taxes until you
actually receive payments under your Contract.
 
Distributions from a Contract under a Qualified Plan (not including an
individual retirement annuity subject to Code Section 408 or Code Section
408A) to an employee, surviving spouse, or former spouse who is an alternate
payee under a qualified domestic relations order, in the form of a lump sum
settlement or periodic annuity payments for a fixed period of fewer than 10
years are subject to mandatory income tax withholding of 20% of the taxable
amount of the distribution, unless (1) the distributee directs the transfer of
such amounts in cash to another Qualified Plan or a Traditional IRA; or (2)
the payment is a minimum distribution required under the Code. The taxable
amount is the amount of the distribution less the amount allocable to after-
tax contributions. All other types of taxable distributions are subject to
withholding unless the distributee elects not to have withholding apply.
 
Certain states have indicated that pension and annuity withholding will apply
to payments made to residents. Generally, an election out of federal
withholding will also be considered an election out of state withholding.
 
Impact of Federal Income Taxes
 
In general, if you expect to accumulate your Contract Value over a relatively
long period of time without making significant withdrawals, there should be
tax advantages, regardless of your tax bracket, in purchasing a Contract
rather than, for example, a mutual fund with a similar investment policy and
approximately the same level of expected investment results. This is because
little or no income taxes are incurred by you or by us while you are
participating in the Subaccounts, and it is generally advantageous to defer
the payment of income taxes, so that the investment return is compounded
without any deduction for income taxes. The advantage will be greater if you
decide to liquidate your Contract Value in the form of monthly annuity
payments after your retirement, or if your tax rate is lower at that time than
during the period that you held the Contract, or both.
 
Taxes on PM Group [PLA]
 
Although the Separate Account is registered as an investment company, it is
not a separate taxpayer for purposes of the Code. The earnings of the Separate
Account are taxed as part of our operations. No charge is made against the
Separate Account for our federal income taxes (excluding the charge for
premium taxes), but we will review, periodically, the question of charges to
the Separate Account or your Contract for such taxes. Such a charge may be
made in future years for any federal income taxes that would be attributable
to the Separate Account or to our operations with respect to your Contract, or
attributable, directly or indirectly, to Purchase Payments on your Contract.
 
                                      39
<PAGE>
 
Under current law, we may incur state and local taxes (in addition to premium
taxes) in several states. At present, these taxes are not significant and they
are not charged against the Contract or the Separate Account. If there is a
material change in applicable state or local tax laws, the imposition of any
such taxes upon us that are attributable to the Separate Account or to our
operations with respect to your Contract may result in a corresponding charge
against the Separate Account or your Contract.
 
                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
VOTING RIGHTS
 
We are the legal owner of the shares of the Portfolios held by the Subaccounts,
and consequently have the right to vote on any matter voted on at Fund
shareholders' meetings. However, our current interpretation of applicable law
requires us to vote the shares attributable to your Variable Account Value
(your "voting interest") in accordance with your directions.
 
We will pass shareholder proxy materials on to you so that you have an
opportunity to give us voting instructions for your voting interest. You may
provide your instructions by proxy or in person at the shareholders' meeting.
If there are shares of a Portfolio held by a Subaccount for which we do not
receive timely voting instructions, we will vote those shares in the same
proportion as all other shares of that Portfolio held by that Subaccount for
which we have received timely voting instructions. If we hold shares of a
Portfolio in our General Account, or hold unvoted shares in the Separate
Account, and/or if any of our non-insurance subsidiaries hold shares of a
Portfolio, such shares will be voted in the same proportion as other votes cast
by all of our separate accounts in the aggregate, including Separate Account A.
 
We may elect, in the future, to vote shares of the Portfolios held in Separate
Account A in our own right if we are permitted to do so through a change in
applicable federal securities laws or regulations, or in their interpretation.
 
The number of Portfolio shares that form the basis for your voting interest is
determined as of the record date set by the Board of Trustees of the Fund. It
is equal to (a) your Contract Value allocated to the Subaccount corresponding
to that Portfolio, divided by (b) the net asset value per share of that
Portfolio. Fractional votes will be counted. We reserve the right, if required
or permitted by a change in federal regulations or their interpretation, to
amend how we calculate your voting interest.
 
After your Annuity Date, if you have selected a variable annuity, the voting
rights under your Contract will continue during the payout period of your
annuity, but the number of shares that form the basis for your voting interest,
as described above, will decrease throughout the payout period.
 
CHANGES TO YOUR CONTRACT
 
Contract Owner(s) and Contingent Owner
 
You may change your Non-Qualified Contract at any time prior to your Annuity
Date to name a different Contract Owner or to add a Joint Owner, or to add or
change a Contingent Owner; if yours is a Qualified Contract, you must be the
only Contract Owner, but you may still add or change a Contingent Owner. Your
Contract cannot name more than two Contract Owners (Joint Owners) and one
Contingent Owner at any time. Any newly-named Contract Owners, including Joint
and/or Contingent Owners, must be under the age of 86 at the time of change or
addition. Joint ownership is in the form of a joint tenancy. The Contract
Owner(s) may make all decisions regarding the Contract, including making
allocation decisions and exercising voting rights. Transactions under jointly
owned Contracts require authorization from both Contract Owners. Transfer of
Contract ownership may involve federal income tax consequences; you should
consult a qualified tax adviser before effecting such a transfer. A change to
joint Contract ownership is considered a transfer of ownership.
 
                                       40
<PAGE>
 
Annuitant and Contingent or Joint Annuitant
 
Your sole Annuitant cannot be changed, and Joint Annuitants cannot be added or
changed, once your Contract is issued. Certain changes may be permitted in
connection with Contingent Annuitants. See RETIREMENT BENEFITS AND OTHER
PAYOUTS--Selecting Your Annuitant. There may be limited exceptions for certain
Qualified Contracts.
 
Beneficiaries
 
Your Beneficiary is a person(s) who may receive death benefits under your
Contract. You may change or remove your Beneficiary or add Beneficiaries at
any time prior to the death of the Annuitant or Owner, as applicable. If you
have named your Beneficiary irrevocably, you will need to obtain that
Beneficiary's consent before making any changes. Qualified Contracts may have
additional restrictions on naming and changing Beneficiaries; for example, if
your Contract was issued in connection with a Qualified Plan subject to Title
I of ERISA, your spouse must either be your Beneficiary or consent to your
naming of a different Beneficiary. If you leave no surviving Beneficiary, your
estate will receive any death benefit proceeds under your Contract.
 
Changes to ALL Contracts
 
If, in the judgment of our management, continued investment by Separate
Account A in one or more of the Portfolios becomes unsuitable or unavailable,
we may seek to alter the Variable Investment Options available under the
Contracts. We do not expect that a Portfolio will become unsuitable, but
unsuitability issues could arise due to changes in investment policies, market
conditions, or tax laws, or due to marketing or other reasons.
 
Alterations of Variable Investment Options may take differing forms. We
reserve the right to replace shares of any Portfolio that were already
purchased under any Contract (or shares that were to be purchased in the
future under a Contract) with shares of another Portfolio, shares of another
investment company or series of an investment company, or another investment
vehicle. We may also purchase, through a Subaccount, other securities for
other series or other classes of contracts, and may permit conversions or
exchanges between series or classes of contracts on the basis of Contract
Owner requests. Required approvals of the SEC and state insurance regulators
will be obtained before any such substitutions are effected, and you will be
notified of any planned substitution.
 
We may add new Subaccounts to Separate Account A, and any new Subaccounts may
invest in Portfolios or in other investment vehicles; availability of any new
Subaccounts to existing Contract Owners will be determined at our discretion.
We will notify you, and will comply with the filing or other procedures
established by applicable state insurance regulators, to the extent required
by applicable law. We also reserve the right, after receiving any required
regulatory approvals, to do any of the following:
 
  .  cease offering any subaccount
 
  .  add or change designated investment companies or their portfolios, or
     other investment vehicles;
 
  .  add, delete or make substitutions for the securities and other assets
     that are held or purchased by the Separate Account or any Variable
     Account;
 
  .  permit conversion or exchanges between portfolios and/or classes of
     contracts on the basis of Owners' requests;
 
  .  add, remove or combine Variable Accounts;
 
  .  combine the assets of any Variable Account with any other of our
     separate accounts or of any of our affiliates;
 
  .  register or deregister Separate Account A or any Variable Account under
     the 1940 Act;
 
  .  operate any Variable Account as a managed investment company under the
     1940 Act; or any other form permitted by law;
 
                                      41
<PAGE>
 
  .  run any Variable Account under the direction of a committee, board, or
     other group;
 
  .  restrict or eliminate any voting rights of Owners with respect to any
     Variable Account or other persons who have voting rights as to any
     Variable Account;
 
  .  make any changes required by the 1940 Act or other federal securities
     laws;
 
  .  make any changes necessary to maintain the status of the Contracts as
     annuities under the Code;
 
  .  make other changes required under federal or state law relating to
     annuities;
 
  .  suspend or discontinue sale of the Contracts; and
 
  .  comply with applicable law.
 
Inquiries and Submitting Forms and Requests
 
You may reach our service representatives at 1-800-XXX-XXXX between the hours
of 6:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m., Pacific time.
 
Please send your forms and written requests or questions to:
 
  PM Group Life Insurance Company [Pacific Life & Annuity Company]
  700 Newport Center Drive
  Newport Beach, California 92660
 
If you are submitting a purchase or other payment by mail, please send it,
along with your application if you are submitting one, to:
 
  PM Group Life Insurance Company [Pacific Life & Annuity Company]
  700 Newport Center Drive
  Newport Beach, California 92660
 
If you are using an overnight delivery service to send payments, please send
them to:
 
  PM Group Life Insurance Company [Pacific Life & Annuity Company]
  700 Newport Center Drive
  Newport Beach, California 92660
 
The effective date of certain notices or of instructions is determined by the
date and time on which we "receive" the notice or instructions. We "receive"
this information only when it arrives, in proper form, at the correct mailing
address set out above. Please call us at 1-800-XXX-XXXX if you have any
questions regarding which address you should use.
 
Purchase Payments after your initial Purchase Payment, loan requests, transfer
requests, loan repayments and withdrawal requests we receive before 4:00 p.m.
Eastern time will normally be effective on the same Business Day that we
receive them in "proper form," unless the transaction or event is scheduled to
occur on another day. Generally, whenever you submit any other form, notice or
request, your instructions will be effective on the next Business Day after we
receive them in "proper form" unless the transaction or event is scheduled to
occur on another day. "Proper form" means in a form satisfactory to us and may
require, among other things, a signature guarantee or other verification of
authenticity. We do not generally require a signature guarantee unless it
appears that the Owner's signature may have changed over time; an executed
application or confirmation of application, as applicable, in proper form is
not received by us; or, due to other circumstances. Requests regarding death
benefits must be accompanied by both proof of death and instructions regarding
payment satisfactory to us. You should call your registered representative or
us if you have questions regarding the required form of a request.
 
                                      42
<PAGE>
 
Telephone Transactions
 
After your "free look" period, you may make transfer requests by telephone if
you have authorized telephone requests (a "telephone authorization"). We
cannot guarantee that you will always be able to reach us to complete a
telephone transaction; for example, all telephone lines may be busy during
certain periods, such as periods of substantial market fluctuations or other
drastic economic or market change, or telephones may be out of service during
severe weather conditions or other emergencies. Under these circumstances, you
should submit your request in writing (or other form acceptable to us).
Transaction instructions we receive by telephone before 4:00 p.m. Eastern time
on any Business Day will normally be effective on that day, and we will send
you written confirmation of each telephone transfer.
 
We have established procedures reasonably designed to confirm that
instructions communicated by telephone are genuine. These procedures may
require any person requesting a telephone transaction to provide certain
personal identification upon our request. We may also record all or part of
any telephone conversation with respect to transaction instructions. We
reserve the right to deny any transaction request made by telephone. When you
make a proper request for a telephone authorization, you authorize us to
accept and to act upon instructions received by telephone with respect to your
Contract, and you agree that, as long as we comply with our procedures,
neither we, any of our affiliates, nor the Fund, or any of their directors,
trustees, officers, employees or agents will be liable for any loss,
liability, cost or expense (including attorneys' fees) in connection with
requests that are effected in accordance with your telephone authorization and
that we believe to be genuine. This policy means that you will bear the risk
of loss arising out of your telephone transaction privileges. If a Contract
has Joint Owners, both Owners must sign the written request for a telephone
authorization, but each Owner individually may make transfer requests by
telephone.
 
Timing of Payments and Transactions
 
For withdrawals from the Variable Investment Options or for death benefit
payments attributable to your Variable Account Value, we will normally send
the proceeds within seven calendar days after your withdrawal request is
effective or after the Notice Date, as the case may be. Similarly, for
transfers from the Variable Investment Options, we will normally send the
proceeds within seven calendar days after your transfer (or exchange) request
is effective. We will normally effect periodic annuity payments on the day
that corresponds to the Annuity Date and will make payment on the following
day. Payments or transfers may be suspended for a longer period under certain
abnormal circumstances. These include a closing of the New York Stock Exchange
other than on a regular holiday or weekend, a trading restriction imposed by
the SEC, or an emergency declared by the SEC. For (i) withdrawals from the
Fixed Option or DCA Plus Fixed Option, (ii) death benefit payments
attributable to Fixed Option Value or DCA Plus Fixed Option Value, or (iii)
fixed periodic annuity payments, payment of proceeds may be delayed for up to
six months after the request is effective. Similar delays may apply to loans
and transfers from the Fixed Option and the DCA Plus Fixed Option. See THE
GENERAL ACCOUNT for more details.
 
Confirmations, Statements and Other Reports to Contract Owners
 
Confirmations will be sent out for unscheduled Purchase Payments and
transfers, loans, loan repayments, unscheduled partial withdrawals, a full
withdrawal, and on payment of any death benefit proceeds. Each quarter prior
to your Annuity Date, we will send you a statement that provides certain
information pertinent to your Contract. These statements disclose Contract
Value, Subaccount values, values under the Fixed Option and DCA Plus Fixed
Option, fees and charges applied to your Contract Value, transactions made and
specific Contract data that apply to your Contract. Confirmations of your
transactions under the pre-authorized checking plan, dollar cost averaging,
earnings sweep, portfolio rebalancing, and pre-authorized withdrawal options
will appear on your quarterly account statements. Your fourth-quarter
statement will contain annual information about your Contract Value and
transactions. If you suspect an error on a confirmation or quarterly
statement, you must notify us in writing within 30 days from the date of the
first confirmation or statement on which the transaction you believe to be
erroneous appeared. When you write, tell us your name, contract number and a
description of the suspected
 
                                      43
<PAGE>
 
error. You will also be sent an annual report for the Separate Account and the
Fund and a list of the securities held in each Portfolio of the Fund, as
required by the 1940 Act; or more frequently if required by law.
 
Replacement of Life Insurance or Annuities
 
The term "replacement" has a special meaning in the life insurance industry
and is described more fully below. Before you make your purchase decision, PM
Group [PLA] wants you to understand how a replacement may impact your existing
plan of insurance.
 
A policy "replacement" occurs when a new policy or contract is purchased and,
in connection with the sale, an existing policy or contract is surrendered,
lapsed, forfeited, assigned to the replacing insurer, otherwise terminated, or
used in a financed purchase. A "financed purchase" occurs when the purchase of
a new life insurance policy or annuity contract involves the use of funds
obtained from the values of an existing life insurance policy or annuity
contract through withdrawal, surrender or loan.
 
There are circumstances in which replacing your existing life insurance policy
or annuity contract can benefit you. As a general rule, however, replacement
is not in your best interest. Accordingly, you should make a careful
comparison of the costs and benefits of your existing policy or contract and
the proposed policy or contract to determine whether replacement is in your
best interest.
 
Financial Statements - Statutory Basis
 
PM Group's [PLA] audited financial statements - statutory basis as of December
31, 1997 and for the two years ended December 31, 1997, are contained in the
SAI. Unaudited financial statements - statutory basis as of September 30, 1998
and for each of the nine month periods ended September 30, 1998 and 1997 are
also contained in the SAI.
 
Preparation for the Year 2000
 
We rely significantly on Pacific Life's computer systems and applications in
our daily operations. In 1995, Pacific Life began the process of identifying,
evaluating and implementing changes to computer programs necessary to address
the year 2000 issue. This issue involves the ability of computer systems to
properly recognize the year 2000. The inability to do so could result in major
failures or miscalculations.
 
Pacific Life has a coordinated plan to remediate, or replace if necessary, any
non-compliant systems and to obtain assurances of the ability to be year 2000
compliant by our service providers, vendors and those with significant
relationships with us. The plan is directed and overseen by an experienced
Vice President dedicated to year 2000 compliance. Pacific Life completed the
identification of all critical systems and are in the process of remediating
systems. In addition, they have retained two internationally recognized
consultants to assist in reviewing and remediating our systems and interfaces
with third parties. The plan calls for all remediation to be completed by the
fourth quarter of 1998 and testing to commence as remediation is completed and
throughout 1999. Some testing has already begun.
 
Pacific Life's remediation expenses to make its systems year 2000 compliant
are currently estimated to range from $15 to $20 million, which excludes the
cost of personnel who support year 2000 compliance efforts. They do not
anticipate any other material future costs associated with the year 2000
compliance project, although there can be no assurance. Pacific Life currently
expects to be year 2000 compliant; however, there can be no assurances that
they will succeed. In the event Pacific Life or our significant service
providers, vendors, financial institutions or others with which we conduct
business, fail to be year 2000 compliant, there would be a materially adverse
effect on us.
 
                                      44
<PAGE>
 
                              THE GENERAL ACCOUNT
 
GENERAL INFORMATION
 
All amounts allocated to the Fixed Option and DCA Plus Fixed Option become
part of our General Account. Subject to applicable law, we exercise sole
discretion over the investment of General Account assets, and bear the
associated investment risk; you will not share in the investment experience of
General Account assets.
 
Because of exemptive and exclusionary provisions, interests in the General
Account under the Contract are not registered under the Securities Act of 1933
and the General Account has not been registered as an investment company under
the 1940 Act. Any interest you have in the Fixed Option or DCA Plus Fixed
Option is not subject to these Acts, and we have been advised that the SEC
staff has not reviewed disclosure in this Prospectus relating to the Fixed
Option. This disclosure may, however, be subject to certain provisions of
federal securities laws relating to the accuracy and completeness of
statements made in prospectuses.
 
GUARANTEE TERMS
 
When you allocate any portion of your Purchase Payments or Contract Value to
the Fixed Option or the DCA Plus Fixed Option in the General Account, we
guarantee you an interest rate. The Fixed Option and DCA Plus Fixed Option
each offer a separate Guaranteed Interest Rate and Guarantee Term. Guarantee
Terms will be offered at our discretion. Presently, we offer Guarantee Terms
of up to one year for the Fixed Option and the DCA Plus Fixed Option. You
should specify the Fixed Option and/or DCA Plus Fixed Option into which you
want us to allocate your Purchase Payments or Contract Value, if any.
 
Guaranteed Interest Rates for each Fixed Option and DCA Plus Fixed Option may
be changed periodically for new allocations; your allocation will receive the
Guaranteed Interest Rate in effect for that Fixed Option or DCA Plus Fixed
Option on the effective date of your allocation. All Guaranteed Interest Rates
will be expressed as annual effective rates; however, interest will accrue
daily. The Guaranteed Interest Rate on your Fixed Option and/or DCA Plus Fixed
Option will remain in effect for the Guarantee Term and will never be less
than an annual rate of 3%.
 
DCA Plus Fixed Option
 
WHEN YOU ESTABLISH A DCA PLUS AND YOU MAKE YOUR INITIAL PURCHASE PAYMENT
ALLOCATION TO THE DCA PLUS FIXED OPTION, WE ESTABLISH A GUARANTEE TERM THAT
ENDS ONE YEAR FROM THE DAY YOUR ALLOCATION IS EFFECTIVE. We credit each
allocation made to the DCA Plus Fixed Option during that Guarantee Term at the
Guaranteed Interest Rate in effect on the day each allocation is effective
through the earliest of:
 
  (i) the end of the Guarantee Term;
  (ii) the day on which the DCA Plus Fixed Option Value is zero;
  (iii) the Annuity Date; or
  (iv) the day on which death benefit proceeds become payable.
 
We stop crediting interest on any amount transferred or withdrawn from the DCA
Plus Fixed Option as of the day the transfer or withdrawal is effective.
 
Fixed Option
 
EACH ALLOCATION (OR ROLLOVER) YOU MAKE TO THE FIXED OPTION RECEIVES A
GUARANTEE TERM THAT BEGINS ON THE DAY THAT ALLOCATION OR ROLLOVER IS EFFECTIVE
AND ENDS AT THE END OF THAT CONTRACT YEAR OR, IF EARLIER, ON YOUR ANNUITY
DATE. At the end of that Contract Year, we will roll over your Fixed Option
Value on that day into a new Guarantee Term of one year (or, if shorter, the
time remaining until your Annuity Date) at the then current Guaranteed
Interest Rate, unless you instruct us otherwise.
 
                                      45
<PAGE>
 
  Example: Your Contract Anniversary is February 1. On February 1 of year 1,
  you allocate $1,000 to the Fixed Option and receive a Guarantee Term of one
  year and a Guaranteed Interest Rate of 5%. On August 1, you allocate
  another $500 to the Fixed Option and receive a Guaranteed Interest Rate of
  6%. Through January 31, year 1, your first allocation of $1,000 earns 5%
  interest and your second allocation of $500 earns 6% interest. On February
  1, year 2, a new interest rate may go into effect for your entire Fixed
  Option Value.
 
Withdrawals and Transfers
 
Prior to the Annuity Date, you may withdraw amounts from your Fixed Option
and/or DCA Plus Fixed Option, or transfer amounts from your Fixed Option
and/or DCA Plus Fixed Option to one or more of the other Investment Options,
except that you may not transfer amounts to the DCA Plus Fixed Option. If your
Contract was issued in a state that requires refund of Purchase Payments under
the Free Look Right, transfers may only be made after your Free Look Transfer
Date. In addition, no partial withdrawal or transfer (other than a monthly
transfer under DCA Plus) may be made from your Fixed Option and/or DCA Plus
Fixed Option within 30 days of the Contract Date. If your withdrawal leaves
you with a Net Contract Value of less than $1,000, we have the right, at our
option, to terminate your Contract and send you the withdrawal proceeds.
 
Payments or transfers from the Fixed Option or DCA Plus Fixed Option may be
delayed, as described under ADDITIONAL INFORMATION--Timing of Payments and
Transactions; any amount delayed will, as long as it is held under the Fixed
Option or DCA Plus Fixed Option, continue to earn interest at the Guaranteed
Interest Rate then in effect until that Guarantee Term has ended, and the
minimum guaranteed interest rate of 3% thereafter, unless state law requires a
greater rate be paid.
 
Fixed Option
 
After the first Contract Anniversary, you may make one transfer or partial
withdrawal from your Fixed Option during any Contract Year, except as provided
under the dollar cost averaging, earnings sweep and pre-authorized withdrawal
programs. You may make one transfer or one partial withdrawal within the 30
days after the end of each Contract Anniversary. Normally, you may transfer or
withdraw up to one-third (33 1/3%) of your Fixed Option Value in any given
Contract Year. However, in consecutive Contract Years you may transfer or
withdraw up to one-third (33 1/3%) of your Fixed Option Value in one year; you
may transfer or withdraw up to one-half (50%) of your remaining Fixed Option
Value in the next year; and you may transfer or withdraw up to the entire
amount (100%) of any remaining Fixed Option Value in the third year. In
addition, if, as a result of a partial withdrawal or transfer, the Fixed
Option Value is less than $500, we have the right, at our option, to transfer
the entire remaining amount to your other Investment Options on a
proportionate basis relative to your most recent allocation instructions. Any
amount that would otherwise be allocated to the DCA Plus Fixed Option will be
allocated to the Variable Investment Options according to your most recent DCA
Plus transfer instructions.
 
DCA Plus Fixed Option
 
No transfer to the DCA Plus Fixed Option may be made at any time.
 
 
                                      46
<PAGE>
 
              CONTENTS OF THE STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----
<S>                                                                         <C>
PERFORMANCE................................................................   1
  Total Returns............................................................   1
  Yields...................................................................   2
  Performance Comparisons and Benchmarks...................................   2
  Separate Account Performance - Hypothetical Total Return.................   4
DISTRIBUTION OF THE CONTRACTS..............................................   7
  Pacific Mutual Distributors, Inc.........................................   7
THE CONTRACTS AND THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT.....................................   8
  Calculating Subaccount Unit Values.......................................   8
  Variable Annuity Payment Amounts.........................................   8
  Corresponding Dates......................................................  10
  Age and Sex of Annuitant.................................................  11
  Systematic Transfer Programs.............................................  11
  Pre-Authorized Withdrawals...............................................  13
  Death Benefit............................................................  13
  Joint Annuitants on Qualified Contracts..................................  14
  1035 Exchanges...........................................................  14
  Safekeeping of Assets....................................................  14
  Dividends................................................................  14
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - STATUTORY BASIS.....................................  14
</TABLE>
 
                                       47
<PAGE>
 
To receive a current copy of the Pacific Portfolios SAI without charge, call
(800) xxx-xxxx or complete the following and send it to:
 
PM Group Life Insurance Company [Pacific Life & Annuity Company]
Variable Annuities
700 Newport Center Drive
Newport Beach, CA 92660
 
Name _________________________
Address ______________________
City _________________________State Zip
 
 
 
 
PH02/53003.29
- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
<PAGE>
 
                               PACIFIC PORTFOLIOS
 
The Pacific Portfolios   Where to go for more information
variable annuity
contract is issued by    For more information about Pacific Portfolios,     
PM Group Life            please call or write to us at the address below.   
Insurance Company        You should also use this address to send us any    
[Pacific Life &          notices, forms or requests about your contract.    
Annuity Company], 700                                                       
Newport Center Drive,     PM Group Life Insurance Company                   
Newport Beach,            [Pacific Life & Annuity Company]                  
California 92660.         Variable Annuity Department                       
                          P.O. Box XXXX                                     
                          Pasadena, CA 9XXXX-XXXX                           
                          1-800-XXX-XXXX                                    
                          6 a.m. through 5 p.m. Pacific Time                
                                                                            
                         You can find reports and other information about   
                         the Contract and Separate Account on the Securities
                         and Exchange Commission's website: www.sec.gov      
                         
                         
                         
                         
                         
                         
                         
                         
                         
 
<PAGE>
 
 
 
                                Underwritten by:
 
                            [PM GROUP LOGO TO COME]
 
                                  HOME OFFICE
PM Group Life Insurance Company [Pacific Life & Annuity Company] (800) xxx-xxxx
 
                                MAILING ADDRESS
 Variable Annuity Department 700 Newport Center Drive Newport Beach, California
                                     92660
 
 
 
Form No.
<PAGE>
 
 
                         [LOGO OF PACIFIC PORTFOLIOS]
 
                      STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
 
 
                              PACIFIC PORTFOLIOS
 
                              SEPARATE ACCOUNT A
 
                               ----------------
 
Pacific Portfolios (the "Contract") is a variable annuity contract
underwritten by PM Group Life Insurance Company [Pacific Life & Annuity
Company] ("PM Group" ["PLA"]).
 
This Statement of Additional Information is not a Prospectus and should be
read in conjunction with the Contract's Prospectus, dated             , which
is available without charge upon written or telephone request to PM Group
[PLA]. Terms used in this Statement of Additional Information ("SAI") have the
same meanings as in the Prospectus, and some additional terms are defined
particularly for this SAI.
 
                               ----------------
 
                        PM Group Life Insurance Company
                       [Pacific Life & Annuity Company]
                   Mailing Address: 700 Newport Center Drive
                        Newport Beach, California 92660
 
                                1-800-XXX-XXXX
<PAGE>
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        Page No.
                                                                        --------
<S>                                                                     <C>
PERFORMANCE............................................................     1
  Total Returns........................................................     1
  Yields...............................................................     2
  Performance Comparisons and Benchmarks...............................     2
  Separate Account Performance.........................................     4
DISTRIBUTION OF THE CONTRACTS..........................................     7
  Pacific Mutual Distributors, Inc. ...................................     7
THE CONTRACTS AND THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT.................................     8
  Calculating Subaccount Unit Values...................................     8
  Variable Annuity Payment Amounts.....................................     8
  Corresponding Dates..................................................    10
  Age and Sex of Annuitant.............................................    11
  Systematic Transfer Programs.........................................    11
  Pre-Authorized Withdrawals...........................................    13
  Death Benefit........................................................    13
  Joint Annuitants on Qualified Contracts..............................    14
  1035 Exchanges.......................................................    14
  Safekeeping of Assets................................................    14
  Dividends............................................................    14
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - STATUTORY BASIS.................................    14
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
 
                                  PERFORMANCE
 
From time to time, our reports or other communications to current or
prospective Contract Owners or our advertising or other promotional material
may quote the performance (yield and total return) of a Subaccount. Quoted
results are based on past performance and reflect the performance of all
assets held in that Subaccount for the stated time period. QUOTED RESULTS ARE
NEITHER AN ESTIMATE NOR A GUARANTEE OF FUTURE INVESTMENT PERFORMANCE, AND DO
NOT REPRESENT THE ACTUAL EXPERIENCE OF AMOUNTS INVESTED BY ANY PARTICULAR
CONTRACT OWNER.
 
TOTAL RETURNS
 
A Subaccount may advertise its "average annual total return" over various
periods of time. "Total return" represents the average percentage change in
value of an investment in the Subaccount from the beginning of a measuring
period to the end of that measuring period. "Annualized" total return assumes
that the total return achieved for the measuring period is achieved for each
such period for a full year. "Average annual" total return is computed in
accordance with a standard method prescribed by the SEC.
 
Average Annual Total Return
 
To calculate a Subaccount's average annual total return for a specific
measuring period, we first take a hypothetical $1,000 investment in that
Subaccount, at its then-applicable Subaccount Unit Value (the "initial
payment") and we compute the ending redeemable value of that initial payment
at the end of the measuring period based on the investment experience of that
subaccount ("withdrawal value"). The redeemable value reflects the effect of
all recurring fees and charges applicable to a Contract Owner under the
Contract, including the Risk Charge, the asset-based Administrative Fee and
the deduction of the applicable withdrawal charge, but does not reflect any
charges for applicable premium taxes and/or other taxes. The Annual Fee is
also taken into account, assuming an average Contract Value of $45,000. The
redeemable value is then divided by the initial payment and this quotient is
taken to the Nth root (N represents the number of days in the measuring
period), and 1 is subtracted from this result. Average annual total return is
expressed as a percentage.
 
                            T = (ERV/P)(/365//N)-1
 
<TABLE>
 <C>           <S>
 where T    =  average annual total return
       ERV  =  ending redeemable value
       P    =  hypothetical initial payment of $1,000
       N    =  number of days
</TABLE>
 
Average annual total return figures will be given for recent one-, three-,
five- and ten-year periods (if applicable), and may be given for other periods
as well (such as from commencement of the Subaccount's operations, or on a
year-by-year basis).
 
When considering "average" total return figures for periods longer than one
year, it is important to note that the relevant Subaccount's annual total
return for any one year in the period might have been greater or less than the
average for the entire period.
 
Aggregate Total Return
 
A Subaccount may use "aggregate" total return figures along with its "average
annual" total return figures for various periods; these figures represent the
cumulative change in value of an investment in the Subaccount for a specific
period. Aggregate total returns may be shown by means of schedules, charts or
graphs and may indicate subtotals of the various components of total return.
The SEC has not prescribed standard formulas for calculating aggregate total
return.
 
Total returns may also be shown for the same periods that do not take into
account the withdrawal charge, or the Annual Fee.
 
 
                                       1
<PAGE>
 
YIELDS
 
Money Market Subaccount
 
The "yield" (also called "current yield") of the Money Market Subaccount is
computed in accordance with a standard method prescribed by the SEC. The net
change in the Subaccount's Unit Value during a seven-day period is divided by
the Unit Value at the beginning of the period to obtain a base rate of return.
The current yield is generated when the base rate is "annualized" by
multiplying it by the fraction 365/7; that is, the base rate of return is
assumed to be generated each week over a 365-day period and is shown as a
percentage of the investment. The "effective yield" of the Money Market
Subaccount is calculated similarly but, when annualized, the base rate of
return is assumed to be reinvested. The effective yield will be slightly
higher than the current yield because of the compounding effect of this
assumed reinvestment.
 
The formula for effective yield is: [(Base Period Return +1) (To the power of
365/7)] -1.
 
Realized capital gains or losses and unrealized appreciation or depreciation
of the assets of the underlying Money Market Portfolio are not included in the
yield calculation. Current yield and effective yield do not reflect the
deduction of charges for any applicable premium taxes and/or other taxes, but
do reflect a deduction for the Annual Fee, the Risk Charge and the asset-based
Administrative Fee and assume an average Contract Value of $45,000.
 
At December 31, 1997, the Money Market Portfolio current yield was 4.05% and
the effective yield was 4.13%.
 
Other Subaccounts
 
"Yield" of the other Subaccounts is computed in accordance with a different
standard method prescribed by the SEC. The net investment income (investment
income less expenses) per Subaccount Unit earned during a specified one-month
or 30-day period is divided by the Subaccount Unit Value on the last day of
the specified period. This result is then annualized (that is, the yield is
assumed to be generated each month or each 30-day period for a year),
according to the following formula, which assumes semiannual compounding:
 
      YIELD = 2[((a-b + 1) (to the power of 6)) - 1]
                  ---
                   cd
 
<TABLE>
 <C>            <S>
 where: a    =  net investment income earned during the period by the Portfolio
                attributable to the Subaccount.
        b    =  expenses accrued for the period (net of reimbursements).
        c    =  the average daily number of Subaccount Units outstanding during
                the period that were entitled to receive dividends.
        d    =  the Unit Value of the Subaccount Units on the last day of the
                period.
</TABLE>
 
 
The yield of each Subaccount reflects the deduction of all recurring fees and
charges applicable to the Subaccount, such as the Risk Charge, the asset-based
Administrative Fee and the Annual Fee (assuming an average Contract Value of
$45,000), but does not reflect any withdrawal charge, any charge for
applicable premium taxes and/or other taxes.
 
The Subaccounts' yields will vary from time to time depending upon market
conditions, the composition of each Portfolio and operating expenses of the
Fund allocated to each Portfolio. Consequently, any given performance
quotation should not be considered representative of the Subaccount's
performance in the future. Yield should also be considered relative to changes
in Subaccount Unit Values and to the relative risks associated with the
investment policies and objectives of the various Portfolios. In addition,
because performance will fluctuate, it may not provide a basis for comparing
the yield of a Subaccount with certain bank deposits or other investments that
pay a fixed yield or return for a stated period of time.
 
PERFORMANCE COMPARISONS AND BENCHMARKS
 
In advertisements and sales literature, we may compare the performance of some
or all of the Subaccounts to the performance of other variable annuity issuers
in general and to the performance of particular types of variable annuities
investing in mutual funds, or series of mutual funds, with investment
objectives similar to each of the
 
                                       2
<PAGE>
 
Subaccounts. This performance may be presented as averages or rankings
compiled by Lipper Analytical Services, Inc. ("Lipper"), the Variable Annuity
Research and Data Service ("VARDS(R)") or Morningstar, Inc. ("Morningstar"),
which are independent services that monitor and rank the performance of
variable annuity issuers and mutual funds in each of the major categories of
investment objectives on an industry-wide basis. Lipper's rankings include
variable life issuers as well as variable annuity issuers. VARDS(R) rankings
compare only variable annuity issuers. The performance analyses prepared by
Lipper and VARDS(R) rank such issuers on the basis of total return, assuming
reinvestment of dividends and distributions, but do not take sales charges,
redemption fees or certain expense deductions at the separate account level
into consideration. In addition, VARDS(R) prepares risk adjusted rankings,
which consider the effects of market risk on total return performance. We may
also compare the performance of the Subaccounts with performance information
included in other publications and services that monitor the performance of
insurance company separate accounts or other investment vehicles. These other
services or publications may be general interest business publications such as
The Wall Street Journal, Barron's, Business Week, Forbes, Fortune, and Money.
 
In addition, our reports and communications to Contract Owners,
advertisements, or sales literature may compare a Subaccount's performance to
various benchmarks that measure the performance of a pertinent group of
securities widely regarded by investors as being representative of the
securities markets in general or as being representative of a particular type
of security. These benchmarks may include the following: (1) the Standard &
Poor's 500 Composite Stock Price Index ("S&P 500"), an unmanaged weighted
index of 500 companies that represent approximately 80% of the market
capitalization of the United States equity markets; (2) the Consumer Price
Index ("CPI"), published by the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics, a statistical
measure of change, over time, in the prices of goods and services in major
expenditure groups and generally considered to be a measure of inflation; (3)
the Dow Jones Industrial Average ("DJIA"); (4) the Donoghue Money Market
Institutional Averages; (5) the Lehman Brothers Government Corporate Index;
(6) the Lehman Brothers Government Bond Index; (7) the Salomon Brothers High
Yield Bond Indexes; and (8) the Morgan Stanley Capital International's EAFE
Index. We may also compare the performance of the Subaccounts with that of
other appropriate indices of investment securities and averages for peer
universes of funds or data developed by us derived from such indices or
averages. Unmanaged indices generally assume the reinvestment of dividends or
interest but do not generally reflect deductions for investment management or
administrative costs and expenses.
 
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
 
Separate Account Performance
 
The Contract was not available prior to 1999. However, in order to help you
understand how investment performance can affect your Variable Account Value,
we are including performance information based on the historical performance
of the Subaccounts.
 
The Separate Account had not yet commenced operations as of         ,     .
Therefore, no historical performance data exists for the Subaccounts prior to
that date. The following table represents what the performance of the
Subaccounts would have been if the Subaccounts had been both in existence and
invested in the corresponding Portfolio since the date of the Portfolio's (or
predecessor series') inception or for the indicated time period.    of the
Portfolios of the Fund available under the Contract have been in operation
since January 4, 1988 (January 30, 1991 in the case of the Equity Index
Portfolio, January 4, 1994 in the case of the Growth LT Portfolio and April 1,
1996 in the case of the Aggressive Equity Portfolio and Emerging Markets
Portfolio). Historical performance information for each of the Equity
Portfolio and the Bond and Income Portfolio is based in part on the
performance of that Portfolio's predecessor; each predecessor series was a
series of Pacific Corinthian Variable Fund that began its first full year of
operations on January 1, 1984, the assets of which were acquired by the Fund
on December 31, 1994. Because the Subaccounts had not commenced operations as
of December 31, 1997, and because the Contracts were not available until 1999,
these are not actual performance numbers for the Subaccounts or for the
Contract. The results shown are hypothetical returns as if the subaccounts had
been in existence and invested in the corresponding Portfolios.
 
These are hypothetical total return numbers based on Account Value ("AV") and
Full Withdrawal Value ("FWV") that represent the actual performance of the
Portfolios, adjusted for the fees and charges applicable to the Contract; the
FWV also includes applicable withdrawal charges. Any charge for premium taxes
and/or other taxes are not reflected in these data, and reflection of the
Annual Fee assumes an average Contract size of $45,000. The information
presented also includes data representing unmanaged market indices.
 
 The results shown in this section are not an estimate or guarantee of future
                            investment performance.
 
        Annualized Rates of Return for Periods Ended December 31, 1997
                   All numbers are expressed as a percentage
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               Since
                            1 year       3 years**   5 years**   10 years*  Inception**
                          ------------  ----------- ----------- ----------- ------------
Variable Accounts          AV     FWV    AV    FWV   AV    FWV   AV    FWV   AV     FWV
- -----------------         -----  -----  ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- -----  -----
<S>                       <C>    <C>    <C>   <C>   <C>   <C>   <C>   <C>   <C>    <C>
Money Market 1/2/96*....   3.75  (2.55)  3.79  2.09  2.95  2.47              3.89   3.89
High Yield Bond 1/2/96*.   7.85   1.55  11.56 10.10  9.86  9.48              9.57   9.57
Managed Bond 1/2/96*....   8.33   2.03   9.36  7.84  6.29  5.86              7.94   7.94
Government Security
 1/2/96*................   7.90   1.60   8.69  7.14  5.57  5.13              7.30   7.30
Aggressive Equity
 4/17/96*...............   2.27  (4.03)                                      5.12   1.57
Growth LT 1/2/96*.......   9.35   3.05  19.70 18.43                         17.67  16.97
Equity Income 1/2/96*...  26.82  20.52  24.70 23.53 15.25 14.94             13.01  13.01
Multi-Strategy 1/2/96*..  17.96  11.66  17.37 16.05 11.07 10.71             10.37  10.37
Equity 1/2/96*..........  16.54  10.24  21.55 20.32 14.50 14.18 13.17 13.17 13.42  13.42
Bond and Income 1/2/96*.  14.71   8.41  13.94 12.54  9.48  9.10  9.74  9.74 10.93  10.93
Equity Index 1/2/96*....  31.11  24.81  28.78 27.69 18.05 17.77             17.11  17.11
International 1/2/96*...   7.69   1.39  12.17 10.72 12.96 12.62              7.76   7.76
Emerging Markets
 4/17/96*...............  (3.12) (9.42)                                     (4.20) (8.02)
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Major Indices                                   1 year  3 years 5 years 10 years
- -------------                                   ------  ------- ------- --------
<S>                                             <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>
EAFE...........................................   1.78    6.27   11.39    6.25
First Boston High Yield Bond...................  12.63   14.12   11.84   12.10
LB Aggregate...................................   9.65   10.41    7.48    9.17
LBG/Bond.......................................   9.59   10.05    7.34    8.88
LBG/C Bond.....................................   9.76   10.43    7.61    9.15
LBG/C LT Bond..................................  14.52   14.22    9.97   11.03
Russell 2500...................................  24.36   24.92   17.59   16.94
MSCI Emerging Markets Free..................... (11.59)  (3.86)   7.57
S&P 500........................................  33.36   31.15   20.27   18.05
</TABLE>
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
 
- --------
  * Date Variable Account commenced operations.
 
 ** The performance of the Aggressive Equity, Equity Income, Multi-Strategy,
    Equity, Bond and Income, and International Variable Accounts for a portion
    of this period occurred at a time when other Portfolio Managers managed
    the corresponding Portfolio in which each Variable Account invests.
    Effective January 1, 1994, J. P. Morgan Investment Management, Inc. became
    the Portfolio Manager of the Equity Income and Multi-Strategy Portfolios;
    prior to January 1, 1994, some of the investment policies of the Equity
    Income Portfolio and the investment objective of the Multi-Strategy
    Portfolio differed. Effective June 1, 1997 Morgan Stanley Asset Management
    Inc. became the Portfolio Manager of the International Portfolio.
    Effective May 1, 1998, Alliance Capital Management L.P. became the
    Portfolio Manager of the Aggressive Equity Portfolio and Goldman Sachs
    Asset Management became the Portfolio Manager of the Equity and Bond and
    Income Portfolios; prior to May 1, 1998 some of the investment policies of
    the Aggressive Equity, Equity and Bond and Income Portfolios and the
    investment objective of the Bond and Income Portfolio differed.
    Performance of the Equity Portfolio and the Bond and Income Portfolio is
    based in part on the performance of predecessor portfolios of Pacific
    Corinthian Variable Fund, which began their first full year of operations
    January 1, 1984 and were acquired by the Fund on December 31, 1994.
 
Prior to January 1, 1999, the Mid-Cap Value, the Large-Cap Value, the Small-
Cap Index and the REIT Portfolios had not yet begun operations and there is no
historical value available for these Portfolios.
 
Tax Deferred Accumulation
 
In reports or other communications to you or in advertising or sales
materials, we may also describe the effects of tax-deferred compounding on the
Separate Account's investment returns or upon returns in general. These
effects may be illustrated in charts or graphs and may include comparisons at
various points in time of returns under the Contract or in general on a tax-
deferred basis with the returns on a taxable basis. Different tax rates may be
assumed.
 
In general, individuals who own annuity contracts are not taxed on increases
in the value under the annuity contract until some form of distribution is
made from the contract. Thus, the annuity contract will benefit from tax
deferral during the accumulation period, which generally will have the effect
of permitting an investment in an annuity contract to grow more rapidly than a
comparable investment under which increases in value are taxed on a current
basis. The following chart illustrates this benefit by comparing accumulation
under a variable annuity contract with accumulations from an investment on
which gains are taxed on a current basis. The chart shows accumulations on an
initial Purchase Payment of $10,000, assuming hypothetical annual returns of
0%, 4% and 8%, compounded annually, and a tax rate of 36%. The values shown
for the taxable investment do not include any deduction for management fees or
other expenses but assume that taxes are deducted annually from investment
returns. The values shown for the variable annuity do not reflect the
deduction of contractual expenses such as the Risk Charge (equal to an annual
rate of 1.25% of average daily account value), the Administrative Fee (equal
to an annual rate of 0.15% of average daily account value) and the Annual Fee
(equal to $30 per year if your Net Contract Value is less than $50,000), any
charge for premium taxes and/or other taxes, or the expenses of an underlying
investment vehicle, such as the Fund. The values shown also do not reflect the
Withdrawal Charge. Generally, the Withdrawal Charge is equal to 7% of the
amount withdrawn attributable to Purchase Payments that are one year old, 7%
of the amount withdrawn attributable to Purchase Payments that are two years
old, 6% of the amount withdrawn attributable to Purchase Payments that are
three years old, 5% of the amount withdrawn attributable to Purchase Payments
that are four years old, 3% of the amount withdrawn attributable to Purchase
Payments that are five years old, and 1% of the amount withdrawn attributable
to Purchase Payments that are six years old. The age of Purchase Payments is
considered 1 year old in the Contract Year we receive it and increases by one
year on each Contract Anniversary. There is no Withdrawal Charge on
withdrawals of your Earnings, on amounts attributed to Purchase Payments at
least 7 years old, or to the extent that total withdrawals that are free of
charge during the Contract Year do not exceed 10% of the sum of your remaining
Purchase Payments at the beginning of the Contract Year that have been held
under your Contract for less than seven years plus additional Purchase
Payments applied to your Contract during that Contract Year. If these expenses
and fees were taken into account, they would reduce the investment return
shown for both the
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
 
taxable investment and the hypothetical variable annuity contract. In
addition, these values assume that you do not surrender the Contract or make
any withdrawals until the end of the period shown. The chart assumes a full
withdrawal, at the end of the period shown, of all Contract Value and the
payment of taxes at the 36% rate on the amount in excess of the Purchase
Payment.
 
The rates of return illustrated are hypothetical and are not an estimate or
guarantee of performance. Actual tax rates may vary for different taxpayers
from that illustrated and withdrawals by Contract Owners who have not reached
age 59 1/2 may be subject to a tax penalty of 10%.
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
 
                             POWER OF TAX DEFERRAL
 
   $10,000 investment at annual rates of return of 0%, 4% and 8%, taxed @ 36%
 
                        Taxable           Tax-Deferred
                       Investment         Investment
                       ----------         ------------
10 Years      
   0%                  $10,000.00         $10,000.00
   4%                  $12,875.97         $13,073.56
   8%                  $16,476.07         $17,417.12

20 Years
   0%                  $10,000.00         $10,000.00
   4%                  $16,579.07         $17,623.19
   8%                  $27,146.07         $33,430.13

30 Years
   0%                  $10,000.00         $10,000.00
   4%                  $21,347.17         $24,357.74
   8%                  $44,726.05         $68,001.00 

   
                         DISTRIBUTION OF THE CONTRACTS
 
Pacific Mutual Distributors, Inc.
 
Pacific Mutual Distributors, Inc. ("PMD"), a wholly-owned subsidiary of Pacific
Life; acts as the principal underwriter ("distributor") of the Contracts and
offers the Contracts on a continuous basis. PMD is registered as a broker-
dealer with the SEC and is a member of the National Association of Securities
Dealers ("NASD"). We pay PMD for acting as principal underwriter under a
Distribution Agreement. We and PMD enter into selling agreements with broker-
dealers whose registered representatives are authorized by state insurance
departments to sell the Contracts. The aggregate amount of underwriting
commissions paid to PMD for 1998 with regard to this Contract was $0 of which
$0 was retained.
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
 
                    THE CONTRACTS AND THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT
 
CALCULATING SUBACCOUNT UNIT VALUES
 
The Unit Value of the Subaccount Units in each Variable Investment Option is
computed as of the end of each Business Day. The initial Unit Value of each
Subaccount was $10 on the Business Day the Subaccount began operations. At the
end of each Business Day, the Unit Value for a Subaccount is equal to:
 
                                     Y x Z
 
where (Y)= the Unit Value for that Subaccount as of the end of the preceding
           Business Day; and
 
      (Z)= the Net Investment Factor for that Subaccount for the period (a
           "valuation period") between that Business Day and the immediately
           preceding Business Day.
 
The "Net Investment Factor" for a Subaccount for any valuation period is equal
to:
 
                                   (A/B) - C
 
where (A)= the "per share value of the assets" of that Subaccount as of the end
           of that valuation period, which is equal to: a+b+c

  where (a)= the net asset value per share of the corresponding Portfolio
             shares held by that Subaccount as of the end of that valuation
             period;

        (b)= the per share amount of any dividend or capital gain distributions
             made by the Fund for that Portfolio during that valuation period;
             and

        (c)= any per share charge (a negative number) or credit (a positive
             number) for any income taxes and/or any other taxes or other
             amounts set aside during that valuation period as a reserve for
             any income and/or any other taxes which we determine to have
             resulted from the operations of the Subaccount or Contract, and/or
             any taxes attributable, directly or indirectly, to Purchase
             Payments;

      (B)= the net asset value per share of the corresponding Portfolio shares
           held by the Subaccount as of the end of the preceding valuation
           period; and

      (C)= a factor that assesses against the Subaccount net assets for each
           calendar day in the valuation period, the basic Risk Charge and the
           Administrative Fee (see CHARGES, FEES AND DEDUCTIONS in the 
           Prospectus).
 
VARIABLE ANNUITY PAYMENT AMOUNTS
 
The following steps show how we determine the amount of each variable annuity
payment under your Contract.
 
First: Pay Applicable Premium Taxes
 
When you convert your Net Contract Value into annuity payments, you must pay
any applicable charge for premium taxes and/or other taxes on your Contract
Value (unless applicable law requires those taxes to be paid at a later time).
We assess this charge by reducing your Contract Value proportionately,
relative to your Account Value in each Subaccount, in the Fixed Option and in
the DCA Plus Fixed Option, in an amount equal to the aggregate amount of the
charges. The remaining amount of your available Contract Value may be used to
provide variable annuity payments. Alternatively, your remaining available
Contract Value may be used to provide fixed annuity payments, or it may be
divided to provide both fixed and variable annuity payments. You may also
choose to withdraw some or all of your remaining Net Contract Value,
withdrawal charge, and any charges for premium taxes and/or other taxes
without converting this amount into annuity payments.
 
Second: The First Variable Payment
 
We begin by referring to your Contract's Option Table for your Annuity Option
(the "Annuity Option Table"). The Annuity Option Table allows us to calculate
the dollar amount of the first variable annuity payment under
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
 
your Contract, based on the amount applied toward the variable annuity. The
number that the Annuity Option Table yields will be based on the Annuitant's
age (and, in certain cases, sex) and assumes a 5% investment return, as
described in more detail below.
 
  Example: Assume a man is 65 years of age at his Annuity Date and has
  selected a lifetime annuity with monthly payments guaranteed for 10 years.
  According to the Annuity Option Table, this man should receive an initial
  monthly payment of $5.79 for every $1,000 of his Contract Value (reduced by
  applicable charges) that he will be using to provide variable payments.
  Therefore, if his Contract Value after deducting applicable fees and
  charges is $100,000 on his Annuity Date and he applies this entire amount
  toward his variable annuity, his first monthly payment will be $579.00.
 
You may choose any other Annuity Option Table that assumes a different rate of
return which we offer at the time your Annuity Option is effective.
 
Third: Subaccount Annuity Units
 
For each Subaccount, we use the amount of the first variable annuity payment
under your Contract attributable to each Subaccount to determine the number of
Subaccount Annuity Units that will form the basis of subsequent payment
amounts. First, we use the Annuity Option Table to determine the amount of
that first variable payment for each Subaccount. Then, for each Subaccount, we
divide that amount of the first variable annuity payment by the value of one
Subaccount Annuity Unit (the "Subaccount Annuity Unit Value") as of the end of
the Annuity Date to obtain the number of Subaccount Annuity Units for that
particular Subaccount. The number of Subaccount Annuity Units used to
calculate subsequent payments under your Contract will not change unless
exchanges of Annuity Units are made (or if the Joint and Survivor Annuity
Option is elected and the Primary Annuitant dies first), but the value of
those Annuity Units will change daily, as described below.
 
Fourth: The Subsequent Variable Payments
 
The amount of each subsequent variable annuity payment will be the sum of the
amounts payable based on each Subaccount. The amount payable based on each
Subaccount is equal to the number of Subaccount Annuity Units for that
Subaccount multiplied by their Subaccount Annuity Unit Value at the end of the
Business Day in each payment period you elected that corresponds to the
Annuity Date.
 
Each Subaccount's Subaccount Annuity Unit Value, like its Subaccount Unit
Value, changes each day to reflect the net investment results of the
underlying investment vehicle, as well as the assessment of the Risk Charge at
a rate equal on an annual basis to the annual factor expressed as a decimal
(where 1.00 is equal to 100%) of 0.0125 and the Administrative Fee at a rate
equal on an annual basis to the annual factor of 0.0015. In addition, the
calculation of Subaccount Annuity Unit Value incorporates an additional
factor; as discussed in more detail below, this additional factor adjusts
Subaccount Annuity Values to correct for the Option Table's implicit
assumption of a 5% annual investment return on amounts applied but not yet
used to furnish annuity benefits.
 
Different Subaccounts may be selected for your Contract before and after your
Annuity Date, subject to any restrictions we may establish. Currently, you may
exchange Subaccount Annuity Units in any Subaccount for Subaccount Annuity
Units in any other Subaccount(s) up to four times in any twelve month period
after your Annuity Date. The number of Subaccount Annuity Units in any
Subaccount may change due to such exchanges. Exchanges following your Annuity
Date will be made by exchanging Subaccount Annuity Units of equivalent
aggregate value, based on their relative Subaccount Annuity Unit Values.
 
Understanding the "Assumed Investment Return" Factor
 
The Annuity Option Table incorporates a number of implicit assumptions in
determining the amount of your first variable annuity payment. As noted above,
the numbers in the Annuity Option Table reflect certain actuarial assumptions
based on the Annuitant's age, and, in some cases, the Annuitant's sex. In
addition, these numbers assume that the amount of your Contract Value that you
convert to a variable annuity will have a positive net investment return of 5%
each year during the payout of your annuity; thus 5% is referred to as an
"assumed investment return."
 
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
 
The Subaccount Annuity Unit Value for a Subaccount will increase only to the
extent that the investment performance of that Subaccount exceeds its Risk
Charge, the Administrative Fee, and the assumed investment return. The
Subaccount Annuity Unit Value for any Subaccount will generally be less than
the Subaccount Unit Value for that same Subaccount, and the difference will be
the amount of the assumed investment return factor.
 
  Example: Assume the net investment performance of a Subaccount is at a rate
  of 5.00% per year (after deduction of the 1.25% Mortality and Expense Risk
  Charge and the 0.15% Administrative Fee). The Subaccount Unit Value for
  that Subaccount would increase at a rate of 5.00% per year, but the
  Subaccount Annuity Unit Value would not increase (or decrease) at all. The
  net investment factor for that 5% return [1.05] is then divided by the
  factor for the 5% assumed investment return [1.05] and 1 is subtracted from
  the result to determine the adjusted rate of change in Subaccount Annuity
  Unit Value: 1.05 = 1; 1 - 1 = 0; 0 X 100% = 0%.
              ----
              1.05
 
If the net investment performance of a Subaccount's assets is at a rate less
than 5.00% per year, the Subaccount Annuity Unit Value will decrease, even if
the Subaccount Unit Value is increasing.
 
  Example: Assume the net investment performance of a Subaccount is at a rate
  of 2.60% per year (after deduction of the 1.25% Mortality and Expense Risk
  Charge and the 0.15% Administrative Fee). The Subaccount Unit Value for
  that Subaccount would increase at a rate of 2.60% per year, but the
  Subaccount Annuity Unit Value would decrease at a rate of 2.29% per year.
  The net investment factor for that 2.6% return [1.026] is then divided by
  the factor for the 5% assumed investment return [1.05] and 1 is subtracted
  from the result to determine the adjusted rate of change in Subaccount
  Annuity Unit Value:
  1.026 = 0.9771; 0.9771 - 1 = - 0.0229; - 0.0229 X 100% = - 2.29%.
  ----- 
  1.05
 
 
The assumed investment return will always cause increases in Subaccount
Annuity Unit Values to be somewhat less than if the assumption had not been
made, will cause decreases in Subaccount Annuity Unit Values to be somewhat
greater than if the assumption had not been made, and will (as shown in the
example above) sometimes cause a decrease in Subaccount Annuity Unit Values to
take place when an increase would have occurred if the assumption had not been
made. If we had assumed a higher investment return in our Annuity Option
tables, it would produce annuities with larger first payments, but the
increases in subaccount annuity payments would be smaller and the decreases in
subsequent annuity payments would be greater; a lower assumed investment
return would produce annuities with smaller first payments, and the increases
in subsequent annuity payments would be greater and the decreases in
subsequent annuity payments would be smaller.
 
CORRESPONDING DATES
 
If any transaction or event under your Contract is scheduled to occur on a
"corresponding date" that does not exist in a given calendar period, the
transaction or event will be deemed to occur on the following Business Day. In
addition, as stated in the Prospectus, any event scheduled to occur on a day
that is not a Business Day will occur on the next succeeding Business Day.
 
  Example: If your Contract is issued on February 29 in year 1 (a leap year),
  your Contract Anniversary in years 2, 3 and 4 will be on March 1.
 
  Example: If your Annuity Date is July 31 and you select monthly annuity
  payments, the payments received will be based on valuations made on July
  31, August 31, October 1 (for September), October 31, December 1 (for
  November), December 31, January 31, March 1 (for February), March 31, May 1
  (for April), May 31 and July 1 (for June).
 
AGE AND SEX OF ANNUITANT
 
As mentioned in the Prospectus, the Contracts generally provide for sex-
distinct annuity income factors in the case of life annuities. Statistically,
females tend to have longer life expectancies than males; consequently, if the
amount of annuity payments is based on life expectancy, they will ordinarily
be higher if an annuitant is male than if an annuitant is female. Contracts
issued in connection with Qualified Plans are required to use unisex factors.
 
                                      10
<PAGE>
 
We may require proof of your Annuitant's age and sex before or after
commencing annuity payments. If the age or sex (or both) of your Annuitant are
incorrectly stated in your Contract, we will correct the amount payable to
equal the amount that the annuitized portion of the Contract Value under that
Contract would have purchased for your Annuitant's correct age and sex. If we
make the correction after annuity payments have started, and we have made
overpayments, we will deduct the amount of the overpayment, with interest at
3% a year, from any payments due then or later; if we have made underpayments,
we will add the amount, with interest at 3% a year, of the underpayments to
the next payment we make after we receive proof of the correct age and/or sex.
 
Systematic Transfer Programs
 
The DCA Plus Fixed Option is not available for any systematic transfer
programs, except that if you elect DCA Plus, such transfers must be made from
the DCA Plus Fixed Option. For a description of DCA Plus, including its
limitations and restrictions, see HOW YOUR PAYMENTS ARE ALLOCATED--Transfers
in the Prospectus. The Fixed Account is not available in connection with
rebalancing and DCA Plus and may not be used as a source account for dollar
cost averaging programs newly established by you. You may not use dollar cost
averaging, DCA Plus and or the earnings sweep at the same time.
 
Dollar Cost Averaging
 
When you request dollar cost averaging, you are authorizing us to make
periodic reallocations of your Contract Value without waiting for any further
instruction from you. You may request to begin or stop dollar cost averaging
at any time prior to your Annuity Date; the effective date of your request
will be the day we receive written notice from you in proper form. Your
request may specify the date on which you want your first transfer to be made.
If you do not specify a date for your first transfer, we will treat your
request as if you had specified the effective date of your request. Your first
transfer may not be made until 30 days after your Contract Date, and if you
specify an earlier date, your first transfer will be delayed until one
calendar month after the date you specify. If you request dollar cost
averaging on your application for your Contract and you fail to specify a date
for your first transfer, your first transfer will be made one period after
your Contract Date (that is, if you specify monthly transfers, the first
transfer will occur 30 days after your Contract Date; quarterly transfers, 90
days after your Contract Date; semiannual transfers, 180 days after your
Contract Date; and if you specify annual transfers, the first transfer will
occur on your Contract Anniversary). If you stop dollar cost averaging, you
must wait 30 days before you may begin this option again.
 
Your request to begin dollar cost averaging must specify the Investment Option
you wish to transfer money from (your "source account"). You may choose any
one Variable Investment Option as your source account. The Account Value of
your source account must be at least $5,000 for you to begin dollar cost
averaging.
 
Your request to begin dollar cost averaging must also specify the amount and
frequency of your transfers. You may choose monthly, quarterly, semiannual or
annual transfers. The amount of your transfers may be specified as a dollar
amount or a percentage of your source Account Value; however, each transfer
must be at least $250. Dollar cost averaging transfers are subject to the same
requirements and limitations as other transfers.
 
Finally, your request must specify the Fixed or Variable Investment Option(s)
you wish to transfer amounts to (your "target account(s)"). If you select more
than one target account, your dollar cost averaging request must specify how
transferred amounts should be allocated among the target accounts. Your source
account may not also be a target account.
 
Your dollar cost averaging transfers will continue until the earlier of (i)
your request to stop dollar cost averaging is effective, or (ii) your source
Account Value is zero, or (iii) you annuitize. If, as a result of a dollar
cost averaging transfer, your source Account Value falls below any minimum
Account Value we may establish, we have the right, at our option, to transfer
that remaining Account Value to your target account(s) on a proportionate
basis relative to your most recent allocation instructions. We may change,
terminate or suspend the dollar cost averaging option at any time.
 
                                      11
<PAGE>
 
Portfolio Rebalancing
 
Portfolio rebalancing allows you to maintain the percentage of your Contract
Value allocated to each Variable Investment Option at a pre-set level prior to
annuitization. For example, you could specify that 30% of your Contract Value
should be in the Equity Index Subaccount, 40% in the Managed Bond Subaccount,
and 30% in the Growth LT Subaccount. Over time, the variations in each
Subaccount's investment results will shift this balance of these Subaccount
Value allocations. If you elect the portfolio rebalancing feature, we will
automatically transfer your Subaccount Value back to the percentages you
specify.
 
You may choose to have rebalances made quarterly, semiannually or annually
until your Annuity Date; portfolio rebalancing is not available after you
annuitize.
 
Procedures for selecting portfolio rebalancing are generally the same as those
discussed in detail above for selecting dollar cost averaging: You may make
your request at any time prior to your Annuity Date and it will be effective
when we receive it in proper form. If you stop portfolio rebalancing, you must
wait 30 days to begin again. You may specify a date for your first rebalance,
or we will treat your request as if you selected the request's effective date.
If you specify a date fewer than 30 days after your Contract Date, your first
rebalance will be delayed one month, and if you request rebalancing on your
application but do not specify a date for the first rebalance, it will occur
one period after your Contract Date, as described above under Dollar Cost
Averaging. We may change, terminate or suspend the portfolio rebalancing
feature at any time.
 
Earnings Sweep
 
An earnings sweep automatically transfers the earnings attributable to a
specified Investment Option (the "sweep option") to one or more other
Investment Options (your "target option(s)"). If you elect to use the earnings
sweep, you may select either the Fixed Option or the Money Market Subaccount
as your sweep option. The Account Value of your sweep option will be required
to be at least $5,000 when you elect the earnings sweep. You may select one or
more Variable Investment Options (but not the Money Market Subaccount) as your
target option(s).
 
You may choose to have earnings sweeps occur monthly, quarterly, semiannually
or annually until you annuitize. At each earnings sweep, we will automatically
transfer your accumulated earnings attributable to your sweep option for the
previous period proportionately to your target option(s). That is, if you
select a monthly earnings sweep, we will transfer the sweep option earnings
from the preceding month; if you select a semiannual earnings sweep, we will
transfer the sweep option earnings accumulated over the preceding six months.
Earnings sweep transfers are subject to the same requirements and limitations
as other transfers.
 
To determine the earnings, we take the change in the sweep option's Account
Value during the sweep period, add any withdrawals or transfers out of the
sweep option Account that occurred during the sweep period, and subtract any
allocations to the sweep option Account during the sweep period. The result of
this calculation represents the "total earnings" for the sweep period.
 
If, during the sweep period, you withdraw or transfer amounts from the sweep
option Account, we assume that earnings are withdrawn or transferred before
any other Account Value. Therefore, your "total earnings" for the sweep period
will be reduced by any amounts withdrawn or transferred during the sweep
option period. The remaining earnings are eligible for the sweep transfer.
 
Procedures for selecting the earnings sweep are generally the same as those
discussed in detail above for selecting dollar cost averaging and portfolio
rebalancing: You may make your request at any time and it will be effective
when we receive it in proper form. If you stop the earnings sweep, you must
wait 30 days to begin again. You may specify a date for your first sweep, or
we will treat your request as if you selected the request's effective date. If
you specify a date fewer than 30 days after your Contract Date, your first
earnings sweep will be delayed one month, and if you request the earnings
sweep on your application but do not specify a date for the first sweep, it
will occur one period after your Contract Date, as described above under
Dollar Cost Averaging.
 
                                      12
<PAGE>
 
If you are using the earnings sweep, you may also use portfolio rebalancing
only if you selected the Fixed Option as your sweep option. You may not use
the earnings sweep, DCA Plus and dollar cost averaging at the same time. If,
as a result of an earnings sweep transfer, your source Account Value falls
below any minimum Account Value we may establish, we have the right, at our
option, to transfer that remaining Account Value to your target account(s) on
a proportionate basis relative to your most recent allocation instructions. We
may change, terminate or suspend the earnings sweep option at any time.
 
Pre-Authorized Withdrawals
 
You may specify a dollar amount for your pre-authorized withdrawals, or you
may specify a percentage of your Contract Value or an Account Value. You may
direct us to make your pre-authorized withdrawals from one or more specific
Fixed, DCA Plus Fixed or Variable Investment Options; if you do not give us
these specific directions, amounts will be deducted proportionately from your
Account Value in each Fixed, DCA Plus Fixed or Variable Investment Option.
 
Procedures for selecting pre-authorized withdrawals are generally the same as
those discussed in detail above for selecting dollar cost averaging, portfolio
rebalancing, and earnings sweeps: You may make your request at any time and it
will be effective when we receive it in proper form. If you stop the pre-
authorized withdrawals, you must wait 30 days to begin again. You may specify
a date for the first withdrawal, or we will treat your request as if you
selected the request's effective date. If you specify a date fewer than 30
days after your Contract Date, your first pre-authorized withdrawal will be
delayed one month, and if you request the pre-authorized withdrawals on your
application but do not specify a date for the first withdrawal, it will occur
one period after your Contract Date.
 
If your pre-authorized withdrawals cause your Account Value in any Investment
Option to fall below any minimum Account Value we establish, we have the
right, at our option, to transfer that remaining Account Value to your other
Investment Options on a proportionate basis relative to your most recent
allocation instructions. Any such DCA Plus Fixed Option balance or any amount
that would otherwise be allocated to the DCA Plus Fixed Option will be
allocated to the Variable Investment Options according to your most recent DCA
Plus transfer instructions. If your pre-authorized withdrawals cause your
Contract Value to fall below $1,000, we may, at our option, terminate your
Contract and send you the remaining withdrawal proceeds.
 
Pre-authorized withdrawals are subject to the same withdrawal charges as are
other withdrawals, and each withdrawal is subject to any applicable charge for
premium taxes and/or other taxes, to federal income tax on its taxable
portion, and, if you have not reached age 59 1/2, a 10% tax penalty.
 
Death Benefit
 
Any death benefit payable will be calculated as of the date we receive proof
(in proper form) of the Annuitant's death (or, if applicable, the Contract
Owner's death) and instructions regarding payment; any claim of a death
benefit must be made in proper form. A recipient of death benefit proceeds may
elect to have this benefit paid in one lump sum, in periodic payments, in the
form of a lifetime annuity or in some combination of these. Annuity payments
will begin within 30 days once we receive all information necessary to process
the claim.
 
If your Contract names Joint or Contingent Annuitants, no death benefit will
be payable unless and until the last Annuitant dies prior to the Annuity Date
or a Contract Owner dies prior to the Annuity Date. If yours is a Qualified
Contract, your Contingent Annuitant or Contingent Owner must be your spouse.
 
Joint Annuitants on Qualified Contracts
 
If your Contract was issued in connection with a Qualified Plan subject to
Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 ("ERISA"), and
you change your marital status after your Contract Date, you may be permitted
to add a Joint Annuitant on your Annuity Date and to change your Joint
Annuitant. Generally speaking, you may be permitted to add a new spouse as a
Joint Annuitant, and you may be permitted to remove a Joint Annuitant who is
no longer your spouse. You may call us for more information.
 
                                      13
<PAGE>
 
1035 Exchanges
 
You may make your initial Purchase Payment through an exchange of an existing
annuity contract. To exchange, you must complete a 1035 Exchange form, which
is available by calling your representative, or by calling us at 1-800-XXX-
XXXX, and mail the form along with the annuity contract you are exchanging
(plus your completed application if you are making an initial Purchase
Payment) to us.
 
In general terms, Section 1035 of the Code provides that you recognize no gain
or loss when you exchange one annuity contract solely for another annuity
contract. However, transactions under Section 1035 may be subject to special
rules and may require special procedures and record-keeping, particularly if
the exchanged annuity contract was issued prior to August 14, 1982. You should
consult your tax adviser prior to effecting a 1035 Exchange.
 
Safekeeping of Assets
 
We are responsible for the safekeeping of the assets of the Separate Account.
These assets are held separate and apart from the assets of our General
Account and our other separate accounts.
 
Dividends
 
The current dividend scale is zero and we do not anticipate that dividends
will be paid. If any dividend is paid, you may elect to receive the dividend
in cash or to add the dividend to your Contract Value. If you make no
election, the dividend will be added to your Contract Value. We will allocate
any dividend to Contract Value in accordance with your most recent allocation
instructions, unless instructed otherwise. You should consult with your tax
adviser before making an election.
 
                    FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - STATUTORY BASIS
 
PM Group's [PLA] audited financial statements - statutory basis as of
December 31, 1997 and 1996 and for each of the two years ended December 31,
1997 are set forth beginning on the next page. Unaudited financial
statements - statutory basis as of September 30, 1998 and for each of the nine
month periods ended September 30, 1998 and 1997 are also included. These
financial statements should be considered only as bearing on the ability of PM
Group [PLA] to meet its obligations under the Contracts and not as bearing on
the investment performance of the assets held in the Separate Account.
 
  The financial statements - statutory basis of PM Group [PLA] as of December
31, 1997 and 1996 and for each of the two years ended December 31, 1997 have
been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent auditors, as stated in
their report appearing herein.
 
 
                                      14
<PAGE>
 
                        PM GROUP LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
 
      Financial Statements - Statutory Basis as of and for the years ended
                           December 31, 1997 and 1996
                        and Independent Auditors' Report
 
                                       15
<PAGE>
 
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
- ---------------------------- 

PM Group Life Insurance Company:
 
We have audited the accompanying statements of admitted assets, liabilities and
capital and surplus - statutory basis of PM Group Life Insurance Company (the
"Company") as of December 31, 1997 and 1996, and the related statements of
operations - statutory basis, capital and surplus - statutory basis, and cash
flows - statutory basis for the years then ended. These financial statements
are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to
express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
 
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis
for our opinion.
 
As described more fully in Note 1 to the financial statements, the Company
prepared these financial statements using accounting practices prescribed or
permitted by the Insurance Department of the State of Arizona which practices
differ from generally accepted accounting principles. The effects on the
financial statements of the variances between the statutory basis of accounting
and generally accepted accounting principles are presumed to be material.
 
In our opinion, because of the effects of the matter described in the preceding
paragraph, the financial statements referred to above do not present fairly, in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles, the financial
position of PM Group Life Insurance Company as of December 31, 1997 and 1996,
or the results of its operations or its cash flows for the years then ended.
 
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects, the admitted assets, liabilities and capital and surplus
of PM Group Life Insurance Company as of December 31, 1997 and 1996, and the
results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended, on the
basis of accounting described in Note 1.
 
DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
 
Costa Mesa, California
February 19, 1998, except for Note 10,
as to which the date is November 6, 1998
 
 
                                       16
<PAGE>
 
                        PM Group Life Insurance Company
 
                         STATEMENTS OF ADMITTED ASSETS,
             LIABILITIES AND CAPITAL AND SURPLUS - STATUTORY BASIS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           December 31,
                                                           1997     1996
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                          (In Thousands)
<S>                                                      <C>      <C>
ADMITTED ASSETS
  Bonds                                                  $227,199 $205,048
  Preferred stocks                                          5,215    4,979
  Common stocks                                             8,591    2,397
  Mortgage loans                                           14,079   16,452
  Real estate                                                 687    1,790
  Cash and short-term investments                          33,185   39,704
  Premiums due and uncollected                             25,635   30,564
  Other assets                                             23,589   15,878
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL ADMITTED ASSETS                                    $338,180 $316,812
==========================================================================
LIABILITIES AND CAPITAL AND SURPLUS
Liabilities:
  Policy reserves                                        $126,716 $142,500
  Policy benefits payable                                  85,338   68,133
  Deposit funds                                             9,882    7,248
  Other liabilities                                        37,714   30,704
  Asset valuation reserve                                   6,870    5,035
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Liabilities                                         266,520  253,620
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Capital and Surplus:
  Common stock - $1 par value; 5 million shares
   authorized, 2.9 million shares issued and outstanding    2,900    2,900
  Paid-in surplus                                          37,607   37,607
  Unassigned surplus                                       31,153   22,685
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Capital and Surplus                                  71,660   63,192
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND CAPITAL AND SURPLUS                $338,180 $316,812
==========================================================================
</TABLE>
 
See Independent Auditors' Report and Notes to Financial Statements - Statutory
Basis
 
                                       17
<PAGE>
 
                        PM Group Life Insurance Company
 
                   STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS - STATUTORY BASIS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    Years Ended December 31,
                                        1997         1996
- -------------------------------------------------------------
                                         (In Thousands)
<S>                                 <C>          <C>
REVENUES
Premiums                            $    439,629 $    408,692
Net investment income                     23,143       19,654
Other income                               2,695          217
- -------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL REVENUES                           465,467      428,563
- -------------------------------------------------------------
BENEFITS AND EXPENSES
Current and future policy benefits       330,435      308,417
Operating expenses                       110,288       99,113
- -------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL BENEFITS AND EXPENSES              440,723      407,530
- -------------------------------------------------------------
INCOME BEFORE FEDERAL INCOME TAXES        24,744       21,033
Federal income taxes                       8,581        7,270
- -------------------------------------------------------------
NET GAIN FROM OPERATIONS                  16,163       13,763
Net realized capital gains                 1,228        2,179
- -------------------------------------------------------------
NET INCOME                          $     17,391 $     15,942
=============================================================
</TABLE>
 
See Independent Auditors' Report and Notes to Financial Statements - Statutory
Basis
 
                                       18
<PAGE>
 
                        PM Group Life Insurance Company
 
              STATEMENTS OF CAPITAL AND SURPLUS - STATUTORY BASIS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                            Common Stock
                            ------------- Paid-in Unassigned
                            Shares Amount Surplus  Surplus    Total
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------
                                         (In Thousands)
<S>                         <C>    <C>    <C>     <C>        <C>
BALANCES,
 JANUARY 1, 1996            2,900  $2,900 $37,607  $ 32,645  $ 73,152
Net income                                           15,942    15,942
Dividend paid to parent                             (25,000)  (25,000)
Other surplus transactions                             (902)     (902)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------
BALANCES,
 DECEMBER 31, 1996          2,900   2,900  37,607    22,685    63,192
Net income                                           17,391    17,391
Dividend paid to parent                             (14,000)  (14,000)
Other surplus transactions                            5,077     5,077
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------
BALANCES,
 DECEMBER 31, 1997          2,900  $2,900 $37,607  $ 31,153  $ 71,660
======================================================================
</TABLE>
 
See Independent Auditors' Report and Notes to Financial Statements - Statutory
Basis
 
                                       19
<PAGE>
 
                        PM Group Life Insurance Company
 
                   STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS - STATUTORY BASIS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         Years Ended
                                                        December 31,
                                                       1997       1996
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                       (In Thousands)
<S>                                                  <C>        <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Receipts:
  Premiums                                           $ 444,232  $ 401,341
  Net investment income                                 21,363     19,988
  Other, net                                             8,598      5,490
Payments:
  Policy benefit payments                             (326,113)  (292,389)
  Operating expenses                                  (106,716)   (98,835)
  Net payments under reinsurance agreements                        (2,522)
  Federal income taxes                                  (9,688)    (8,123)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
NET CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES               31,676     24,950
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Proceeds:
  Bonds                                                 56,909     56,906
  Stocks                                                 3,768      6,880
  Mortgage loans                                         2,469      4,324
  Other                                                  2,623      6,327
Payments for the purchases of:
  Bonds                                                (79,015)   (45,781)
  Stocks                                                (3,300)      (946)
  Other                                                 (7,649)    (4,119)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
NET CASH PROVIDED BY (USED IN) INVESTING ACTIVITIES    (24,195)    23,591
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Dividend paid to parent                                (14,000)   (25,000)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Change in cash and short-term investments               (6,519)    23,541
Cash and short-term investments, beginning of year      39,704     16,163
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
CASH AND SHORT-TERM INVESTMENTS, END OF YEAR         $  33,185  $  39,704
==========================================================================
</TABLE>
 
See Independent Auditors' Report and Notes to Financial Statements - Statutory
Basis
 
                                       20
<PAGE>
 
                        PM Group Life Insurance Company
 
                 NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS-STATUTORY BASIS
 
1. ORGANIZATION AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
   DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS
 
   PM Group Life Insurance Company ("PM Group") is a stock life insurance
   company domiciled in the State of Arizona, and a wholly-owned subsidiary
   of Pacific Life Insurance Company ("Pacific Life"), formerly, Pacific
   Mutual Life Insurance Company ("Pacific Mutual"). PM Group offers group
   health, dental and life products to three principal market segments in the
   United States. Its Group Employee Benefits Operation serves larger
   employer groups of fifty or more lives, while the Multiple Employer Trust
   unit insures smaller employer groups with less than fifty lives per group.
   The Pacific Risk Management Services unit offers stop loss and life
   products to self-funded plan sponsors.
 
   Pursuant to consent received from the Insurance Department of the State of
   California, Pacific Mutual implemented a plan of conversion to form a
   mutual holding company structure (the "Conversion") on September 1, 1997.
   The Conversion created Pacific LifeCorp, an intermediate stock holding
   company and Pacific Mutual Holding Company ("PMHC"), a mutual holding
   company. Pacific Mutual was converted to a stock life insurance company
   and renamed Pacific Life. Under their respective charters, PMHC must
   always own at least 51% of the outstanding voting stock of Pacific
   LifeCorp, and Pacific LifeCorp must always own 100% of the voting stock of
   Pacific Life.
 
   BASIS OF PRESENTATION
 
   These financial statements have been prepared in accordance with
   accounting practices prescribed or permitted by the Insurance Department
   of the State of Arizona, which is a comprehensive basis of accounting
   other than generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP"). Prescribed
   statutory accounting practices include a variety of publications of the
   National Association of Insurance Commissioners ("NAIC"), as well as state
   laws, regulations, and general administrative rules. Permitted statutory
   accounting practices encompass all accounting practices not so prescribed.
   Accounting practices prescribed or permitted by the Insurance Department
   of the State of Arizona differ in certain respects, which in some cases
   may be material from GAAP. The significant differences are noted below:
 
      An interest maintenance reserve ("IMR") is established to capture
      realized investment gains and losses, net of tax, on the sale of
      fixed income investments resulting from changes in the general level
      of interest rates, and is amortized into income over the remaining
      years to expected maturity of the assets sold under statutory
      accounting practices; no such reserve is required under GAAP.
 
      An asset valuation reserve ("AVR"), based upon a formula prescribed
      by the NAIC, is established as a liability to offset potential non-
      interest related investment losses, and changes in the AVR are
      charged or credited directly to surplus under statutory accounting
      practices; no such reserve is required under GAAP.
 
      Investments in bonds and preferred stocks are generally carried at
      amortized cost under statutory accounting practices; under GAAP,
      investments in bonds and preferred stocks, other than those
      classified as held to maturity, are carried at estimated fair value.
 
      Certain assets, principally deferred income taxes and furniture and
      equipment, are designated as non admitted and excluded from assets by
      a direct charge to surplus under statutory accounting practices;
      under GAAP, such assets are carried on the statement of financial
      condition with appropriate valuation allowances.
 
                                       21
<PAGE>
 
                        PM Group Life Insurance Company
 
                 NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS-STATUTORY BASIS
 
1. ORGANIZATION AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
 
 
   The following is a reconciliation of statutory capital and surplus, as
   reflected in the accompanying financial statements, to stockholder's
   equity on a GAAP basis:
 
<TABLE>
                                                          1997     1996
                                                      --------------------
         <S>                                            <C>       <C>
         Statutory capital and surplus as reported
          herein                                        $ 71,660  $63,192
           Unrealized gain on securities                  18,740   15,716
           Non-admitted deferred income tax               16,632   17,142
           Asset valuation reserve                         6,870    5,035
           Other non-admitted assets                       3,102    3,049
           Interest maintenance reserve                    1,186      997
           Deferred tax on unrealized gains on
            securities                                    (9,380)  (6,010)
           Other                                          (2,084)  (1,978)
                                                      --------------------
         Stockholder's equity - GAAP basis              $106,726  $97,143
                                                      ====================
</TABLE>
 
   Differences between statutory net income as reported herein and GAAP net
   income is not considered material in relation to the financial statements
   set forth herein.
 
   The more significant of PM Group's statutory accounting practices are
   described below.
 
   INVESTMENTS
 
   Bonds qualifying for amortization are carried at amortized cost; all other
   bonds are carried at prescribed values. Preferred stocks are principally
   stated at amortized cost. Common stocks are carried at market value.
 
   Mortgage loans are stated at unpaid principal balances. Real estate is
   valued at the lower of depreciated cost or market, less related mortgage
   debt. Real estate is depreciated using the straight-line method over 15 to
   30 years.
 
   Short-term investments are carried at amortized cost which approximates
   estimated fair value. Short-term investments generally consist of bonds,
   commercial paper and money market instruments whose maturities at the time
   of acquisition were one year or less.
 
   The AVR is computed in accordance with a prescribed formula and is
   designed to stabilize surplus against valuation and credit-related losses
   for certain invested assets. Changes to the AVR are reported as direct
   additions or deductions from surplus. The IMR results in the deferral of
   after-tax realized capital gains and losses attributable to interest rate
   fluctuations on fixed income investments and these capital gains and
   losses are amortized into investment income over the remaining years to
   expected maturity of the investment sold. The IMR of $1.2 million and $1.0
   million as of December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively, is included in
   other liabilities on the accompanying statements of admitted assets,
   liabilities and capital and surplus - statutory basis.
 
   Net realized capital gains and losses are determined on the specific
   identification method and are presented net of Federal capital gains tax
   and transfers to the IMR.
 
   Derivatives are used principally for hedging purposes and are valued
   consistently with the hedge items. Realized hedging gains and losses on
   fixed income contracts are deferred and amortized over the average life of
   the related hedged assets or insurance liabilities.
 
                                       22
<PAGE>
 
                        PM Group Life Insurance Company
 
                 NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS-STATUTORY BASIS
 
1. ORGANIZATION AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)
 
 
   POLICY RESERVES AND DEPOSIT FUNDS
 
   Medical expense claim reserves are based on PM Group's actual loss
   experience. Life insurance reserves, including premium waivers, are based
   on various tabular methods and actual loss experience. Disabled life
   reserves are determined using various tabular reserve methods.
 
   The liability for deposit funds is based primarily on the policyholders'
   equity in their deposit accounts, including credited interest.
 
   REVENUES AND EXPENSES
 
   Premiums are recognized as revenue over the premium paying period.
   Investment income is recorded as earned.
 
   Expenses, including policy acquisition costs, and Federal income taxes are
   charged to operations as incurred.
 
   FEDERAL INCOME TAXES
 
   PM Group's operations are included in the consolidated Federal income tax
   return of PMHC, PM Group's ultimate parent. PM Group is allocated an
   income tax expense based on the effect of including its operations in the
   consolidated provision. Deferred taxes are provided for as permitted by
   the Insurance Department of the State of Arizona. The net tax asset is non
   admitted. This practice has no effect on total surplus.
 
   OTHER SURPLUS TRANSACTIONS
 
   Other surplus transactions primarily consist of unrealized capital gains
   and losses, changes in nonadmitted assets and change in the AVR.
 
   ESTIMATED FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
 
   The estimated fair value of financial instruments disclosed in Notes 2 and
   3 has been determined using available market information and appropriate
   valuation methodologies. However, considerable judgment is required to
   interpret market data to develop the estimates of fair value. Accordingly,
   the estimates presented may not be indicative of the amounts PM Group
   could realize in a current market exchange. The use of different market
   assumptions and/or estimation methodologies could have a significant
   effect on the estimated fair value amounts.
 
   RISK-BASED CAPITAL
 
   Risk-based capital is a method developed by the NAIC to measure the
   minimum amount of capital appropriate for an insurance company to support
   its overall business operations in consideration of its size and risk
   profile. The formulas for determining the amount of risk-based capital
   specify various weighting factors that are applied to financial balances
   or various levels of activity based on the perceived degree of risk. The
   adequacy of a company's actual capital is measured by comparing it to the
   risk-based capital as determined by the formulas. Companies below minimum
   risk-based capital requirements are classified within certain levels, each
   of which requires specified corrective action. As of December 31, 1997 and
   1996, PM Group exceeded the minimum risk-based capital requirements.
 
   BUSINESS RISKS
 
   PM Group operates in a business environment which is subject to various
   risks and uncertainties. PM Group's health care products are subject to
   varying levels of regulation. The United States Congress has, from time to
   time, considered various health care proposals and several states have
   enacted health care reform legislation. Although it is not possible to
   predict what changes may be adopted at the state or Federal level, certain
   changes could have a negative impact upon the group health business of PM
   Group.
 
                                       23
<PAGE>
 
                        PM Group Life Insurance Company
 
                NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - STATUTORY BASIS
 
1. ORGANIZATION AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

   USE OF ESTIMATES
 
   The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting
   practices prescribed or permitted by regulatory authorities requires
   management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported
   amounts of admitted assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
   statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
   reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
   RECLASSIFICATION
 
   Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the 1997
   financial statement presentation.
 
2. INVESTMENTS IN DEBT SECURITIES
 
   The statement value, gross unrealized gains and losses and estimated fair
   values of debt securities are shown below. Debt securities include bonds,
   redeemable preferred stocks and short-term investments of $31.1 million
   and $39.3 million as of December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively. The
   estimated fair value of publicly traded securities was based on quoted
   market prices. For securities not actively traded, estimated fair values
   were provided by independent pricing services specializing in "matrix
   pricing" and modeling techniques. PM Group also estimates certain fair
   values based on interest rates, credit quality and average maturity or
   from securities with comparable trading characteristics.
 
<TABLE>
    <S>                                   <C>       <C>      <C>     <C>
                                                    Gross Unrealized
                                          Statement ---------------- Estimated
                                            Value    Gains   Losses  Fair Value
                                          -------------------------------------
                                                      (In Thousands)
    December 31, 1997:
    U.S. Treasury securities and
     obligations of U.S. government
     authorities and agencies              $  5,907  $    56           $  5,963
    Obligations of states, political
     subdivisions and foreign
     governments                              7,605      228              7,833
    Corporate securities                    143,201   20,115    $429    162,887
    Mortgage-backed and asset-backed
     securities                             101,613    1,591     274    102,930
    Redeemable preferred stock                5,203      165     193      5,175
                                           -------------------------------------
    Total                                  $263,529  $22,155    $896   $284,788
                                           =====================================
    December 31, 1996:
    U.S. Treasury securities and
     obligations of U.S. government
     authorities and agencies              $  6,244 $     65 $     1   $  6,308
    Obligations of states, political
     subdivisions and foreign govern-
     ments                                    3,603       62              3,665
    Corporate securities                    136,006   17,016     908    152,114
    Mortgage-backed and asset-backed se-
     curities                                98,515      854     303     99,066
    Redeemable preferred stock                3,640      158              3,798
                                           -------------------------------------
    Total                                  $248,008 $ 18,155 $ 1,212   $264,951
                                           =====================================
</TABLE>
 
                                       24
<PAGE>
 
                        PM Group Life Insurance Company
 
                NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - STATUTORY BASIS
 
2. INVESTMENTS IN DEBT SECURITIES (CONTINUED)
 
   The carrying value and estimated fair value of debt securities as of
   December 31, 1997 by contractual repayment date of principal are shown
   below. Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities because
   borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without
   call or prepayment penalties.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   Statement Estimated
                                                     Value   Fair Value
                                                   --------------------
                                                      (In Thousands)
      <S>                                          <C>       <C>
      Due in one year or less                      $ 42,993   $ 56,847
      Due after one year through five years          79,282     82,599
      Due after five years through ten years         22,933     23,485
      Due after ten years                            16,708     18,927
                                                   --------------------
                                                    161,916    181,858
      Mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities   101,613    102,930
                                                   --------------------
      Total                                        $263,529   $284,788
                                                   ====================
</TABLE>
 
   Proceeds from sales of investments in debt securities for the years ended
   December 31, 1997 and 1996 were $39.0 million and $22.9 million,
   respectively. Gross gains of $16,000 and $260,000 and gross losses of
   $715,000 and $485,000 were realized on those sales for the years ended
   December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively.
 
3. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
 
   The estimated fair values of PM Group's financial instruments, including
   debt securities (Note 2), are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
      <S>                      <C>       <C>         <C>       <C>
                                December 31, 1997     December 31, 1996
                               Statement Estimated   Statement Estimated
                                 Value   Fair Value    Value   Fair Value
                                    --------------------------------------
                                            (In Thousands)
      Assets:
        Debt securities         $263,529   $284,788   $248,008   $264,951
        Preferred and common
         stocks                    8,603      8,617      3,736      4,745
        Mortgage loans            14,079     15,775     16,452     18,100
        Derivative financial
         instruments:
          Equity warrants            828        828
      Liabilities:
        Deposit funds              9,882      9,882      7,248      7,248
        Derivative financial
         instruments:
          Asset swap contract                (2,327)               (2,235)
</TABLE>
 
   The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair
   values of these financial instruments as of December 31, 1997 and 1996:
 
   PREFERRED AND COMMON STOCKS
 
   The estimated fair values are based on quoted market prices or dealer
   quotes.
 
                                       25
<PAGE>
 
                        PM Group Life Insurance Company
 
                NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - STATUTORY BASIS
 
3. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
 
   MORTGAGE LOANS
 
   The estimated fair value of the mortgage loan portfolio is determined by
   discounting estimated future cash flows, using a year-end market rate
   which is applicable to the yield, credit quality and average maturity of
   the composite portfolio.
 
   DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
 
   PM Group uses an asset swap contract to manage interest rate and equity
   risk to better match portfolio duration to liabilities. Asset swap
   contracts involve the exchange of upside equity potential for preferred
   cash flow streams. The amounts to be received or paid pursuant to the
   agreement are accrued and recognized in the statements of operations -
    statutory basis through an adjustment to net investment income over the
   life of the agreement. The asset swap contract matures during 1998. As of
   December 31, 1997 and 1996, the asset swap contract had a notional
   principal of $5.0 million.
 
   PM Group also holds equity warrants which entitle the right, but not the
   obligation, to purchase the underlying common stocks at a specified price
   during a given time period. The equity warrants, which are valued at
   market, expire during 2000 through 2007.
 
   DEPOSIT FUNDS
 
   The estimated fair values of deposit funds with no defined maturities are
   the amounts payable on demand.
 
4. LIABILITY FOR UNPAID CLAIMS AND CLAIM ADJUSTMENT EXPENSES
 
   Activity in the liability for unpaid claims and claim adjustment expenses,
   which is included in policy reserves and policy benefits payable on the
   statements of admitted assets, liabilities and capital and surplus -
    statutory basis, is summarized as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            Years Ended
                                           December 31,
                                           1997      1996
                                         -------------------
                                          (In Thousands)
        <S>                              <C>       <C>
        Balance at January 1             $118,712  $110,821
          Less reinsurance recoverables     1,009       525
                                         -------------------
        Net balance at January 1          117,703   110,296
                                         -------------------
        Incurred related to:
          Current year                    350,231   304,248
          Prior years                     (17,973)  (11,047)
                                         -------------------
        Total incurred                    332,258   293,201
                                         -------------------
        Paid related to:
          Current year                    241,508   215,658
          Prior years                      68,920    70,136
                                         -------------------
        Total paid                        310,428   285,794
                                         -------------------
        Net balance at December 31        139,533   117,703
          Plus reinsurance recoverables       755     1,009
                                         -------------------
        Balance at December 31           $140,288  $118,712
                                         ===================
</TABLE>
 
                                       26
<PAGE>
 
                        PM Group Life Insurance Company
 
                 NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS-STATUTORY BASIS
 
4. LIABILITY FOR UNPAID CLAIMS AND CLAIM ADJUSTMENT EXPENSES (Continued)
 
 
   As a result of payment of prior years estimated claims, the provision for
   claims and claim adjustment expenses decreased by $18.0 million and $11.0
   million for the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively. This
   reduction is primarily due to lower than anticipated settlement of claims
   and reduced claim adjustment expenses.
 
5. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
   Pacific Life provided office space, services of certain management and
   other personnel, and other support services to PM Group. Services provided
   include employee participation in a pension plan and postretirement
   healthcare and life insurance plans maintained by Pacific Life. Charges
   for these services amounted to $13.1 million and $14.2 million for the
   years ended December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively, and are included in
   operating expenses on the accompanying statements of operations -
    statutory basis.
 
   PM Group assumes substantially all of Pacific Life's group insurance under
   a reinsurance agreement. Premiums of $98.6 million and $88.7 million and
   benefits of $82.1 million and $68.3 million were assumed for the years
   ended December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively. Amounts receivable under
   this agreement were $16.8 million and $11.4 million as of December 31,
   1997 and 1996, respectively.
 
6. POSTRETIREMENT HEALTH CARE AND LIFE INSURANCE PLANS
 
   PM Group participates in a defined benefit health care plan and a defined
   benefit life insurance plan (the "Plans") sponsored by Pacific Life that
   provide postretirement benefits for all eligible retirees and their
   dependents. Generally, qualified employees may become eligible for these
   benefits if they reach normal retirement age, have been covered under
   Pacific Life's policy as an active employee for a minimum continuous
   period prior to the date retired, and have an employment date before
   January 1, 1990. The Plans contain cost-sharing features such as
   deductibles and coinsurance, and require retirees to make contributions
   which can be adjusted annually. Pacific Life's commitment to qualified
   employees who retire after April 1, 1994 is limited to specific dollar
   amounts. Pacific Life reserves the right to modify or terminate the Plans
   at any time.
 
   Pacific Life and PM Group utilize the accrual method of accounting for the
   costs of the Plans as prescribed by the Insurance Departments of the
   States of California and Arizona, respectively. PM Group has elected to
   amortize the transition obligation, which has been allocated from Pacific
   Life, of $3.7 million over twenty years. The transition obligation
   amortization amounted to $183,000 for each of the years ended December 31,
   1997 and 1996.
 
7. DIVIDEND RESTRICTIONS
 
   Dividend payments by PM Group to its parent cannot exceed the lesser of
   10% of surplus as regards to policyholders or the statutory net gain from
   operations, without prior approval from the Insurance Commissioner of the
   State of Arizona. During 1997 and 1996, PM Group received approval to pay
   extraordinary dividends in excess of these limitations. For the years
   ended December 31, 1997 and 1996, PM Group paid dividends of $14.0 million
   and $25.0 million, of which $8.0 million and $18.0 million, respectively,
   were considered extraordinary. During 1998, PM Group can pay dividends
   amounting to approximately $6.9 million without prior approval from the
   Insurance Commissioner of the State of Arizona.
 
                                       27
<PAGE>
 
                        PM Group Life Insurance Company
 
                 NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS-STATUTORY BASIS
 
8. INVESTMENT COMMITMENTS
 
 
   PM Group has outstanding commitments to make investments in limited
   partnerships as follows (In Thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
         Year Ending December 31:
         ------------------------
         <S>                        <C>
           1998                     $ 4,045
           1999-2002                  8,566
           2003 and thereafter        1,079
                                    ------- 
         Total                      $13,690
                                    =======
</TABLE>
 
9. LITIGATION
 
   PM Group is a respondent in a number of legal proceedings, some of which
   involve extra-contractual damages. In the opinion of management, the
   outcome of these proceedings is not likely to have a material adverse
   effect on the financial position of PM Group.
 
10.SUBSEQUENT EVENT
 
   PM Group is currently in the process of requesting from the New York
   Insurance Department authority to transact business in the State of New
   York. In connection with this request, PM Group has also made a filing
   with the Insurance Department of the State of Arizona to amend its
   certificate of authority in order to sell variable annuities and variable
   life insurance. If these authorizations are received, it is anticipated
   that PM Group will change its name to Pacific Life & Annuities Company.
 
   ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                                       28
<PAGE>
 
                        PM GROUP LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
 
                     Financial Statements - Statutory Basis
                 as of September 30, 1998 and December 31, 1997
           and for the Nine Months ended September 30, 1998 and 1997
 
                                       29
<PAGE>
 
                        PM Group Life Insurance Company
 
                         STATEMENTS OF ADMITTED ASSETS,
             LIABILITIES AND CAPITAL AND SURPLUS - STATUTORY BASIS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                September 30,
                                                    1998      December 31,
                                                 (Unaudited)      1997
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                      (In Thousands)
<S>                                             <C>           <C>
ADMITTED ASSETS
Bonds                                             $227,427      $227,199
Preferred stocks                                     4,966         5,215
Common stocks                                       10,306         8,591
Mortgage loans                                      11,896        14,079
Real estate                                                          687
Cash and short-term investments                     31,660        33,185
Premiums due and uncollected                        26,735        25,635
Other assets                                        23,669        23,589
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL ADMITTED ASSETS                             $336,659      $338,180
==========================================================================
LIABILITIES AND CAPITAL AND SURPLUS
Liabilities:
  Policy reserves                                 $128,675      $126,716
  Policy benefits payable                           82,251        85,338
  Deposit funds                                      9,331         9,882
  Other liabilities                                 30,687        37,714
  Asset valuation reserve                            7,542         6,870
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Liabilities                                  258,486       266,520
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Capital and Surplus:
  Common stock - $1 par value; 5 million shares
   authorized; 2.9 million shares issued and
   outstanding                                       2,900         2,900
  Paid-in surplus                                   37,607        37,607
  Unassigned surplus                                37,666        31,153
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Capital and Surplus                           78,173        71,660
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND CAPITAL AND SURPLUS         $336,659      $338,180
==========================================================================
</TABLE>
 
See Notes to Financial Statements - Statutory Basis
 
                                       30
<PAGE>
 
                        PM Group Life Insurance Company
 
                   STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS - STATUTORY BASIS
                                  (Unaudited)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                     Nine Months Ended
                                       September 30,
                                      1998      1997
- -------------------------------------------------------
                                      (In Thousands)
<S>                                 <C>       <C>
REVENUES
Premiums                            $ 372,752 $ 325,450
Net investment income                  17,356    15,874
Other income                            3,639     5,203
- -------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL REVENUES                        393,747   346,527
- -------------------------------------------------------
BENEFITS AND EXPENSES
Current and future policy benefits    298,977   248,348
Operating expenses                     88,120    81,730
- -------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL BENEFITS AND EXPENSES           387,097   330,078
- -------------------------------------------------------
INCOME BEFORE FEDERAL INCOME TAXES      6,650    16,449
Federal income taxes                    2,279     5,705
- -------------------------------------------------------
NET GAIN FROM OPERATIONS                4,371    10,744
Net realized capital gains                634     3,197
- -------------------------------------------------------
NET INCOME                          $   5,005 $  13,941
=======================================================
</TABLE>
 
See Notes to Financial Statements - Statutory Basis
 
                                       31
<PAGE>
 
                        PM Group Life Insurance Company
 
              STATEMENTS OF CAPITAL AND SURPLUS - STATUTORY BASIS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                            Common Stock
                            ------------- Paid-in Unassigned
                            Shares Amount Surplus  Surplus    Total
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                                         (In Thousands)
<S>                         <C>    <C>    <C>     <C>        <C>
BALANCES,
 JANUARY 1, 1997            2,900  $2,900 $37,607  $22,685   $63,192
Net income                                          17,391    17,391
Dividend paid to parent                            (14,000)  (14,000)
Other surplus transactions                           5,077     5,077
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------
BALANCES,
 DECEMBER 31, 1997          2,900   2,900  37,607   31,153    71,660
Net income                                           5,005     5,005
Other surplus transactions                           1,508     1,508
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------
BALANCES (UNAUDITED),
 SEPTEMBER 30, 1998         2,900  $2,900 $37,607  $37,666   $78,173
=====================================================================
</TABLE>
 
See Notes to Financial Statements - Statutory Basis
 
                                       32
<PAGE>
 
                        PM Group Life Insurance Company
 
                   STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS - STATUTORY BASIS
                                  (Unaudited)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       Nine Months Ended
                                                         September 30,
                                                        1998       1997
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                         (In Thousands)
<S>                                                   <C>        <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Receipts
  Premiums                                            $ 372,093  $ 320,340
  Net investment income                                  17,305     14,635
  Other, net                                                        13,346
Payments
  Policy benefit payments                              (296,096)  (237,316)
  Operating expenses                                    (79,131)   (71,865)
  Net payments under reinsurance agreements             (11,493)   (10,088)
  Federal income taxes                                   (4,171)    (8,213)
  Other, net                                             (3,695)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
NET CASH PROVIDED BY (USED IN) OPERATING ACTIVITIES      (5,188)    20,839
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Proceeds
  Bonds                                                  53,278     44,199
  Stocks                                                  1,283      3,651
  Mortgage loans                                          2,473      1,297
  Other                                                   7,101      2,904
Payments for the purchase of
  Bonds                                                 (53,215)   (61,914)
  Stocks                                                   (771)    (2,950)
  Other                                                  (6,486)    (4,364)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
NET CASH PROVIDED BY (USED IN) INVESTING ACTIVITIES       3,663    (17,177)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Dividend paid to parent                                            (14,000)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Decrease in cash and short-term investments              (1,525)   (10,338)
Cash and short-term investments, beginning of period     33,185     39,704
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
CASH AND SHORT-TERM INVESTMENTS, END OF PERIOD        $  31,660  $  29,366
===========================================================================
</TABLE>
 
See Notes to Financial Statements - Statutory Basis
 
                                       33
<PAGE>
 
                        PM Group Life Insurance Company
 
                 NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS-STATUTORY BASIS
                                  (Unaudited)
 
1. DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION
 
   DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS
 
   PM Group Life Insurance Company ("PM Group") is a stock life insurance
   company domiciled in the State of Arizona, and a wholly-owned subsidiary
   of Pacific Life Insurance Company ("Pacific Life"), formerly, Pacific
   Mutual Life Insurance Company ("Pacific Mutual"). PM Group offers group
   health, dental and life products to three principal market segments in the
   United States. Its Group Employee Benefits Operation serves larger
   employer groups of fifty or more lives, while the Multiple Employer Trust
   unit insures smaller employer groups with less than fifty lives per group.
   The Pacific Risk Management Services unit offers stop loss and life
   products to self-funded plan sponsors.
 
   Pursuant to consent received from the Insurance Department of the State of
   California, Pacific Mutual implemented a plan of conversion to form a
   mutual holding company structure (the "Conversion") on September 1, 1997.
   The Conversion created Pacific LifeCorp, an intermediate stock holding
   company and Pacific Mutual Holding Company ("PMHC"), a mutual holding
   company. Pacific Mutual was converted to a stock life insurance company
   and renamed Pacific Life. Under their respective charters, PMHC must
   always own at least 51% of the outstanding voting stock of Pacific
   LifeCorp, and Pacific LifeCorp must always own 100% of the voting stock of
   Pacific Life.
 
   BASIS OF PRESENTATION
 
   The information set forth in the statement of admitted assets, liabilities
   and capital and surplus statutory basis as of September 30, 1998 and the
   statements of operations statutory basis and of cash flows statutory basis
   for the nine months ended September 30, 1998 and 1997 is unaudited. The
   information reflects all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring
   adjustments, that, in the opinion of management, are necessary to present
   fairly the financial position and results of operations of PM Group for
   the periods indicated. Results of operations for the interim periods are
   not necessarily indicative of the results of operations for the full year.
   For further information, refer to the financial statements and footnotes
   thereto included in PM Group's audited financial statements for the years
   ended December 31, 1997 and 1996.
 
   These financial statements have been prepared in accordance with
   accounting practices prescribed or permitted by the Insurance Department
   of the State of Arizona, which is a comprehensive basis of accounting
   other than generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP"). Prescribed
   statutory accounting practices include a variety of publications of the
   National Association of Insurance Commissioners, as well as state laws,
   regulations, and general administrative rules. Permitted statutory
   accounting practices encompass all accounting practices not so prescribed.
   Accounting practices prescribed or permitted by the Insurance Department
   of the State of Arizona differ in certain respects, which in some cases
   may be material from GAAP.
 
                                       34
<PAGE>
 
                        PM Group Life Insurance Company
 
                NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - STATUTORY BASIS
                                  (Unaudited)
 
 
1. DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION (CONTINUED)
 
   The following is a reconciliation of statutory capital and surplus, as
   reflected in the accompanying financial statements, to stockholder's
   equity on a GAAP basis:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                            September 30, December 31,
                                1998          1997
                            --------------------------- 
   <S>                      <C>           <C>
   Statutory capital and
    surplus as reported
    herein                    $ 78,173      $ 71,660
   Non-admitted deferred
    income tax                  16,413        16,632
   Asset valuation reserve       7,542         6,870
   Other non-admitted
    assets                       2,492         3,102
   Unrealized gain on
    securities                   2,009        18,740
   Interest maintenance
    reserve                      1,386         1,186
   Deferred tax on
    unrealized gains on
    securities                  (3,893)       (9,380)
   Other                        (2,002)       (2,084)
                            --------------------------- 
   Stockholder's equity -
     GAAP basis               $102,120      $106,726
                            =========================== 
</TABLE>
 
   Differences between statutory net income as reported herein and GAAP net
   income is not considered material in relation to the financial statements
   set forth herein.
 
2. SUBSEQUENT EVENT
 
   PM Group is currently in the process of requesting from the New York
   Insurance Department authority to transact business in the State of New
   York. In connection with this request, PM Group has also made a filing
   with the Insurance Department of the State of Arizona to amend its
   certificate of authority in order to sell variable annuities and variable
   life insurance. If these authorizations are received, it is anticipated
   that PM Group will change its name to Pacific Life & Annuities Company.
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                                       35
<PAGE>
 
 
 
 
 
 
Form No. 801-8A
<PAGE>
 
                                    PART II

Part C:  OTHER INFORMATION

     Item 24.  Financial Statements and Exhibits
               ---------------------------------

               (a)  Financial Statements

                    Part A:  None

                    Part B:

                           (1) Registrant's Financial Statements
                    
                               None
      
                           (2) Depositor's Financial Statements
    
                    Audited Financial Statements - Statutory Basis dated as of
                    December 31, 1997 and 1996, and for the two year
                    period ending December 31, 1997, included in
                    Part B include the following for PM Group Life Insurance 
                    Company:

                           Statements of Admitted Assets, Liabilities and 
                             Capital - Statutory Basis
                           Statements of Operations - Statutory Basis
                           Statements of Capital and Surplus - Statutory Basis
                           Statements of Cash Flows - Statutory Basis
                           Notes to Financial Statements - Statutory Basis

                    (b)  Exhibits
     
                    1.   (a)  Minutes of Action of Board of Directors of PM
                              Group Life Insurance Company (PM Group) dated July
                              1, 1998
    
                                     II-1

<PAGE>
 
                    2.   Not applicable
                            
                    3.   (a)  Distribution Agreement between PM Group Life 
                              Insurance Company and Pacific Mutual Distributors,
                              Inc. ("PMD")
                                                          
                         (b)  Form of Selling Agreement between PM Group, PMD
                              and Various Broker-Dealers 
                                                          
                    4.   (a)  Form of Individual Flexible Premium Variable
                              Accumulation Annuity Contract 
                            
                         (b)  Qualified Plan Loan Endorsement 
                            
                         (c)  Qualified Pension Plan Rider 
                            
                         (d)  403(b) Tax-Sheltered Annuity Rider 
                            
                         (e)  Section 457 Plan Rider
                            
                         (f)  IRA Rider 
                            
                         (g)  Roth IRA Rider 
                            
                         (h)  Simple IRA Rider 
                            
                         (i)  DCA Plus Fixed Option Endorsement 
                            
                         (j)  Guaranteed Minimum Death Benefit Endorsement
                            
                             
                    5.   (a)  Application Form for Individual Flexible Premium
                              Variable Accumulation Annuity Contract.     
                            
                    6.   (a)  PM Group's Articles of Incorporation     
                                      
                         (b)  By-laws of PM Group
 
                    7.   Not applicable
                       
                    8.   (a)  Fund Participation Agreement

                         (b)  Administrative Agreement Between PM Group and
                              Pacific Life Insurance Company ("Pacific Life")
           
                    9.   Opinion and Consent of legal officer of PM Group
                         Life as to the legality of Contracts being registered.

                                      II-2
<PAGE>
 
                    10.  (a)  Consent of Independent Auditors

                    11.  Not applicable

                    12.  Not applicable

                    13.  Performance Calculations

                    14.  Not applicable

                    15.  Powers of Attorney
    
Item 25.  Directors and Officers of PM Group
    
                                  Positions and Offices
Name and Address                  with PM Group 

William L. Ferris                 Director, President and Chief Executive
                                  Officer

Thomas C. Sutton                  Director and Chairman of the Board

David R. Carmichael               Director, Senior Vice President and General 
                                  Counsel

Audrey L. Milfs                   Director and Secretary

Glenn S. Schafer                  Director

Khanh T. Tran                     Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

Lynn C. Miller                    Executive Vice President

William J. Doomey                 Senior Vice President

Gary L. Falde                     Vice President

                                     II-3
<PAGE>
 
______________________________

The address for each of the persons listed above is as follows:

700 Newport Center Drive
Newport Beach, California 92660

   
Item 26.  Persons Controlled by or Under Common Control with PM Group
          or Separate Account A
             
          The following is an explanation of the organization chart of PM Group
          and its affiliates:
            
                       PM GROUP & AFFILIATED ENTERPRISES
                             LEGAL STRUCTURE      
             
          PM Group Life Insurance Company is an Arizona Corporation and a
          subsidiary of Pacific Life Insurance Company, a California Stock Life
          Insurance Company that is wholly-owned by Pacific LifeCorp (a Delaware
          Stock Holding Company) which is, in turn, is approximately 99% owned
          by Pacific Mutual Holding Company (a California Mutual Holding
          Company). Pacific Life has a 40% ownership of American Maturity Life
          Insurance Company (a Connecticut Corporation), a 50% ownership of
          Pacific Mezzanine Associates, L.L.C. (a Delaware Limited Liability
          Company), and is the parent company of Pacific Asset Management LLC (a
          Delaware Limited Liability Company), Pacific Mutual Realty Finance,
          Inc., Pacific Mutual Distributors, Inc., and World-Wide Holdings
          Limited (a United Kingdom Corporation) in addition to PM Group. A
          subsidiary of Pacific Mezzanine Associates, L.L.C. is Pacific
          Mezzanine Investors, L.L.C., along with its subsidiary Pacific
          Mezzanine Fund, L.P. Subsidiaries of Pacific Asset Management LLC are
          PMRealty Advisors Inc., PPA LLC (a Delaware Limited Liability
          Company), CCM LLC (a Delaware Limited Liability Company), NFJ LLC (a
          Delaware Limited Liability Company), and PIMCO Holding LLC (a Delaware
          Limited Liability Company). Pacific Asset Management LLC directly and
          in-directly owns 29.65% of the outstanding partnership interests in
          PIMCO Advisors L.P. (a Delaware Limited Partnership). Subsidiaries of
          Pacific Mutual Distributors, Inc. include: Associated Financial Group,
          Inc.; Mutual Service Corporation (a Michigan Corporation), along with
          its subsidiaries Advisors' Mutual Service Center, Inc. (a Michigan
          Corporation) and Titan Value Equities Group, Inc.; and United
          Planners' Group, Inc. (an Arizona Corporation which is 97% owned),
          along with its subsidiary United Planners' Financial Services of
          America (an Arizona Limited Partnership). Subsidiaries of World-Wide
          Holdings limited include: World-Wide Reassurance Company Limited (a
          United Kingdom Corporation) and World-Wide Reassurance Company (BVI)
          Limited (a British Virgin Islands Corporation). All corporations are
          100% owned unless otherwise indicated. All entities are California
          corporations unless otherwise indicated.

                                     II-4
<PAGE>
 
   
Item 27.  Number of Contractholders
          
          None
         

Item 28.  Indemnification

          (a)  The Distribution Agreement between PM Group and PMD provides
               substantially as follows:

               PM Group hereby agrees to indemnify and hold harmless PMD and its
               officers and directors, and employees for any expenses (including
               legal expenses), losses, claims, damages, or liabilities incurred
               by reason of any untrue or alleged untrue statement or
               representation of a material fact or any omission or alleged
               omission to state a material fact required to be stated to make
               other statements not misleading, if made in reliance on any
               prospectus, registration statement, post-effective amendment
               thereof, or sales materials supplied or approved by PM Group or
               the Separate Account. PM Group shall reimburse each such person
               for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection
               with investigating or defending any such loss, liability, damage,
               or claim. However, in no case shall PM Group be required to
               indemnify for any expenses, losses, claims, damages, or
               liabilities which have resulted from the willful misfeasance, bad
               faith, negligence, misconduct, or wrongful act of PMD.

               PMD hereby agrees to indemnify and hold harmless PM Group,
               its officers, directors, and employees, and the Separate
               Account for any expenses, losses, claims, damages, or liabilities
               arising out of or based upon any of the following in connection
               with the offer or sale of the contracts: (1) except for such
               statements made in reliance on any prospectus, registration
               statement or sales material supplied or approved by PM Group
               or the Separate Account, any untrue or alleged untrue
               statement or representation made; (2) any failure to deliver a
               currently effective prospectus; (3) the use of any unauthorized
               sales literature by any officer, employee or agent of PMD or
               Broker; (4) any willful misfeasance, bad faith, negligence,
               misconduct or wrongful act. PMD shall reimburse each such person
               for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection
               with investigating or defending

                                     II-5
<PAGE>
 
               any such loss, liability, damage, or claim.

          (b)  The Form of Selling Agreement between PM Group, PMD and Various
               Broker-Dealers provides substantially as follows:

               PM Group and PMD agree to indemnify and hold harmless Selling
               Broker-Dealer and General Agent, their officers, directors,
               agents and employees, against any and all losses, claims, damages
               or liabilities to which they may become subject under the 1933
               Act, the 1934 Act, or other federal or state statutory law or
               regulation, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses,
               claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof)
               arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged
               untrue statement of a material fact or any omission to state a
               material fact required to be stated or necessary to make the
               statements made not misleading in the registration statement for
               the Contracts or for the shares of Pacific Select Fund (the
               "Fund") filed pursuant to the 1933 Act, or any prospectus
               included as a part thereof, as from time to time amended and
               supplemented, or in any advertisement or sales literature
               approved in writing by PM Group and PMD pursuant to Section IV.E.
               of this Agreement.

               Selling Broker-Dealer and General Agent agree to indemnify and
               hold harmless PM Group, the Fund and PMD, their officers,
               directors, agents and employees, against any and all losses,
               claims, damages or liabilities to which they may become subject
               under the 1933 Act, the 1934 Act or other federal or state
               statutory law or regulation, at common law or otherwise, insofar
               as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in
               respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon: (a) any oral or
               written misrepresentation by Selling Broker-Dealer or General
               Agent or their officers, directors, employees or agents unless
               such misrepresentation is contained in the registration statement
               for the Contracts or Fund shares, any prospectus included as a
               part thereof, as from time to time amended and supplemented, or
               any advertisement or sales literature approved in writing by PM
               Group and PMD pursuant to Section IV.E. of this Agreement, (b)
               the failure of Selling Broker-Dealer or General Agent or their
               officers, directors, employees or agents to comply with any
               applicable provisions of this Agreement or (c) claims by Sub-
               agents or employees of General Agent or Selling Broker-Dealer for
               payments of compensation or remuneration of any type. Selling
               Broker-Dealer and General Agent will reimburse PM Group or PMD or
               any director, officer, agent or employee of either entity for any
               legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by PM Group, PMD, or
               such officer, director, agent or employee in connection with
               investigating or defending any such loss, claims, damages,
               liability or action. This indemnity agreement will be in addition
               to any liability which Broker-Dealer may otherwise have.

                                     II-6
<PAGE>
 
Item 29.  Principal Underwriters
    
          (a)  PMD also acts as principal underwriter for Pacific Select Exec
               Separate Account of PM Group Life Insurance Company, Pacific
               Select Fund, and the following Separate Accounts of Pacific Life:
               Pacific Select Separate Account, Pacific Select Exec Separate
               Account, Pacific Select Variable Annuity Separate Account,
               Pacific Corinthian Variable Separate Account, Separate Account A,
               and Separate Account B.

          (b)  For information regarding PMD, reference is made to Form B-D, SEC
               File No. 8-15264, which is herein incorporated by reference.

          (c)  PMD retains no compensation or net discounts or commissions from
               the Registrant.

Item 30.  Location of Accounts and Records
    
               The accounts, books and other documents required to be maintained
               by Registrant pursuant to Section 31(a) of the Investment Company
               Act of 1940 and the rules under that section will be maintained
               by Pacific Life at 700 Newport Center Drive, Newport Beach,
               California 92660.     

Item 31.  Management Services

          Not applicable

Item 32.  Undertakings

          The registrant hereby undertakes:

          (a)  to file a post-effective amendment to this registration statement
               as frequently as is necessary to ensure that the audited
               financial statements in this registration statement are never
               more than 16 months old for so long as payments under the
               variable annuity contracts may be accepted, unless otherwise
               permitted.

          (b)  to include either (1) as a part of any application to purchase a
               contract offered by the prospectus, a space that an applicant can
               check to request a Statement of Additional Information, or (2) a
               post card or similar written communication affixed to or included
               in the prospectus that the applicant can remove to send for a
               Statement of Additional Information, or (3) to deliver a
               Statement of Additional Information with the Prospectus.

          (c)  to deliver any Statement of Additional Information and any
               financial statements required to be made available under this
               Form promptly upon written or oral request.

Additional Representations

                                     II-7
<PAGE>
 
     (a) The Registrant and its Depositor are relying upon American Council of
Life Insurance, SEC No-Action Letter, SEC Ref. No. 1P-6-88 (November 28, 1988)
with respect to annuity contracts offered as funding vehicles for retirement
plans meeting the requirements of Section 403(b) of the Internal Revenue Code,
and the provisions of paragraphs (1)-(4) of this letter have been complied with.

     (b) REPRESENTATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 26(e) OF THE INVESTMENT COMPANY
ACT OF 1940:  PM Group, the sponsoring insurance company of the Registrant,
represents that the fees and charges to be deducted under the Variable Annuity
Contract ("Contract") described in the prospectus contained in this registration
statement are, in the aggregate, reasonable in relation to the services
rendered, the expenses expected to be incurred, and the risks assumed in
connection with the Contract.

                                     II-8
<PAGE>
 
SIGNATURES
    
As required by the Securities Act of 1933 and the Investment Company Act of
1940, the Registrant certifies that it has caused this Registration Statement on
Form N-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized
in the City of Newport Beach, and the State of California on this 21st day of
January, 1999.

    
                         SEPARATE ACCOUNT A
                              (Registrant)
                         By:  PM GROUP LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

                         By:  William L. Ferris*
                              President and Chief Executive Officer
    
                         By:  PM GROUP LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                              (Depositor)     

                         By:  William L. Ferris*
                              President and Chief Executive Officer

    
As required by the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been
signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

     Signature               Title                             Date

     
_____________________        Director, President and Chief     ___________, 1998
William L. Ferris*           Executive Officer  


_____________________        Director and Chairman of the      ___________, 1998
Thomas C. Sutton*            Board


_____________________        Director, Senior Vice President
David R. Carmichael*         and General Counsel               ___________, 1998


_____________________        Director and Secretary            ___________, 1998
Audrey L. Milfs*


_____________________        Director                          ___________, 1998
Glenn S. Schafer*     


_____________________        Chief Financial Officer and       ___________, 1998
Khanh T. Tran*               Treasurer                         


_____________________        Executive Vice President          ___________, 1998
Lynn C. Miller*


_____________________        Senior Vice President             ___________, 1998
William J. Doomey*


_____________________        Vice President                    ___________, 1998
Gary L. Falde*


<PAGE>
 
*By: /s/ DAVID R. CARMICHAEL
     David R. Carmichael                                        January 21, 1999
     as attorney-in-fact     
    
     (Powers Of Attorney are contained in this Registration Statement on Form N-
4 for Separate Account A as Exhibit 15 on Form N-4.)

<PAGE>
 
EXHIBIT 99.1(a)

Minutes of Action of Board of Directors of PM Group Life Insurance Company (PM 
Group)
<PAGE>
 
                    MINUTES OF ACTION OF BOARD OF DIRECTORS
                                      OF
                        PM GROUP LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

                      TAKEN BY UNANIMOUS WRITTEN CONSENT
                               WITHOUT A MEETING
                                        

     The undersigned, and each of them, constituting all of the directors of PM
Group Life Insurance Company, an Arizona corporation, acting by unanimous
written consent without a meeting pursuant to Section 10-044 of the Arizona
Revised Statutes and Article III, Section 12 of the bylaws of this corporation,
take the following actions:

     Authority to Establish Fixed or Variable Dollar Separate Accounts, or Both,
     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
and to Issue Variable Life Insurance Policies and Variable Annuity Contracts.
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
The following resolution is adopted:

     RESOLVED, that the Board of Directors of this corporation hereby authorizes
     this corporation to obtain approval from the appropriate regulatory
     authorities of an amendment to its Certificate of Authority to issue
     variable life insurance policies and variable annuity contracts and any
     derivative thereof being herein collectively referred to as "Variable
     Contracts"; and

     RESOLVED FURTHER, that the Board of Directors of this corporation hereby
     authorizes and directs the establishment of Separate Accounts ("Separate
     Accounts") to which the amounts received by this corporation in connection
     with the sale of  Variable Contracts or contracts payable in fixed dollar
     amounts, or both, may be allocated; and

     RESOLVED FURTHER, that within the Separate Accounts payable in variable
     dollar amounts there may be a number of variable accounts with different
     investment policies and objectives into which a policyowner may direct
     their interests in the Separate Accounts; and

     RESOLVED FURTHER, that the Separate Accounts are to be established and
     maintained in accordance with the provisions of Section 20-651 of the
     Arizona Insurance Code and the regulations promulgated under that Section;
     and

     RESOLVED FURTHER, that any officer of this corporation is authorized and
     directed to take whatever action may be necessary or advisable to obtain
     the appropriate regulatory authority to amend the Certificate of Authority
     to issue Variable Contracts and to establish and maintain fixed or variable
     Separate Accounts, or both, and to register, file or qualify the Variable
     Contracts for sale, including, but not limited to, determining the states
     or other jurisdictions in which action shall be taken to qualify, file, or
     register the Variable Contracts for sale, performing any and all acts as
     such officer deems necessary or advisable to comply with the applicable
     laws of any such state or jurisdiction including making any required
     filings with the Arizona Insurance Department or any other regulatory
     authority in Arizona or any other regulatory authority in any state or
     jurisdiction having jurisdiction over the insurance activities of this
     corporation or over
<PAGE>
 
     the Variable Contracts; performing any and all acts as such officer deems
     necessary or advisable to comply with the applicable laws of the United
     States including, but not limited to, preparing and filing registration
     statements with the Securities and Exchange Commission to register any
     Variable Contracts or interests therein under the Securities Act of 1933
     and the Investment Company Act of 1940 and to register any Separate
     Account, the benefits of which are payable in variable dollar amounts, or
     interests therein under the Investment Company Act of 1940, and to file any
     exemptive application if necessary or advisable under the Investment
     Company Act of 1940 and to make such other filings or seek any
     interpretations that are necessary or advisable from the Securities and
     Exchange Commission or any other agency of the United States Government; or
     making any filings, seek any interpretations, or make other submissions
     that such officer deems necessary or advisable with other regulatory
     authorities having jurisdiction over the offer and sale of the Variable
     Contracts and to execute and file all requisite papers and documents,
     including, but not limited to, applications, reports, surety bonds,
     irrevocable consents, powers of attorneys, and appointments of agents for
     service of process, and the paying of all necessary fees and expenses as in
     such officer's judgment may be necessary or advisable.

     RESOLVED FURTHER, that actions taken by officers of this corporation prior
     to the adoption of these resolutions, which are within the authority
     conferred hereby had these resolutions predated such action, are hereby
     ratified, confirmed and approved.

Dated:  July 1, 1998
        ------------


__________________________               __________________________
David R. Carmichael                      William L. Ferris


__________________________               __________________________
Audrey L. Milfs                          Glenn S. Schafer


__________________________
Thomas C. Sutton

<PAGE>
 
EXHIBIT 99.3(a)

Distribution Agreement between PM Group Life Insurance Company and Pacific 
Mutual Distributors, Inc. ("PMD")

<PAGE>
 
                                                                           DRAFT
 
                             DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

AGREEMENT made this ____ day of ____________, 199__, by and between PM Group
Life Insurance Company [Pacific Life & Annuity Company], an Arizona Corporation,
("PM Group") ["PLA"] on its own behalf and on behalf of the segregated asset
accounts of PM Group [PLA] listed on Exhibit A to this Agreement (the "Separate
Accounts"), and Pacific Mutual Distributors, Inc., a California corporation,
("PMD").

WHEREAS, PM Group [PLA] has established and maintains the Separate Accounts, a
separate investment account, for the purpose of selling variable life contracts
("Contracts") to commence after the effectiveness of the Registration Statement
relating thereto filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on form S-6,
or any successor form thereto, pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended (the "1933 Act"), through PMD, acting as general agent of PM Group
[PLA];

WHEREAS, the Separate Accounts are registered as a unit investment trust under
the Investment Company Act of 1940 ("the 1940 Act");

WHEREAS, PMD is registered as a broker-dealer under the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934 (the "Securities Exchange Act") and is a member of the National
Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. ("NASD"); and

WHEREAS, PM Group [PLA] desires to retain PMD as the Distributor and Principal
Underwriter to provide for the sale and distribution to the public of the
Contracts issued by PM Group [PLA] and funded by interests in the General
Account of PM Group [PLA] and in the Separate Accounts and PMD is willing to
render such services;

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants hereinafter
set forth, the parties agree as follows:

1.   Principal Underwriter.  PM Group [PLA] hereby appoints PMD, during the term
     ---------------------                                                      
     of this Agreement, subject to the registration requirements of the 1933 Act
     and the 1940 Act and the provisions of the Securities Exchange Act, to be
     the Distributor and Principal Underwriter for the sale of Contracts to the
     public in each state and other jurisdictions in which the Contracts may be
     lawfully sold.  PM Group [PLA] also appoints PMD as its independent General
     Agent for sale of its Contracts (including any riders which PM Group [PLA]
     may make available in connection therewith or any contracts for which the
     Contracts may be exchanged or converted) and for sale of such other
     insurance contracts or annuity contracts as PM Group [PLA] may, from time
     to time, authorize in writing by amendment thereto. PMD shall offer the
     Contracts for sale and distribution at premium rates set by PM Group [PLA].

2.   Selling Agreements.  PMD is hereby authorized to enter into separate
     ------------------                                                  
     written agreements, on such terms and conditions as PMD determines are not
     inconsistent with this Agreement, with such organizations which agree to
     participate as a general agent and/or broker-dealer in the distribution of
     the Contracts and to use their best efforts to solicit applications for
<PAGE>
 
     Contracts. Any such broker-dealer (hereinafter "Broker") shall be both
     registered as a broker-dealer under the Securities Exchange Act and a
     member of the NASD.  PMD shall be responsible for ensuring that Broker and
     its agents or representatives and general agent and its sub-agents
     soliciting applications for Contracts shall be duly and appropriately
     licensed, registered and otherwise qualified for the sale of the Contracts
     (and the riders and other contracts offered in connection therewith) under
     the insurance laws and any applicable blue sky laws of each state or other
     jurisdiction in which such policies may be lawfully sold and in which PM
     Group [PLA] is licensed to sell such Contracts.  PM Group [PLA] shall
     undertake to appoint Broker's qualified agents or representatives and
     general agent's sub-agents as life insurance agents of PM Group [PLA],
     provided that PM Group [PLA] reserves the right to refuse to appoint any
     proposed representative, agent, or sub-agent or once appointed, to
     terminate such appointment.  PMD shall be responsible for ensuring that
     Broker and general agent supervise its agents, representatives, or sub-
     agents.

     PMD is also authorized to enter into separate written agreements, on such
     terms and conditions as PMD determines are not inconsistent with this
     Agreement, with such organizations ("wholesalers") that agree to
     participate in the distribution of the Contracts and to use their best
     efforts to solicit Brokers and general agents that, in turn, will solicit
     applications of the Contracts.

3.   Life Insurance Agents.  PM Group [PLA] shall be responsible for ensuring
     ---------------------                                                   
     that Broker and its agents or representatives and general agent and its
     sub-agents meet all qualifications and hold any licenses or authorizations
     that may be required for the solicitation or sale of the Contracts under
     the insurance laws of the applicable jurisdictions.

4.   Suitability.  PM Group [PLA] desires to ensure that Contracts will be sold
     -----------                                                               
     to purchasers for whom the Contract will be suitable.  PMD shall take
     reasonable steps to ensure that the various representatives of Broker and
     sub-agents of general agents shall not make recommendations to an applicant
     to purchase a Contract in the absence of reasonable grounds to believe the
     purchase of the Contract is suitable for such applicant.  While not limited
     to the following, a determination of suitability shall be based on
     information furnished to a representative or sub-agent after reasonable
     inquiry of such applicant concerning the applicant's other security
     holdings, insurance and investment objectives, financial situation and
     needs, and the likelihood that the applicant will continue to make any
     premium payments contemplated by the Contracts and will keep the Policy in
     force for a sufficient period of time so that PM Group's [PLA's]
     acquisition costs are amortized over a reasonable period of time.

5.   Conformity with Registration Statement and Approved Sales Materials.  In
     -------------------------------------------------------------------     
     performing its duties as Distributor, PMD will act in conformity with the
     Prospectus and with the instructions and directions of PM Group [PLA], the
     requirements of the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act, the Securities Exchange Act,
     and all other applicable federal and state laws and regulations.  PMD shall
     not give any information nor make any representations, concerning any
     aspect of the Contract or of PM Group's [PLA's] operations to any persons
     or entity unless such information or representations are contained in the
     Registration Statement and
<PAGE>
 
     the pertinent prospectus filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission,
     or are contained in sales or promotional literature approved by PM Group
     [PLA]. PMD will not use and will take reasonable steps to ensure Broker
     will not use any sales promotion material and advertising which has not
     been previously approved by PM Group [PLA].

6.   Expenses.  During the term of this Agreement, PMD will bear all of its
     --------                                                              
     expenses in complying with this Agreement, including the following
     expenses:

     (a)  costs of sales presentations, mailings, sales promotion materials,
          advertising, and any other marketing efforts by PMD in connection with
          the distribution or sale of the Contracts; and

     (b)  any compensation paid to employees of PMD and to wholesalers, Brokers
          and general agents in connection with the distribution or sale of the
          Contracts.

     Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, it is understood and
     agreed that PM Group [PLA] shall at all times retain the ultimate
     responsibility for and control of all functions performed pursuant to this
     Agreement, and for marketing the Contract, and reserves the right to
     direct, approve or disapprove any action hereunder taken on its behalf by
     PMD.

7.   Applications.  Completed applications for Contracts solicited by such
     ------------                                                         
     Broker through its agents or representatives or by general agent through
     its sub-agents shall be transmitted directly to PM Group [PLA].  All
     payments under the Contracts shall be made by check to PM Group [PLA] or by
     other method acceptable to PM Group [PLA], and if received by PMD, shall be
     held at all times in a fiduciary capacity and remitted promptly to PM Group
     [PLA].  All such payments will be the property of PM Group [PLA].  PM Group
     [PLA] has the sole authority to approve or reject such applications or
     payments and maintains ultimate responsibility for underwriting.  Anything
     in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, PM Group [PLA] retains
     the ultimate right to control the sale of the Contracts and to appoint and
     discharge life insurance agents of PM Group [PLA].

8.   Standard of Care.  PMD shall be responsible for exercising reasonable care
     ----------------                                                          
     in carrying out the provisions of this Agreement.

9.   Reports.  PMD shall be responsible for maintaining the records of Broker
     -------                                                                 
     and general agent and their agents, representatives or sub-agents who are
     licensed, registered and otherwise qualified to sell the Contracts;
     calculating and furnishing the fees payable to Brokers or general agents;
     and for furnishing periodic reports to PM Group [PLA] as to the sale of
     Contracts made pursuant to this Agreement.

10.  Records.  PMD shall maintain and preserve such records as are required of
     -------                                                                  
     it by applicable laws and regulations.  The books, accounts and records of
     PM Group [PLA], the Separate Accounts and PMD shall be maintained so as to
     clearly and accurately disclose the nature 
<PAGE>
 
     and details of the transactions, including such accounting information as
     necessary to support the reasonableness of the amounts to be paid by PM
     Group [PLA] hereunder.

11.  Compensation.  For the services rendered and product development in the
     ------------                                                           
     initial sales efforts and continuing obligations under this Agreement, PM
     Group [PLA] shall pay PMD in the amounts set forth in Schedule A, which
     schedule is incorporated herein.  PM Group [PLA] shall arrange for the
     payment of commissions, through PMD, to those Brokers and general agents
     that sell Contracts under agreements entered into pursuant to Section 2,
     hereof, and to wholesalers that solicit brokers and general agents to sell
     Contracts under agreements entered into pursuant to Section 2, hereof, in
     amounts as may be agreed to by PM Group [PLA] and PMD specified in such
     written agreements.

12.  Investigation and proceedings.  PMD and PM Group [PLA] agree to cooperate
     -----------------------------                                            
     fully in any insurance regulatory investigation or proceeding or judicial
     proceeding arising in connection with the Contracts distributed under this
     Agreement.  PMD further agrees to furnish regulatory authorities with any
     information or reports in connection with such services which may be
     requested in order to ascertain whether the operations of PM Group [PLA]
     and the Separate Accounts are being conducted in a manner consistent with
     applicable laws and regulations.  PMD and PM Group [PLA] further agree to
     cooperate fully in any securities regulatory investigation or proceeding
     with respect to PM Group [PLA], PMD, their affiliates and their agents or
     representatives to the extent that such investigation or proceeding is in
     connection with Contracts distributed under this Agreement.  Without
     limiting the foregoing:

     (a)  PMD will be notified promptly of any customer complaint or notice of
          any regulatory investigation or proceeding or judicial proceeding
          received by PM Group [PLA] with respect to PMD or any agent,
          representative, or sub-agent of a Broker or general agent or which may
          affect PM Group's [PLA's] issuance of any Contract sold under this
          Agreement; and

     (b)  PMD will promptly notify PM Group [PLA] of any customer complaint or
          notice of any regulatory investigation or proceeding received by PMD
          or its affiliates with respect to PMD or any agent, representative, or
          sub-agent of a Broker or general agent in connection with any Contract
          distributed under this Agreement or any activity in connection with
          any such Contract.

     In the case of a meritorious customer complaint, PMD and PM Group [PLA]
     will cooperate in investigating such complaint and any response will be
     sent to the other party to this Agreement for approval not less than five
     business days prior to its being sent to the customer or regulatory
     authority, except that if a more prompt response is required, the proposed
     response shall be communicated by telephone or telegraph.

13.  Indemnification.  PM Group [PLA] hereby agrees to indemnify and hold
     ---------------                                                     
     harmless PMD and its officers and directors, and employees for any expenses
     (including legal expenses), losses, claims, damages, or liabilities
     incurred by reason of any untrue or alleged untrue statement 
<PAGE>
 
     or representation of a material fact or any omission or alleged omission to
     state a material fact required to be stated to make other statements not
     misleading, if made in reliance on any prospectus, registration statement,
     post-effective amendment thereof, or sales materials supplied or approved
     by PM Group [PLA] or the Separate Accounts. PM Group [PLA] shall reimburse
     each such person for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in
     connection with investigating or defending any such loss, liability,
     damage, or claim. However, in no case shall PM Group [PLA] be required to
     indemnify for any expenses, losses, claims, damages, or liabilities which
     have resulted from the willful misfeasance, bad faith, negligence,
     misconduct, or wrongful act of PMD.

     PMD hereby agrees to indemnify and hold harmless PM Group [PLA], its
     officers, directors, and employees, and the Separate Accounts for any
     expenses, losses, claims, damages, or liabilities arising out of or based
     upon any of the following in connection with the offer or sale of the
     contracts: 1) except for such statements made in reliance on any
     prospectus, registration statement or sales material supplied or approved
     by PM Group [PLA] or the Separate Accounts, any untrue or alleged untrue
     statement of representation made; 2) any failure to deliver a currently
     effective prospectus; 3) the use of any unauthorized sales literature by
     any officer, employee, agent, or sub-agent of PMD, Broker or general agent;
     or 4) any willful misfeasance, bad faith, negligence, misconduct or
     wrongful act.  PMD shall reimburse each such person for any legal or other
     expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating or defending
     any such loss, liability, damage, or claim.

     Promptly after receipt by a party entitled to indemnification ("indemnified
     party") of notice of the commencement of any action, if a claim for
     indemnification in respect thereof is to be made against PM Group [PLA] or
     PMD ("indemnifying party") such indemnified party will notify indemnifying
     party in writing of the commencement thereof, but failure to notify the
     indemnifying party of any claim shall not relieve it from any liability
     which it may have to the person against whom such action is brought
     otherwise than on account of this agreement contained in this Section 13.
     The indemnifying party will be entitled to participate in the defense of
     the indemnified party and such participation will not relieve such
     indemnifying party of the obligation to reimburse the indemnified party for
     reasonable legal and other expenses incurred by such indemnified party in
     defending himself.

14.  Agent of PM Group [PLA] or Separate Accounts.  Any person, even though also
     --------------------------------------------                               
     an officer, director, employee, or agent of PMD, who may be or become an
     officer, director, employee, or agent of PM Group [PLA] or the Separate
     Accounts shall be deemed when rendering services to PM Group [PLA] or the
     Separate Accounts or acting in any business of PM Group [PLA] or the
     Separate Accounts, to be rendering such services to or acting solely for PM
     Group [PLA] or the Separate Accounts and not as an officer, director,
     employee, or agent or one under the control or direction of PMD even
     thought paid by PMD.  Likewise, any person even though also an officer,
     director, employee, or agent of PM Group [PLA] or the Separate Accounts,
     who may be or become an officer, director, employee, or agent of PMD shall
     be deemed, when rendering services to PMD or acting in any business of PMD,
     to be rendering such services to or acting solely for PMD and not as an
     officer, director, 
<PAGE>
 
     employee, or agent or one under the control or direction of PM Group [PLA]
     or the Separate Accounts even though paid by PM Group [PLA] or the Separate
     Accounts.

15.  Books and Records.  It is expressly understood and agreed that all
     -----------------                                                 
     documents, reports, records, books, files and other materials relating to
     this Agreement and the services to be performed hereunder shall be the sole
     property of PM Group [PLA] and the Separate Accounts and that such property
     shall be held by PMD as agent, during the effective term of this Agreement.
     This material shall be delivered to PM Group [PLA] upon the termination of
     this Agreement free from any claim or retention of rights by PMD.  During
     the term of this Agreement and for a period of three years from the date of
     termination of this Agreement, PMD will not disclose or use any records or
     information and will regard and preserve as confidential all information
     related to the business of PM Group [PLA] or the Separate Accounts that may
     be obtained by PMD from any source as a result of this Agreement and will
     disclose such information only if PM Group [PLA] or the Separate Accounts
     has authorized such disclosure, or if such disclosure is expressly required
     by applicable federal or state regulatory authorities.  PMD further
     acknowledges and agrees that, in the event of a breach or threatened breach
     by it of the provisions of this article, PM Group [PLA] will have no
     adequate remedy in moneys or damages and, accordingly, PM Group [PLA] shall
     be entitled in its discretion to seek an injunction against such breach.
     However, no specification in this Agreement of a specific legal or
     equitable remedy shall be construed as a waiver or prohibition against any
     other legal or equitable remedy in the event of a breach of a provision of
     this Agreement.

16.  Employees.  PMD will not employ, except with the prior written approval of
     ---------                                                                 
     the Commissioner of Insurance of the state of Arizona, in any material
     connection with the handling of the Separate Accounts' assets any person
     who, to the knowledge of PMD:

     (a)  in the last 10 years has been convicted of any felony or misdemeanor
          arising out of conduct involving embezzlement, fraudulent conversion,
          or misappropriation of funds or securities, or involving violations of
          Sections 1341, 1342, or 1343 of Title 18, United States Code; or

     (b)  within the last 10 years has been found by any state regulatory
          authority to have violated or has acknowledged violation of any
          provision of any state insurance law involving fraud, deceit, or
          knowing misrepresentation; or

     (c)  within the last 10 years has been found by any federal or state
          regulatory authorities to have violated or have acknowledged violation
          of any provision of federal or state securities laws involving fraud,
          deceit, or knowing misrepresentation.

17.  Termination.  This Agreement shall terminate automatically upon its
     -----------                                                        
     assignment without the prior written consent of both parties.  This
     Agreement may be terminated at any time, for any reason, by either party on
     60 days' written notice to the other party, without the payment of any
     penalty.  Upon termination of this Agreement, all authorizations, rights
     and obligations 
<PAGE>
 
     shall cease except the obligation to settle accounts hereunder, including
     commissions on premiums subsequently received for Contracts in effect at
     time of termination, and the agreements contained in Sections 12 and 13
     hereof.

18.  Regulations.  This Agreement shall be subject to the provisions of the 1940
     -----------                                                                
     Act and the Securities Exchange Act and the rules, regulations and rulings
     thereunder, and of the applicable rules and regulations of the NASD, and
     applicable state insurance law and other applicable law, from time to time
     in effect, and the terms hereof shall be interpreted and construed in
     accordance therewith.

19.  Independent Contractor.  PMD shall act as an independent contractor and
     ----------------------                                                 
     nothing herein contained shall constitute PMD or its agents, officers or
     employees as agents, officers, or employees of PM Group [PLA] in connection
     with the sale of the Contracts.

20.  Notices.  Notices of any kind to be given to PMD by PM Group [PLA] or the
     -------                                                                  
     Separate Accounts shall be in writing and shall be duly given if mailed,
     first class postage prepaid, or delivered to PMD at 700 Newport Center
     Drive, Newport Beach, California 92660, or at such other address or to such
     individual as shall be specified by PMD. Notices of any kind to be given to
     PM Group [PLA] or the Separate Accounts shall be in writing and shall be
     duly given if mailed, first class postage prepaid, or delivered to them at
     700 Newport Center Drive, Newport Beach, California 92660, or at such other
     address or to such individual as shall be specified by PM Group [PLA].

     If any provisions of this Agreement shall be held or made invalid by a
     court decision, statute, rule or otherwise, the remainder of this Agreement
     shall not be affected thereby.

21.  Governing Law.  This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in
     -------------                                                    
     accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Arizona.
<PAGE>
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly
executed as of the day and year first above written.

PM GROUP LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY [PACIFIC LIFE & ANNUITY COMPANY]

 

Attest:                                    By:
- ---------------------------------             ---------------------------------
Name:                                         Name:
Title:


                       PACIFIC MUTUAL DISTRIBUTORS, INC.


Attest:                                    By:
- ---------------------------------             ---------------------------------
Name:                                         Name:
Title:
<PAGE>
 
                                   EXHIBIT A

                      PACIFIC SELECT EXEC SEPARATE ACCOUNT
                               SEPARATE ACCOUNT A
<PAGE>
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Exhibit A to be executed
by their Officers designated below on this ____ day of ____________, 1998.

PACIFIC MUTUAL DISTRIBUTORS, INC.



Attest:                                      By:
- -------------------------------------           --------------------------------
Name:                                           Name:
Title:                                                President


PM GROUP LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY [PACIFIC LIFE & ANNUITY COMPANY]



Attest:                                      By:
- -------------------------------------           --------------------------------
Name:                                           Name:
Title:                                                President

<PAGE>
 
EXHIBIT 99.3(b)

Form of Selling Agreement between PM Group, PMD and various Broker-Dealers.
<PAGE>
 
                                                                           DRAFT

       PM GROUP LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY [PACIFIC LIFE & ANNUITY COMPANY]
                      VARIABLE CONTRACT SELLING AGREEMENT


     This Agreement ("Agreement") is made as of _______________________, 19__ by
and among PM GROUP LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY ("PM Group") [PACIFIC LIFE & ANNUITY
COMPANY ("PLA")], PACIFIC MUTUAL DISTRIBUTORS, INC. ("Distributor"), a
broker/dealer registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC")
pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended ("Exchange Act"),
and a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. ("NASD"),
___________________________________________________________ ("Broker/Dealer"),
and each undersigned agency (jointly and severally referred to herein as
"Agency"); Broker/Dealer and Agency jointly and severally hereinafter referred
to collectively as "Selling Entities".

     This Agreement is for the purpose of providing for the distribution of
certain variable life insurance policies and/or annuity contracts set forth in
Schedule A hereto and of any successor additional SEC registered insurance
products (as discussed in Paragraph [3] of this Agreement) issued by PM Group
[PLA] and distributed by Distributor through representatives who are both (a)
state insurance licensed and appointed agents of PM Group [PLA] and associated
with the Agency and (b) NASD registered representatives of Broker/Dealer who are
appropriately licensed both with the NASD and with the relevant states.  The
variable life insurance and/or annuity contracts set forth in Schedule A hereto,
as such Schedule may be amended and/or restated from time to time to include any
successor or additional SEC registered insurance products, and together with any
riders to such contracts, are referred to collectively herein as the
"Contracts".

1.   APPOINTMENT

     In consideration of the mutual promises and covenants contained in this
Agreement, PM Group [PLA] and Distributor appoint Broker/Dealer and those
persons associated with Agency who are NASD registered representatives of
Broker/Dealer and state insurance licensed agents of PM Group [PLA] to solicit
and procure applications for the Contracts.

     These appointments are not deemed to be exclusive in any manner and extend
only to those jurisdictions, set forth in Schedule B hereto as such Schedule B
may be amended from time to time by PM Group [PLA] in its sole discretion, where
the Contracts specified in such Schedule B have been approved for sale.

     From time to time, PM Group [PLA] will provide Selling Entities with
information regarding the jurisdictions in which PM Group [PLA] is authorized to
solicit applications for the Contracts and any limitations on the availability
of such Contracts in any jurisdiction.

2.   RESPONSIBILITIES

     Broker/Dealer is authorized to collect the premium on the Contracts and
must remit such premiums to PM Group [PLA] in the manner set forth in the
applicable Compensation Schedule set forth in one of the Schedule Ds.  Contract
applications shall be taken only on preprinted, state-appropriate application
forms supplied by PM Group [PLA].  All completed applications, supporting
documents and payments are the sole property of PM Group [PLA] and must be
promptly delivered to PM Group [PLA].  All applications are subject to
acceptance by PM Group [PLA] at its sole discretion.

3.   NEW PRODUCTS

     Distributor may propose and PM Group [PLA] may issue additional or
successor products, in which event Broker/Dealer will be informed of the new
product and its related Compensation Schedule.  If Broker/Dealer does not agree
to distribute such new product(s), it must notify PM Group [PLA] in writing
within 30 days of receipt of the Compensation Schedule for such new product(s).
If Broker/Dealer does not indicate disapproval of the new product(s) or the
terms contained in its related Compensation Schedule, Broker/Dealer will be
deemed to have thereby agreed (a) to distribute such new product(s) and agreed
to its related Compensation Schedule, which shall be attached to and made a part
of this Agreement as an amendment or addendum to the applicable Schedule D, or
as 

                                       1
<PAGE>
 
a new Schedule D hereto, and (b) to the amendment of Schedules A and B to this
Agreement to name such new product(s) and to identify where their offer and sale
has been approved.

4.   SUBAGENTS

     Agency is authorized to appoint Subagents to solicit sales of the Contracts
("Subagents"); provided, however, that PM Group [PLA] shall have the right in
its sole discretion to terminate the appointment of any Subagent upon notice
from PM Group [PLA] to Agency.  Agency warrants that no Subagent shall commence
solicitation nor aid, directly or indirectly, in the solicitation of any
application for any Contract unless, at the time of such solicitation or aid,
such Subagent is appropriately licensed for such product under applicable
insurance laws and is an NASD registered representative of Broker/Dealer.

     Selling Entities each represent that they have, for each Subagent,
fulfilled all requirements set forth in the form of general letter of
recommendation set forth in Schedule C hereto; and agree, upon reasonable
request by PM Group [PLA], to furnish proof of such fulfillment as PM Group
[PLA] may require.

5.   SALES MATERIAL

     Neither Selling Entities nor any of their respective Subagents, officers,
directors, employees, affiliates, representatives or agents shall utilize in
their marketing efforts for the Contracts any written brochure, prospectus,
descriptive literature, printed and published material, audio-visual material or
standard letters; provided, however, that they may: (a) use material that has
been provided preprinted by PM Group [PLA] or Distributor, and (b) use material,
the use of which PM Group [PLA] or Distributor has specifically approved, in
writing, prior to such use.  In order for PM Group [PLA] or Distributor to
review and approve materials not produced by PM Group [PLA] in accordance with
clause (b) above, Broker/Dealer must provide PM Group [PLA] and Distributor with
evidence that any material proposed to be used was filed with the NASD in
accordance with applicable rules and copies of correspondence with the NASD
relating to the proposed material.

6.   RECORDS

     In accordance with the requirements of federal and state laws and rules of
applicable self-regulatory organizations as defined in the Exchange Act ("SROs")
including but limited to the Rules of Fair Practice of the NASD ("NASD Rules"),
Selling Entities shall maintain complete records concerning the sale of the
Contracts, information regarding the customs relating to the sale and/or
servicing of the Contracts, including the manner and extent of distribution of
any sales, marketing or other solicitation material, shall make such records and
files available to staff of PM Group [PLA] or Distributor at such times as PM
Group [PLA] or Distributor may reasonably request and shall make such material
available to personnel of state insurance departments, the NASD or other
regulatory agency, including the SEC, that have regulatory authority over PM
Group [PLA] or Distributor.

7.   DELIVERY OF PROSPECTUSES

     Selling Entities warrant that each solicitation, specifically including any
solicitation effected by any Subagent, will be made by use of a currently
effective prospectus, that a prospectus will be delivered concurrently with each
sales presentation and that no statements shall be made to a client superseding
or controverting any statement made in the prospectus.  PM Group [PLA] and
Distributor shall furnish Selling Entities, at no cost to Selling Entities,
reasonable quantities of prospectuses and such other material as PM Group [PLA]
and Distributor deem necessary to aid in the solicitation of Contracts.

8.   BROKER/DEALER REPRESENTATIONS

     The representations, warranties and covenants of Broker/Dealer set forth in
this Agreement are continuous during the term of this Agreement and
Broker/Dealer agrees to notify each of PM Group [PLA] and Distributor
immediately, in writing, if, at any time during the course of this Agreement,
any of the representations, warranties or covenants set forth herein become
inaccurate or untrue of the facts related thereto.

     Broker/Dealer represents, warrants and covenants that:

     (a)  Broker/Dealer is affiliated with Agency which is an entity properly
licensed under the insurance laws of the jurisdiction(s) in which Broker/Dealer
will act under this Agreement;

                                       2
<PAGE>
 
     (b)   Broker/Dealer is registered with the SEC as a broker/dealer under the
Exchange Act, a member of the NASD and will, throughout the duration of this
Agreement, remain in compliance with the requirements of the NASD and of the
Exchange Act, including but not limited to laws requiring that the Broker/Dealer
and each of its Subagents/registered representatives be appropriately securities
registered, insurance licensed and appointed by PM Group [PLA], and such other
applicable federal or state laws;

     (c)   Broker/Dealer has established rules, procedures, and supervisory and
inspection techniques necessary to train and to supervise diligently the
activities of its NASD registered representatives who are state insurance
licensed and appointed agents of PM Group [PLA];

     (d)   Broker/Dealer shall ensure that no registered representative of
Broker/Dealer, including any Subagent, shall sell or recommend for sale any
Contract to any person without reasonable grounds for believing, after
appropriate inquiry, that the purchase of that Contract is suitable for that
person;

     (e)   Upon request by PM Group [PLA] and Distributor, Broker/Dealer will
furnish such appropriate records as are necessary to document the training,
licensing and diligent supervision required by subparagraph (b) above, and
client suitability determinations required by subparagraph (c) above.

9.   AGENCY REPRESENTATIONS

     The representations, warranties and covenants of Agency set forth in this
Agreement are continuous during the term of this Agreement and Agency agrees to
notify each of PM Group [PLA] and Distributor immediately, in writing, if, at
any time during the course of this Agreement, any of the representations,
warranties or covenants set forth herein become inaccurate or untrue of the
facts related thereto.

     Agency represents, warrants and covenants that it will, and will cause each
Subagent to, comply fully with the requirements of state insurance law and
applicable federal laws, including but not limited to assuring appropriate state
insurance licensing and appointment by PM Group [PLA], and will establish rules
and procedures necessary to supervise diligently the activities of licensed and
appointed agents of PM Group [PLA] associated with Agency.  Upon request by PM
Group [PLA] or Distributor, Agency will furnish such appropriate records as are
necessary to document such diligent supervision.

10.  PM GROUP [PLA] REPRESENTATIONS

     PM Group [PLA] represents that the prospectus(es) and registration
statement(s) relating to the Contracts that are and shall be in effect from time
to time contain no untrue statements of material fact and do not omit to state
material facts, the omission of which makes any statement contained in such
prospectus(es) and registration statement(s) misleading.

11.  COMPENSATION

     11.1  PM Group [PLA], through Distributor, will remit to Broker/Dealer or
Agency compensation as set forth in the applicable Schedule D hereto, which
payments or termination thereof shall be governed by the administrative rules
established by PM Group [PLA] in its sole discretion.  Selling Entities shall
pay all Subagents.  PM Group [PLA] reserves the right not to pay compensation on
a Contract, the premium for which is paid in whole or in part by the loan or
surrender value of any other life insurance policy or annuity contract issued by
PM Group [PLA].

     11.2  PM Group [PLA] may offset, against any claim for commission and any
other compensation payable to Broker/Dealer or Agency under this Agreement, any
existing or future indebtedness of, respectively, Broker/Dealer or Agency,
whether fixed or contingent, whether such indebtedness arises under this
Agreement or otherwise.  Such indebtedness shall constitute a first lien against
any such compensation.  Neither Broker/Dealer nor Agency may offset, against any
such indebtedness, any compensation accruing under this Agreement.

12.  COMPLAINTS AND INVESTIGATIONS

     PM Group [PLA], Distributor, Broker/Dealer and Agency agree to cooperate
fully in any insurance or securities regulatory investigation or proceeding or
judicial proceeding with respect to PM Group [PLA], 

                                       3
<PAGE>
 
Distributor, Broker/Dealer and/or Agency, their affiliates and their agents or
representatives to the extent that such investigation or proceeding is in
connection with the Contracts distributed under this Agreement. Without limiting
the foregoing:

     (a)   Selling Entities shall promptly notify PM Group [PLA] and Distributor
of any complaint or comment regarding the Contracts and/or any allegation that
Selling Entities or any of its Subagents/representatives violated any law,
regulation or rule in soliciting applications for or servicing the Contracts.
Selling Entities shall promptly investigate such complaint or allegation, take
appropriate remedial measures and notify PM Group [PLA] and Distributor of same.
Selling Entities shall provide PM Group [PLA] and Distributor with full details
of and correspondence relating to any of the foregoing, including copies of all
legal documents pertaining thereto.

     (b)   Selling Entities shall cooperate fully with PM Group [PLA] and
Distributor in any regulatory proceeding or judicial proceeding involving the
solicitation of applications for or the servicing of Contracts by the Selling
Entities or any of their representatives.

13.  INDEMNIFICATION

     13.1  PM Group [PLA] and Distributor agree to indemnify and hold harmless
Selling Entities, their officers, directors, agents and employees, against any
and all losses, claims, damages, or liabilities to which they may become subject
under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, the Investment Company Act of 1940,
or other federal or state statutory law or regulation, at common law or
otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in
respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged
untrue statement of a material fact or any omission or alleged omission to state
a material fact required to be stated or necessary to make the statements made
not misleading in the registration statement for the Contracts or for the shares
of Pacific Select Fund (the "Fund") filed pursuant to the Securities Act, or any
prospectus included as a part thereof, as from time to time amended and
supplemented, or in any advertisement or sales literature provided by PM Group
[PLA] and Distributor.

     13.2  Selling Entities agree to, jointly and severally, hold harmless and
indemnify PM Group [PLA] and Distributor and any of their respective affiliates,
employees, officers, agents and directors (collectively, "Indemnified Persons")
against any and all claims, liabilities and expenses (including, without
limitation, losses occasioned by any rescission of any Contract pursuant to a
"free look" provision or by any return of initial purchase payment in connection
with an incomplete application), including, without limitation, reasonable
attorneys' fees and expenses and any loss attributable to the investment
experience under a Contract, that any Indemnified Person may incur from
liabilities resulting or arising out of or based upon (a) any untrue or alleged
untrue statement other than statements contained in the registration statement
or prospectus relating to any Contract, (b) (i) any inaccurate or misleading, or
allegedly inaccurate or misleading sales material used in connection with any
marketing or solicitation relating to any Contract, other than sales material
provided preprinted by PM Group [PLA] or Distributor, and (ii) any use of any
sales material that either has not been specifically approved in writing by PM
Group [PLA] or Distributor or that, although previously approved in writing by
PM Group [PLA] or Distributor, has been disapproved, in writing by either of
them, for further use, or (c) any act or omission of a Subagent, director,
officer or employee of Selling Entities, including, without limitation, any
failure of Selling Entities or any Subagent to be registered as required as a
broker/dealer under the 1934 Act, or licensed in accordance with the rules of
any applicable SRO or insurance regulator.

14.  FIDELITY BOND

     Selling Entities each represent and covenant that all directors, officers,
employees and Subagents of Selling Entities licensed pursuant to this Agreement
or who have access to funds of PM Group [PLA] are and will continue to be
covered by a blanket fidelity bond including coverage for larceny, embezzlement
and other defalcation, issued by a bonding company rated A- or better from A.M.
Best or equivalent rating from another nationally recognized statistical rating
organization.  This bond shall be maintained at Broker/Dealer's and/or Agency's
expense.  Such bond shall be at least equivalent to the minimal coverage
required under the NASD Rules, and endorsed to extend coverage to life insurance
and annuity transactions.  Selling Entities acknowledge that PM Group [PLA] may
require evidence that such coverage is in force, and Broker/Dealer or Agency
shall promptly give notice to PM Group [PLA] of any notice of cancellation or
change of coverage.

                                       4
<PAGE>
 
     Selling Entities each assign any proceeds received from the fidelity bond
company, error and omissions or other liability coverage, to PM Group [PLA] to
the extent of PM Group's [PLA's] loss due to activities covered by the bond.  If
there is any deficiency, Selling Entities will promptly pay PM Group [PLA] the
amount of such deficiency on demand.  Selling Entities each shall indemnify and
hold harmless PM Group [PLA] from any such deficiency and from the cost of
collection.

15.  LIMITATIONS OF AUTHORITY

     The Contract forms are the sole property of PM Group [PLA].  No person
other than PM Group [PLA] has the right or authority to: (i) make, alter or
discharge any policy, Contract, certificate, supplemental contract or form
issued by PM Group [PLA]; (ii) make, alter, modify or discharge any Contract;
(iii) waive or modify any provision with respect to any Contract or policy; (iv)
incur indebtedness or liability, or expend or contract for expenditure of any
funds on behalf of PM Group [PLA] or the Contracts; (v) extend the time for
payment of any premiums, bind PM Group [PLA] to reinstate any terminated
Contracts, or accept notes for payment of premiums; (vi) enter into any
proceeding in a court  of law or before a regulatory agency in the name of or on
behalf of PM Group [PLA]; or (vii) institute or file any response to any legal
proceeding in connection with any matter pertaining to the Contracts on behalf
of PM Group [PLA] without the prior written consent of PM Group [PLA] (except
that if Selling Entities themselves are named as a party or parties in such
proceedings each named party may enter into legal proceedings on its own behalf
without the written consent of PM Group [PLA]).

16.  GENERAL PROVISIONS

     16.1  Waiver

     Failure of any of the parties to insist promptly upon strict compliance
with any of the obligations of any other party under this Agreement will not be
deemed to constitute a waiver of the right to enforce strict compliance.

     16.2  Independent Contractors

     Selling Entities are each an independent contractor and not an employee or
subsidiary of PM Group [PLA] or Distributor.  Nothing contained in this
Agreement or otherwise shall be deemed to make any registered representative of
Broker/Dealer or any Subagent appointed by Agency an employee or agent of PM
Group [PLA] or Distributor for tax or any other purposes.  Neither PM Group
[PLA] nor Distributor shall have any responsibility for training or supervision
of any such Subagent or registered representative or of any other employee or
affiliate of any Selling Entities.

     16.3  Independent Assignment

     No assignment of this Agreement or of commissions or other payments under
this Agreement shall be valid without prior written consent of PM Group [PLA].
Any purported assignment in violation of this Paragraph 16.3 is void.

     16.4  Notice

     Any notice required or otherwise given pursuant to this Agreement may be
given electronically by facsimile or electronic mail (but not orally by
telephone) or by mail, postage paid, (including any express mail service),
transmitted to the last address communicated by the receiving party to the other
parties to this Agreement.  The current address for mailing purposes of this
Agreement shall be set forth on the signature page.

     16.5  Severability

     To the extent this Agreement may be in conflict with any applicable law or
regulation, this Agreement shall be construed in a manner consistent with such
law or regulation.  The invalidity or illegality of any provisions of this
Agreement shall not be deemed to affect the validity or legality of any other
provision of this Agreement.

     16.6  Amendment

     Except as expressly provided herein, this Agreement may be amended only by
a writing signed by all parties.  The Schedules hereto may be amended by PM
Group [PLA] or Distributor upon 10 days' written notice to Broker/Dealer and
Agency which shall be deemed received the earlier of actual receipt or 10 days
after mailing or transmission.  The submission of an application for the
Contracts by Broker/Dealer or Agency after the date of any 

                                       5
<PAGE>
 
such amendment shall constitute such party's agreement to such amendment. No
amendment will impair the right to receive commissions as accrued with respect
to Contracts issued and applications procured prior to the amendment.

     16.7  Termination

     This Agreement may be terminated by any party for any reason upon 10 days'
prior written notice.  It may be terminated, for cause, by any party
immediately.  Termination of this Agreement shall not impair the right to
receive commissions accrued with respect to applications procured prior to the
termination except as otherwise specifically provided in the applicable Schedule
D hereto.

     16.8  Survival

     All representations and warranties made in or pursuant to this Agreement
and the provisions of Paragraphs 11, 12 and 14.10 of this Agreement shall
survive the termination of this Agreement.

     16.9  Governing Law

     This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State
of California, without giving effect to the conflict of law provisions thereof.
Broker/Dealer and Agency consent to the jurisdiction of the courts of the State
of California and to the jurisdiction of federal courts located within
California.

     16.10 Proprietary Information

     Selling Entities acknowledge that information pertaining to any Distributor
program or service, including names of Contract owners, is proprietary in nature
and belongs exclusively to Distributor.  Selling Entities agree that they will
not disclose any information concerning Distributor programs or services to any
person, for consideration or otherwise, unless (a) PM Group [PLA] or Distributor
has authorized such disclosure in writing or (b) if such disclosure is expressly
required by state or federal regulatory authorities and PM Group [PLA] and
Distributor have received notice, in writing, of such disclosure.  Selling
Entities agree further that, following termination of this Agreement for any
reason, they will not solicit or otherwise contact any Contract owner for any
reason except as expressly agreed in writing by Distributor or PM Group [PLA].

     16.11  Entire Agreement

     This Agreement shall constitute the entire agreement among the parties and
supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, whether written or verbal.

     By signing below, each of the undersigned agrees to have read and be bound
by the terms and conditions of this Agreement.  Each of the undersigned
acknowledges receipt of a copy of this Agreement.


PM GROUP LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY [PACIFIC LIFE & ANNUITY COMPANY]
700 Newport Center Drive
Newport Beach, CA  92660


By:______________________________________
Title:___________________________________


PACIFIC MUTUAL DISTRIBUTORS, INC.
700 Newport Center Drive
Newport Beach, CA  92660


By:______________________________________
Title:___________________________________

                                       6
<PAGE>
 
BROKER/DEALER:___________________________
Address__________________________________
       __________________________________
       __________________________________

By:______________________________________
Title:___________________________________


AGENCY:__________________________________
Address__________________________________
       __________________________________
       __________________________________

By:______________________________________
Title:___________________________________


AGENCY:__________________________________
Address__________________________________
       __________________________________
       __________________________________

By:______________________________________
Title:___________________________________


AGENCY:__________________________________
Address__________________________________
       __________________________________
       __________________________________

By:______________________________________
Title:___________________________________


AGENCY:__________________________________
Address__________________________________
       __________________________________
       __________________________________

By:______________________________________
Title:___________________________________


AGENCY:__________________________________
Address__________________________________
       __________________________________
       __________________________________

By:______________________________________
Title:___________________________________

                                       7
<PAGE>
 
AGENCY:__________________________________
Address__________________________________
       __________________________________
       __________________________________

By:______________________________________
Title:___________________________________


AGENCY:__________________________________
Address__________________________________
       __________________________________
       __________________________________

By:______________________________________
Title:___________________________________


AGENCY:__________________________________
Address__________________________________
       __________________________________
       __________________________________

By:______________________________________
Title:___________________________________


AGENCY:__________________________________
Address__________________________________
       __________________________________
       __________________________________

By:______________________________________
Title:___________________________________


AGENCY:__________________________________
Address__________________________________
       __________________________________
       __________________________________

By:______________________________________
Title:___________________________________


AGENCY:__________________________________
Address__________________________________
       __________________________________
       __________________________________

By:______________________________________
Title:___________________________________

                                       8
<PAGE>
 
AGENCY:__________________________________
Address__________________________________
       __________________________________
       __________________________________

By:______________________________________
Title:___________________________________


AGENCY:__________________________________
Address__________________________________
       __________________________________
       __________________________________

By:______________________________________
Title:___________________________________


AGENCY:__________________________________
Address__________________________________
       __________________________________
       __________________________________

By:______________________________________
Title:___________________________________


AGENCY:__________________________________
Address__________________________________
       __________________________________
       __________________________________

By:______________________________________
Title:___________________________________


AGENCY:__________________________________
Address__________________________________
       __________________________________
       __________________________________

By:______________________________________
Title:___________________________________


AGENCY:__________________________________
Address__________________________________
       __________________________________
       __________________________________

By:______________________________________
Title:___________________________________

                                       9
<PAGE>
 
AGENCY:__________________________________
Address__________________________________
       __________________________________
       __________________________________

By:______________________________________
Title:___________________________________


AGENCY:__________________________________
Address__________________________________
       __________________________________
       __________________________________

By:______________________________________
Title:___________________________________

                                       10
<PAGE>
 
                                                                      SCHEDULE A


       PM GROUP LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY [PACIFIC LIFE & ANNUITY COMPANY]
                      CONTRACTS COVERED BY THIS AGREEMENT
                                        


Contract Name                              Contract Number
- -------------                              ---------------

Pacific Portfolios
Pacific Select Exec II




Date:_____________________

                                       11
<PAGE>
 
                                                                      SCHEDULE B

                                                                                
                            JURISDICTIONS IN WHICH
       PM GROUP LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY [PACIFIC LIFE & ANNUITY COMPANY]
                       IS APPROVED FOR SALE OF CONTRACTS
                           COVERED BY THIS AGREEMENT
                                        


CONTRACT                              JURISDICTIONS
- --------                              -------------

Pacific Portfolios                    New York
Pacific Select Exec II                New York




Date:____________________

                                       12
<PAGE>
 
                                                                      SCHEDULE C
                                                                                
                       GENERAL LETTER OF RECOMMENDATION

Selling Entities hereby certify to PM Group [PLA] that all of the following
requirements will be fulfilled in conjunction with the submission of
licensing/appointment papers for all applicants as Subagents ("Applicant")
submitted by Agency.  Agency will, upon request, forward proof of compliance
with same to PM Group [PLA] in a timely manner, including but not limited to
general background check information, NASD background information/reports,
fingerprint reports, etc.

1.   We have made a thorough and diligent inquiry and investigation relative to
each applicant's identity, residence and business reputation and declare that
each applicant is personally known to us, has been examined by us, is known to
be of good moral character, has a good business reputation, is reliable, is
financially responsible and is worthy of a license.  Our inquiries and
investigations were sufficient to meet the requirements of requisite state
insurance regulation, federal securities regulation and NASD requirements.  Each
individual is trustworthy, competent, and qualified to act as an agent for PM
Group [PLA], and to hold himself out in good faith to the general public.  We
vouch for each applicant.

2.   We have on file a B-300, B-301 or U-4 form which was completed by each
applicant.  We have fulfilled all the necessary investigative requirements for
the registration of each applicant as a registered representative through our
NASD member firm, and each applicant is presently registered as an NASD
registered representative.

     The above information in our files indicates no fact or condition which
would disqualify the applicant from receiving a license, and all the findings of
all investigative information is favorable.

3.   We certify that all educational requirements have been met for the specific
state in which each applicant is requesting a license, and that all such persons
have fulfilled the appropriate examination, education and training requirements.

4.   If the applicant is required to submit his or her picture, signature, and
securities registration in the state in which he or she is applying for a
license, we certify that those items forwarded to PM Group [PLA] are those of
the applicant and that the securities registration and any insurance licenses
are true copies of the original.

5.   We hereby warrant that the applicant is not applying for a license with PM
Group [PLA] in order to place insurance chiefly or solely on his or her life or
property, lives or property of his or her relatives, or property or liability of
his or her associates.

6.   We certify that each applicant will receive close and adequate supervision,
and that we will make inspection when needed of any or all risks written by
these applicants, to the end that the insurance interest of the public will be
properly protected.

7.   We will not permit any applicant to transact insurance as an agent until
duly licensed therefor.  No applicants have been given a contract or furnished
supplies, nor have any applicants been permitted to write, solicit business or
act as an agent in any capacity, and they will not be so permitted until the
certificate of authority or license applied for is received.

8.   We certify that Selling Entities and applicant shall have entered into a
written agreement pursuant to which: (i) applicant is appointed a Subagent of
Agency and a registered representative of Broker/Dealer; (ii) applicant agrees
that his/her selling activities relating to securities-regulated Contracts shall
be under the supervision and control of Broker/Dealer and his/her selling
activities relating to all other Contracts shall be under the supervision and
control of Agency; and (iii) applicant's right to continue to sell such
Contracts is subject to his/her continued compliance with such agreement and any
procedures, rules or regulations implemented by Selling Entities.

                                       13
<PAGE>
 
                                                                    SCHEDULE D-1
                                                                                
                           COMPENSATION SCHEDULE FOR
               PACIFIC PORTFOLIOS - INDIVIDUAL FLEXIBLE PREMIUM
                    VARIABLE ACCUMULATION DEFERRED ANNUITY
                    [To Be Filed By Pre-Effective Amendment]
                                        


<PAGE>
 
EXHIBIT 99.4(a)

Individual Flexible Premium Deferred Variable Annuity Contract

(Form PORTGAZ)
<PAGE>
 
                                                                         "DRAFT"
                           [LETTERHEAD OF PM GROUP]

PACIFIC PORTFOLIOS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INDIVIDUAL FLEXIBLE PREMIUM DEFERRED VARIABLE ANNUITY CONTRACT

 . Investment Experience Reflected in Benefits

 . Variable and Fixed Accumulation Before Annuity Date; Variable and Fixed
  Annuity Payments Thereafter

 . Death Benefit Proceeds Payable Before Annuity Date

 . Participating

Please read your contract carefully. This is a legal contract between you, the
Owner, and us, PM Group Life Insurance Company.

We agree to pay the benefits of this Contract according to its provisions.

The consideration for this Contract is the application for it, (copy or
confirmation is attached) and our receipt of the Purchase Payment(s).

CONTRACT LOAN AMOUNT IS LESS THAN 100% OF CONTRACT VALUE.

BENEFITS AND VALUES UNDER THIS CONTRACT MAY BE ON A VARIABLE BASIS.  AMOUNTS
DIRECTED INTO ONE OR MORE OF THE VARIABLE INVESTMENT OPTIONS WILL REFLECT THE
INVESTMENT EXPERIENCE OF THOSE INVESTMENT OPTIONS. THESE AMOUNTS MAY INCREASE OR
DECREASE, AND ARE NOT GUARANTEED AS TO A DOLLAR AMOUNT. THE DETAILS OF THE
VARIABLE PROVISIONS BEGIN ON PAGE 13.

Right to Cancel - You may return this Contract within 10 days after you receive
it. To do so, mail it to us at our Service Center or to the agent who sold it to
you. This Contract will then be deemed void from the beginning. No withdrawal
fee will be imposed, and we will refund your Contract Value, including any fees
and/or any charges for premium taxes and/or other taxes that were deducted from
that Contract Value.


 Signed at our Home Office, 700 Newport Center Drive, Newport Beach, California
                                     92660.

 [William L. Ferris]                            [Audrey L. Milfs]
 
 Chairman and Chief Executive Officer             Secretary

UPON YOUR WRITTEN REQUEST, WE WILL PROVIDE WITHIN A REASONABLE TIME, REASONABLE,
FACTUAL INFORMATION REGARDING THE BENEFITS AND PROVISIONS OF THIS CONTRACT.



        INDIVIDUAL FLEXIBLE PREMIUM DEFERRED VARIABLE ANNUITY CONTRACT

PORTGAZ
<PAGE>
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
           <S>                                                                           <C>  
           CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS                                                        3
           DEFINITIONS                                                                    4
           GENERAL PROVISIONS                                                             7
           PURCHASE PAYMENTS                                                              9
             Purchase Payment Allocation                                                  9
             Minimum Investment Option Value                                              9
           THE FIXED OPTION                                                              10
           DCA PLUS FIXED OPTION                                                         10
           VARIABLE INVESTMENT OPTIONS                                                   11
             Separate Account                                                            11
           CONTRACT VALUE                                                                12
             Fixed Option Value                                                          12
             DCA Plus Fixed Option Value                                                 12
             Variable Account Value                                                      12
             Loan Account Value                                                          13
           CHARGES, FEES AND DEDUCTIONS                                                  14
             Administrative Fee                                                          14
             Annual Fee                                                                  14
             Mortality and Expense Risk Charge                                           14
             Premium Taxes                                                               14
             Transfer Fee                                                                14
             Withdrawal Fee                                                              14
             Withdrawal Charge                                                           14
           TRANSFERS                                                                     16
           WITHDRAWALS                                                                   16
             Amount Available for Withdrawal                                             16
             Special Restrictions - Fixed Option and DCA Plus Option                     17
           CONTRACT LOANS                                                                17
           DEATH BENEFIT                                                                 18
             Death of Annuitant                                                          18
             Death of Owner                                                              19
             Death of Owner Distribution Rules                                           19
             Interest on Death Benefit Proceeds                                          20
           BENEFICIARY                                                                   20
             Adding or Changing Your Beneficiary                                         20
           ANNUITY BENEFITS                                                              21
             Choice of Annuity Date                                                      21
             Application of Contract Value                                               21
             Your Selections                                                             21
             Fixed and Variable Annuities                                                21
             Annuity Options                                                             22
             Default Annuity Date and Options                                            22
             Amount of Payments                                                          23
             Fixed Annuity Payments                                                      23
             Variable Annuity Payments                                                   23
             Periodic Payments                                                           24
             Misstatement of Age or Sex                                                  24
           ANNUITY OPTION TABLES                                                         25
 </TABLE>

PORTGAZ

                                       2
<PAGE>
 
                            CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
SERVICE CENTER:    SEND FORMS AND WRITTEN REQUESTS TO:  SEND PAYMENTS TO:
<S>                <C>                                  <C>
                   PM Group Life Insurance Company      PM Group Life Insurance Company
                   P.O. Box 7187                        P.O. Box 100060
                   Pasadena, California 91109-7187      Pasadena, California 91189-0060
 
</TABLE>

Toll-free number: 1-800-722-2333 (between 6:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m., Pacific time)

Please use our toll-free number to present inquiries or obtain information
about your coverage and for us to provide assistance in resolving complaints.


Basic Contract - [Non-Qualified]

Investment Options:

  [DCA Plus Fixed]                [Fixed]
  [Money Market]                  [High Yield Bond]
  [Managed Bond]                  [Government Securities]
  [Aggressive Equity]             [Growth LT]
  [Equity Income]                 [Multi-Strategy]
  [Equity]                        [Bond and Income]
  [Equity Index]                  [International]
  [Emerging Markets]              [Small-Cap Index]
  [Large-Cap Value]               [Mid-Cap Value]
  [REIT]                          

Administrative Charge:                  0.15%
Mortality and Expense Risk Charge:      1.25%
Annual Fee:                             $30.00
Withdrawal Charge:  Age of Premium
                    in contract years       Charge Percent
                          1                       7%
                          2                       7%
                          3                       6%
                          4                       5%
                          5                       3%
                          6                       1%
                          7 and over              0%
 
Contract Number:   [VA99999999]          Contract Date:   [06-01-1998]
Owner(s):
   [JOHN DOE]
   [JANE DOE]
Annuitant(s):                Age         Sex
   [JOHN DOE]                [50]        [MALE]
   [JANE DOE]                [49]        [FEMALE]
 
Initial Purchase Payment:    [$10,000]   Annuity Start Date:   [01-01-2018]

PORTGAZ

                                       3
<PAGE>
 
                                  DEFINITIONS

PMG, WE, OUR and US - PM Group Life Insurance Company.

YOU and YOUR - The person or persons named as Owner(s) in the Contract
Specifications. If there are Joint Owners, you and your means both Joint Owners.

ACCOUNT VALUE - The amount of your Contract Value allocated to any one of the
Investment Options.

AGE - The Owner's or Annuitant's age, as applicable, at his or her last
birthday.

ANNUITANT - The person you name on whose life annuity payments may be
determined. An Annuitant's life may also be used to determine certain increases
in death benefits, and to determine the Annuity Date. If you designate Joint
Annuitants or a Contingent Annuitant, unless otherwise stated, "Annuitant" means
the sole surviving Annuitant. If your Contract is a Non-Qualified Contract, you
cannot change the Annuitant or change or add a Joint Annuitant. If your Contract
is a Qualified Contract, you may add a Joint Annuitant on the Annuity Date.

ANNUITY DATE ("ANNUITY START DATE") - The date shown in the Contract
Specifications, or the date you later elect, if any, for the start of annuity
payments if the Annuitant is still living and the Contract is in force; or if
earlier, the date that annuity payments actually begin.

ANNUITY OPTIONS - Income options available for a series of payments after your
Annuity Date.

BENEFICIARY - The person you name who may receive any death benefit proceeds
payable on the death of the Annuitant or any Owner prior to the Annuity Date; or
any remaining annuity benefits payable on the death of the Annuitant after the
Annuity Date. If no Beneficiary is named or the Beneficiary does not survive the
Annuitant, and the Annuitant dies, then the Owner's estate will have the rights
of the Beneficiary. If you are not the Annuitant and you die before the
Annuitant, and before the Annuity Date, any death benefit proceeds will be
payable to the surviving Joint Owner, if any; otherwise to the surviving
Contingent Owner, if any; otherwise, to the Beneficiary, if living; otherwise,
to the Owner's estate.

BUSINESS DAY - Any day on which the value of an amount invested in a Subaccount
is determined. If any transaction or event under this Contract is scheduled to
occur on a day that does not exist in a given calendar period, or on a day that
is not a Business Day, such transaction or event will be deemed to occur on the
next following Business Day, unless otherwise stated.

CODE - The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

CONTINGENT ANNUITANT - The person, if any, you select who may become the
Annuitant if the Annuitant dies before your Annuity Date.  You may add or change
your Contingent Annuitant prior to the Annuity Date provided the existing
Contingent Annuitant is not the sole surviving Annuitant. Any Contingent
Annuitant you name must not have attained age 86 as of your Contract Date or, if
you add or change a Contingent Annuitant, as of the date of the addition or
change.

CONTINGENT OWNER - The person, if any, you select who may succeed to your rights
as Owner of this Contract if all named Contract  Owners die.

CONTRACT ANNIVERSARY - The same date, in each subsequent year, as your Contract
Date.

CONTRACT DATE - The date we issue your Contract, as shown in the Contract
Specifications. Contract Years, Contract Semiannual Periods, Contract Quarters
and Contract Months are measured from this date.

CONTRACT DEBT - As of the end of any Business Day, the principal amount you have
outstanding on any loan under this Contract, plus any accrued and unpaid
interest.

PORTGAZ

                                       4
<PAGE>
 
CONTRACT VALUE - As of the end of any Business Day, your Variable Account Value,
plus your Fixed Option Value, your DCA Plus Fixed Option Value, and any Loan
Account Value.

DCA PLUS FIXED OPTION - Amounts allocated under your contract to the DCA Plus
Fixed Option are held in our General Account and receive interest at rates
declared periodically (the "Guaranteed Interest Rate(s)"), but not less than an
annual rate of 3%.

DCA PLUS FIXED OPTION VALUE - The aggregate of your contract value allocated to
the DCA Plus Fixed Option.

FIXED OPTION - Amounts allocated under your Contract to the Fixed Option are
held in our General Account and receive interest at rates declared periodically
(the "Guaranteed Interest Rate"), but not less than  an annual rate of 3%.

FIXED OPTION VALUE - The aggregate amount of your Contract Value allocated to
the Fixed Option.

GENERAL ACCOUNT - Our General Account consists of all assets of PMG, other than
those assets allocated to Separate Account A or to any of our other separate
accounts.

GUARANTEED INTEREST RATE - The interest rate guaranteed at the time of
allocation (or rollover) for the Guarantee Term on amounts allocated to the
Fixed Option or the DCA Plus Fixed Option. All Guaranteed Interest Rates are
expressed as annual rates, and interest is accrued daily. This rate will not be
less than an annual rate of 3%.

GUARANTEE TERM - The period during which the amount you allocate to the Fixed
Option or the DCA Plus Fixed Option earns a specified Guaranteed Interest Rate.

INVESTMENT OPTION - A Variable Account, Fixed Option, or DCA Plus Fixed Option
offered under the Contract.

LOAN ACCOUNT VALUE - The amount, including any interest accrued, held in the
Loan Account to secure any Contract Debt.

NET CONTRACT VALUE - Your Contract Value less any Contract Debt.

NON-NATURAL OWNER - A corporation or other entity which is a non-natural person,
unless the entity demonstrates to our satisfaction, or we otherwise determine in
our sole discretion, that the Contract should be treated for purposes of Code
Section 72(s), as owned by an individual (natural) person.

NON-QUALIFIED CONTRACT - A Contract other than a Qualified Contract.

OWNER - The person(s) who has (have) all rights under this Contract. If your
Contract names Joint Owners, Owner means both Joint Owners. Any named Owner must
not have attained age 86 as of your Contract Date. If your Contract allows you
to change or add Owners after the Contract is issued, any newly-named or added
Owners, including Joint and/or Contingent Owners, must be under the age of 86 at
the time of change or addition.

PURCHASE PAYMENT (PREMIUM PAYMENT) - An amount paid to us by or on behalf of an
Owner as consideration for the benefits provided under this Contract.

QUALIFIED CONTRACT - A Contract that qualifies under the Code as an individual
retirement annuity ("IRA"), or a Contract purchased under a Qualified Plan that
qualifies for special tax treatment under the Code.

QUALIFIED PLAN - A retirement plan that receives favorable tax treatment under
Section 401, 403, 408, or 457 of the Code.

SEC - Securities and Exchange Commission.

PORTGAZ

                                       5
<PAGE>
 
SEPARATE ACCOUNT/SEPARATE ACCOUNT A - A Separate Account of PMG registered as a
unit investment trust under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

SERVICE CENTER - PMG's mailing address shown in the Contract Specifications. We
will notify you of any change in our mailing address.

SUBACCOUNT  - An investment division of the Separate Account. Each Subaccount,
(a "Variable Investment Option" or "Variable Account") invests its assets in a
separate series or class of shares of a designated investment company.

SUBACCOUNT ANNUITY UNIT (ANNUITY UNITS) - Annuity Units are used to measure
variation in variable annuity payments. The amount of each variable annuity
payment (after the first payment) will vary with the value and number of your
Annuity Units in each Subaccount.

SUBACCOUNT UNIT - Subaccount Units are used to measure your Contract Value in
that Subaccount.

UNIT VALUE - The value of a Subaccount Unit ("Subaccount Unit Value") or
Subaccount Annuity Unit ("Subaccount Annuity Unit Value").  The Unit Value of
any Subaccount is subject to change on any Business Day.  The fluctuations in
value reflect the investment results, and also reflect the daily deductions for
the mortality and expense risk charge and administrative fee. Changes in
Subaccount Annuity Unit Values also reflect an additional adjustment factor that
corrects for an assumed investment return of 5%.  The Unit Value of a Subaccount
Unit and of a Subaccount Annuity Unit on any Business Day is measured at or
about 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time on each Business Day.

VARIABLE ACCOUNT (A "VARIABLE INVESTMENT OPTION") - A Subaccount of the Separate
Account or any separate account of PMG, which is available under your Contract
in which assets of PMG are segregated from assets in its General Account and
other separate accounts.

VARIABLE ACCOUNT VALUE - The aggregate amount of your Contract Value allocated
to the Variable Accounts.

PORTGAZ

                                       6
<PAGE>
 
                              GENERAL PROVISIONS

REPORTS TO OWNERS - At least once per year prior to the annuity date, we will
send you a report that will show your Contract Value, any Purchase Payments
received, loan repayments, transfers, withdrawals, applicable withdrawal charges
and/or other charges and/or fees incurred since the last report, and any other
information that may be required.

PAYMENTS, INSTRUCTIONS AND REQUESTS - Unless this Contract provides otherwise,
all Purchase Payments, loan repayments, instructions and requests must be
received in proper form at our Service Center at its mailing address. (See
DEFINITIONS - SERVICE CENTER). Any subsequent Purchase Payments, loan repayments
and requests for loans, transfers or withdrawals we receive in proper form on
any Business Day usually will be processed the same Business Day unless the
transaction or event is scheduled to occur on another day.

Generally, all other instructions and requests normally will be effective as of
the end of the day next following the Business Day we receive them in proper
form, unless the event is scheduled to occur on another day. We may require that
you provide signature guarantees or other safeguards for any instruction,
request or other document you may send to our Service Center. You acknowledge
and agree that we will not be liable for any loss, liability, cost or expense of
any kind or character for acting on instructions or requests submitted to us
that we reasonably believe to be genuine, provided we follow our procedures.

ENTIRE CONTRACT - This document, the attached application, any subsequent
applications to change this Contract, and any riders and endorsements,
constitute the entire Contract, and supersede any and all prior agreements,
whether oral or written, about the terms of this Contract and the application.
All statements made in the application are representations and not warranties.

CONTRACT MODIFICATIONS - Modifications to this Contract or any waiver of our
rights or requirements under this Contract can only be made if in writing by an
authorized officer of PMG. This Contract is intended to qualify as an annuity
contract for Federal income tax purposes. To that end, the provisions of this
Contract are to be interpreted and administered to ensure or maintain such tax
qualification, notwithstanding any other provisions to the contrary. We reserve
the right to amend this Contract and/or our administrative procedures without
consent to reflect any clarifications that may be needed or are appropriate to
maintain its tax qualification or to conform this Contract to any applicable
changes in the tax qualification requirements.

BASIS OF VALUES - A detailed statement showing how values are determined has
been filed with the state insurance departments. All values and reserves are at
least equal to those required by the laws of the state in which this Contract is
delivered.

CLAIMS OF CREDITORS - Your Contract Value and other benefits under this Contract
are exempt from the claims of creditors to the extent permitted by law.

REMOVAL OF BENEFICIARY OR CONTINGENT ANNUITANT - You may remove a Beneficiary
(other than an irrevocable Beneficiary) or a Contingent Annuitant from this
Contract by providing proper instructions to our Service Center.

OWNERSHIP - This Contract belongs to the Owner. The Owner is entitled to
exercise all rights available to the Owner under this Contract. If this Contract
is jointly owned, both Owners must join in any request to exercise these rights.
The Owner may exercise these rights under this Contract without the consent of
the Beneficiary (other than any irrevocable Beneficiary) or any other person,
except as otherwise required by law.

PORTGAZ

                                       7
<PAGE>
 
ASSIGNMENT - You may assign all rights and benefits under this Contract before
the Annuity Date. We are not bound by any assignment until we have received
written notice satisfactory to us and we record the assignment. We are not
responsible for the validity of any assignment. If the Contract has been
absolutely assigned, the assignee becomes the Owner. You should consult with
your tax adviser before taking any action.

DELAY OF PAYMENTS - Generally, payments, transfers, or exchanges will be made
within seven days from receipt of the payment and/or request in a form
satisfactory to us. Payment of your withdrawal proceeds or transfers or
exchanges to or from a Variable Account may be delayed after receipt of your
withdrawal, transfer, or exchange request under certain circumstances. These
include:

     .    a closing of the New York Stock Exchange other than on a regular
          holiday or weekend;
     .    a trading restriction by the SEC; or
     .    an emergency declared by the SEC.

We may delay payments or transfers from our General Account (which would include
payment of your withdrawal proceeds and transfers from the Fixed Option, the DCA
Plus Fixed Option, loans, fixed annuity payments, and lump sum death benefit
payments unless state law requires otherwise) for up to six months after the
requested effective date of the transaction. Any amount delayed will, so long as
it is held under the Fixed Option, continue to earn interest at the Guaranteed
Interest Rate(s) then in effect until the applicable Guaranteed Term in effect
has ended, and not less than 3% on an annual basis thereafter. If you make any
Purchase Payment by check, other than a cashier's check, we may delay making
payments to you until your check has cleared.

INCONTESTABILITY - We will not contest this Contract.

PROOF OF LIFE OR DEATH - Before we make a payment, we have the right to require
proof of the life or death of any person on whose life or death determines
whether, to whom, or how much we must pay any benefits under this Contract.

DIVIDENDS - The current dividend scale is zero and we do not expect dividends to
become payable. However, at the end of each Contract Year, we will determine
your dividend, if any; you may choose to have it paid in cash or added to your
Contract Value. If you do not make a choice, we will add it to your Contract
Value. We will allocate any dividend added to your Contract Value in accordance
with your most recent allocation instructions, unless you instruct us otherwise.
You should consult with your tax adviser before making any election.

WITHHOLDING TAXES -  We reserve the right to withhold from all payments made or
deemed made under this Contract, any taxes required to be withheld by applicable
Federal or State law, unless the Owner or payee elects otherwise pursuant to
applicable withholding rules.

PORTGAZ

                                       8
<PAGE>
 
                               PURCHASE PAYMENTS

PURCHASE PAYMENTS - This Contract will not be in force until we receive the
initial Purchase Payment. Your initial Purchase Payment is shown in the Contract
Specifications.

You may make additional Purchase Payments at any time before the Annuity Date,
while the Annuitant is living and this Contract is in force. Each additional
Purchase Payment must be at least $250 for Non-Qualified Contracts and $50 for
Qualified Contracts. We may limit the amount of any single Purchase Payment. You
must obtain our consent before making a Purchase Payment that will bring your
aggregate Purchase Payments over $1,000,000.

Purchase Payments are payable in U.S. dollars either at our Service Center or
through our agent. Checks should be made payable to PM Group Life Insurance
Company. If you make Purchase Payments by check other than a cashier's check,
your withdrawal proceeds and any refund under your Right to Cancel may be
delayed until your check has cleared. On request a receipt for the Purchase
Payment signed by an officer of PMG will be provided after payment.

PURCHASE PAYMENT ALLOCATION - Prior to your Annuity Date, you may allocate all
or part of your Purchase Payments to one or more of the Investment Options
available to you. The Investment Options available to you on the Contract Date
are shown on your Contract Specifications page.

You may change your allocation by sending us proper instructions (see GENERAL
PROVISIONS: INSTRUCTIONS AND REQUESTS). We will allocate any Purchase Payment
according to your most recent allocation instructions. We may reject any
instruction or Purchase Payment if your instructions are not clear and we cannot
determine your allocation instructions.

Prior to the Annuity Date you may allocate all or a part of a Purchase Payment
to the DCA Fixed Option if you have elected to transfer under the DCA Plus
program.  Under the DCA Plus program you authorize the automatic transfer of
amounts at monthly intervals from the DCA Plus Fixed Option to one or more
Variable Investment Options.  You may terminate DCA Plus at any time.  Upon any
termination of DCA Plus, we will transfer any amounts remaining in the DCA Plus
Fixed Option to the Fixed Option, unless you instruct us to transfer such
amounts to other Investment Options.  We reserve the right to change the terms
and conditions of the DCA Plus program at any time.

ALLOCATIONS DURING THE RIGHT TO CANCEL PERIOD - We will allocate your initial
Purchase Payment in accordance with your most recent allocation instructions.
However, if we are required by state or Federal law to refund all Purchase
Payments according to the Right to Cancel provision, we will  allocate the
portion of your initial Purchase Payment designated for Variable Investment
Options to the Money Market Portfolio, and the portions of your initial Purchase
Payment designated for the Fixed Option to that respective option.  Any
subsequent Purchase Payments that are received before the end of the Right to
Cancel Period will be allocated in the same manner as the initial Purchase
Payment. Fifteen days after the Contract Date, we will transfer the Account
Value in the Money Market Portfolio to your Variable Investment Options in
accordance with your most recent allocation instructions.

MINIMUM INVESTMENT OPTION VALUE - We reserve the right to require that, as a
result of any allocation to an Investment Option, any transfer, or any partial
withdrawal, your remaining Account Value in any Investment Option must be at
least $500. We also reserve the right to transfer any remaining Account Value
that does not meet such minimum amount to your other Investment Options on a
prorata basis relative to your most recent allocation instructions for those
Investment Options.

PORTGAZ

                                       9
<PAGE>
 
                               THE FIXED OPTION

We credit interest at the Guaranteed Interest Rate(s) during each Guarantee Term
on the amount of Purchase Payments and/or Contract Value that you allocate or
transfer to, or roll over in, the Fixed Option, as described below.

Account Values under the Fixed Option are held in our General Account. Subject
to applicable law, we have sole discretion over the investment of our General
Account assets.

We will credit your Contract with a Guaranteed Interest Rate for a Guarantee
Term of up to one year on that portion of your Purchase Payment and/or Contract
Value allocated to the Fixed Option, while the Annuitant is living and this
Contract is in force, and prior to the Annuity Date. We will credit the
Guaranteed Interest Rate in effect on the Business Day that the allocation
and/or transfer is effective for an initial Guarantee Term that ends at the end
of that Contract Year.

At the end of an initial Guarantee Term and each succeeding Guarantee Term, we
will roll over your Fixed Option Value attributed to that Guarantee Term to a
new Guarantee Term of one year, unless you instruct us otherwise. We will credit
the Guaranteed Interest Rate in effect at the time of the roll over on the
amount of the Fixed Option Value rolled over until the end of such Guarantee
Term.

We will stop crediting interest on that portion of your Fixed Option Value you
withdraw, transfer (including transfers to the Loan Account), or convert to an
Annuity Option, including any: fees for withdrawals or transfers; withdrawal
charges; annual fee; and charges for premium taxes and/or other taxes. We do so
as of the end of the Business Day any such transaction is effective.

                                        
                           THE DCA PLUS FIXED OPTION

Your initial Purchase Payment allocation to the DCA Plus Fixed Option will begin
a Guarantee Term of up to one year.

Prior to the Annuity Date, we will credit interest at the Guaranteed Interest
Rate(s) during the Guarantee Term on the amount of Purchase Payments that you
allocate to the DCA Plus Fixed Option, while the Annuitant is living and this
Contract is in force.  Your DCA Plus Fixed Option value will be transferred over
the remainder of the existing DCA Plus Guarantee Term.  We will credit the
Guaranteed Interest Rate in effect on the Business Day that the allocation is
effective until the Guarantee Term has expired.

Account Values under the DCA Plus Fixed Option are held in our General Account.
Subject to applicable law, we have sole discretion over the investment of our
General Account assets.

At the end of a Guarantee Term, the entire DCA Plus Fixed Option will have been
transferred to the Variable Investment Options.  If requested, all or a portion
of additional Purchase Payments may be allocated to the DCA Plus Fixed Option at
the Guaranteed Interest rate then in effect.

We will stop crediting interest on that portion of your DCA Plus Fixed Option
Value that is withdrawn, transferred (including transfers to the Loan Account),
or converted to an Annuity Option, including any fees for withdrawals or
transfers; withdrawal charges; annual fee; and charges for any premium taxes
and/or other taxes.  We do so as of the end of the Business Day any such
transaction is effective.

PORTGAZ

                                      10
<PAGE>
 
                          VARIABLE INVESTMENT OPTIONS

The Variable Investment Options consist of Subaccounts of the Separate Account.
The available Subaccounts as of the Contract Date are shown in the Contract
Specifications.

SEPARATE ACCOUNT - We established and maintain the Separate Account under the
laws of California. Any income, gains or losses (whether or not realized) from
the assets of each Variable Account are credited or charged against such
Variable Account without regard to our other income, gains or losses. Assets may
be put in our Separate Account to support this Contract and other variable
annuity contracts. Assets may be put in our Separate Account for other purposes,
but not to support contracts other than variable annuity contracts. The assets
of our Separate Account are our property. The portion of the Separate Account
assets equal to the reserves and other Contract liabilities with respect to each
Variable Account will not be chargeable with liabilities arising out of any
other business we conduct. We may transfer assets of a separate account in
excess of the reserves and other liabilities with respect to its Variable
Account to another separate account or to our General Account. All obligations
arising under the Contract are our general corporate obligations. We do not hold
ourselves out to be trustees of the Separate Account assets.

We reserve the right, subject to compliance with the law then in effect, and
after any required regulatory approval, to:

  .  cease offering any Subaccount;
  .  add or change designated investment companies or their portfolios, or other
     investment vehicles;
  .  add, delete or make substitutions for the securities and other assets that
     are held or purchased by the Separate Account or any Variable Account;
  .  permit conversion or exchanges between portfolios and/or classes of
     contracts on the basis of Owners' requests;
  .  add, remove or combine Variable Accounts;
  .  combine the assets of any Variable Account with any other Separate Account
     of PL or of any of its affiliates;
  .  register or deregister Separate Account A or any Variable Account under the
     Investment Company Act of 1940 (the "1940 Act");
  .  operate any Variable Account as a managed investment company under the 1940
     Act, or any other form permitted by law;
  .  run any Variable Account under the direction of a committee, board, or
     other group;
  .  restrict or eliminate any voting rights of Owners with respect to any
     Variable Account or other persons who have voting rights as to any Variable
     Account;
  .  make any changes required by the 1940 Act or other federal securities laws;
  .  make any changes necessary to maintain the status of the Contracts as
     annuities under the Code;
  .  make other changes required under federal or state law relating to
     annuities;
  .  suspend or discontinue sale of the Contracts; and
  .  comply with law.

If any of these changes result in a material change in the underlying
investments of a Variable Account, we will notify you of such change.

We will not change the investment policy of the Separate Account without
following the filing and other procedures of the Insurance Commissioner in the
State of California nor without following the filing and other procedures
established by insurance regulators of the state of delivery. Unless required by
law or regulation, an investment policy may not be changed without our consent.

From time to time we may make other Investment Options available to you. Any new
Investment Option may invest in portfolios of the designated investment company,
other designated investment companies or their portfolios, or in other
investment vehicles. New Investment Options will be made available to existing
Owners at our discretion. We will provide you with written notice of all
material details, including investment objectives and charges. We will comply
with the filing or other procedures established by applicable state insurance
regulators, to the extent required by applicable law.

PORTGAZ

                                      11
<PAGE>
 
                                CONTRACT VALUE

Your Contract Value on any Business Day is the sum of:

     .    your Fixed Option Value on that day;
     .    plus your Variable Account Value on that day;
     .    plus your Loan Account Value on that day.

We generally determine values at or about 4:00 p.m., Eastern time, on each day
that the New York Stock Exchange is open, provided our administrative offices
are also open on that day.

FIXED OPTION VALUE - Your Fixed Option Value on any Business Day is your Fixed
Option Value on the prior Business Day increased by any additions to your Fixed
Option on that day as a result of any:
     .    interest;
     .    Purchase Payments received by us and allocated to the Fixed Option;
     .    transfers to the Fixed Option, including transfers from the Loan
          Account; and

decreased by any deductions from the Fixed Option on that day as a result of
any:

     .    transfers, including transfers to the Loan Account;
     .    withdrawals, including any withdrawal charges;
     .    amounts converted to an Annuity Option;
     .    charge for premium taxes and/or other taxes;
     .    fees for withdrawals and/or transfers; and
     .    annual fee.

DCA PLUS FIXED OPTION VALUE:  Your DCA Plus Fixed Option Value on any Business
Day is your DCA Plus Fixed Option Value on the prior Business Day increased by
any additions to your DCA Plus Fixed Option on that day as a result of any:

     .    interest;
     .    Purchase Payments received by us and allocated to the DCA Plus Fixed
          Option; and

decreased by any deductions from the DCA Plus Fixed Option on that day as a
result of any:

     .    transfers, including transfers to the Loan Account;
     .    withdrawals and withdrawal charges;
     .    amounts converted to an Annuity Option;
     .    charge for any premium taxes and/or other taxes;
     .    fees for withdrawals and/or transfers; and
     .    annual fee.

VARIABLE ACCOUNT VALUE - Your Variable Account Value on any Business Day is the
sum of your Subaccount Values on that day.

Subaccount Value - Each Subaccount Value on any Business Day is the number of
Subaccount Units in that Subaccount that are credited to your Contract on that
day multiplied by the Unit Value of the Subaccount on that day.

We credit your Contract with Subaccount Units for a Subaccount as a result of
any portion of your Purchase Payments received by us and allocated to that
Subaccount; and any transfers of your Contract Value to that Subaccount,
including transfers from the Loan Account.

We debit your Contract with Subaccount Units for a Subaccount as a result of any
deductions from the Subaccount, including those caused by any:

     .    withdrawals;
     .    transfers (including transfers to the Loan Account);
     .    amounts converted to an Annuity Option;

PORTGAZ

                                      12
<PAGE>
 
     .    fees for transfers and/or withdrawals;
     .    withdrawal charges;
     .    charge for premium taxes and/or other taxes; and
     .    annual fee.

The number of Subaccount Units we debit or credit to your Contract in connection
with a transaction is equal to the amount of the transaction applicable to that
Subaccount divided by that Subaccount's Unit Value on that day. The number of
your Subaccount Units in a Subaccount will change only if we debit or credit
Subaccount Units for the transactions above. The number of Subaccount Units will
not change because of subsequent changes in the Subaccount Unit Value.

Subaccount Unit Value - The initial Unit Value of each Subaccount was $10 on the
Business Day the Subaccount began operations. At the end of each subsequent
Business Day, the Unit Value for each Subaccount is equal to (Y) times (Z)
where:

     (Y) is the Unit Value for that Subaccount as of the end of the prior
     Business Day; and

     (Z) is the Net Investment Factor for that Subaccount for the period (a
     "valuation period") between the prior Business Day and that Business Day.

Net Investment Factor - Each Subaccount's Net Investment Factor for any
valuation period is equal to            ( A / B ) - C where:

     (A)  is the net result of:
          (a)  the net asset value per share of the corresponding Portfolio
               shares held by the Subaccount as of the end of that valuation
               period;
          (b)  plus the per share amount of any dividend or capital gain
               distributions made during that valuation period on the Portfolio
               shares held by the Subaccount;
          (c)  plus or minus any per share charge or credit for any income
               taxes, other taxes, or amounts set aside during that valuation
               period as a reserve for any income and/or any other taxes for
               which we determine to have resulted from the operations of the
               Subaccount or Contract, and/or any taxes attributable, directly
               or indirectly, to Purchase Payments;

     (B)  is the net asset value per share of the Portfolio shares held by the
          Subaccount as of the end of the prior valuation period; and

     (C)  is a factor that we assess against the Subaccount's net assets held by
          each Subaccount for the mortality and expense risk charge and the
          administrative fee during that valuation period.

LOAN ACCOUNT VALUE - For those Qualified Contracts that permit loans, your Loan
Account Value as of the end of any Business Day is your Loan Account Value on
the prior Business Day, increased by any:

     .    interest; and
     .    Contract Value loaned on that day;

and decreased by any:

     .    loan principal repaid on that day; and
     .    earned interest transferred from the Loan Account on that day.

PORTGAZ

                                      13
<PAGE>
 
                         CHARGES, FEES AND DEDUCTIONS

ADMINISTRATIVE FEE - We charge an administrative fee against assets held in your
Variable Investment Option(s). This fee is assessed daily at the annual rate
which is shown in the Contract Specifications. This fee is guaranteed not to
increase.

ANNUAL FEE - We charge an annual fee which is shown in the Contract
Specifications on each Contract Anniversary prior to your Annuity Date against
your Contract Value, and at the time you make a full withdrawal, if your Net
Contract Value is less than $50,000 on that date. This fee is guaranteed not to
increase.

We will deduct the annual fee, if any, from each Investment Option on a prorata
basis relative to your Account Value in each Investment Option. Any annual fee
we deduct from a Subaccount will reduce the number of Subaccount Units credited
to your Contract.

No annual fee is charged when you annuitize or on payment of any death benefit
proceeds.

MORTALITY AND EXPENSE RISK CHARGE ("RISK CHARGE") - We impose a Risk Charge
against assets held in your Variable Investment Option(s). This charge is
assessed daily at the annual rate which is shown in the Contract Specifications.
The Risk Charge compensates us for the risks we assume that mortality and
expenses will vary from those we assumed. This charge is guaranteed not to
increase.

PREMIUM TAXES - From your Contract Value, we will deduct a charge for any taxes
we pay that are attributable to Purchase Payments or withdrawals. Such taxes may
include, but are not limited to: any federal, state or local premium taxes; and
any federal, state or local income, excise, business or any other type of tax
(or component thereof), measured by or based upon, directly or indirectly, the
amount of Purchase Payments we receive from you. We will normally deduct this
charge when you annuitize, however, we may impose this charge: on any
withdrawal; at the time any death benefit is paid; when the taxes are incurred;
or when we pay the taxes.  We may base this charge on: the Contract Value; the
amount of the transaction; the aggregate amount of Purchase Payments we receive
under your Contract; or any other amount that, in our sole discretion, we deem
appropriate.

Other Taxes - We reserve the right to charge the Separate Account and/or deduct
from your Contract Value a charge for any federal, state or local taxes we pay
that are or become attributable to the Separate Account or Contract, including,
but not limited to, income taxes attributable to our operation of the Separate
Account or to our operations with respect to the Contract, or taxes
attributable, directly or indirectly, to Purchase Payments or payments we make
under this Contract.

TRANSFER FEE - We reserve the right to impose a transfer fee of $15 on each
transfer made in excess of fifteen transfers in any Contract Year. For this
purpose, we will treat each transfer request as a single transfer, regardless of
the number of Investment Options from which or to which portions of Account
Values are  transferred. We will deduct any transfer fee we impose from your
Contract Value on a prorata basis relative to your Account Value in each
Investment Option immediately after the transfer.

WITHDRAWAL FEE - We reserve the right to impose a withdrawal fee of $15 on each
partial withdrawal made in excess of fifteen withdrawals in any Contract Year.
We will deduct from your Contract Value, on a prorata basis relative to your
Account Value in each Investment Option immediately after the withdrawal, any
such fee we impose on a partial withdrawal. For this purpose, we will treat each
withdrawal request as a single withdrawal, regardless of the number of
Investment Options or Guarantee Terms from which portions of Account Values are
withdrawn.

CONTINGENT DEFERRED SALES CHARGE ("WITHDRAWAL CHARGE") - Purchase Payments are
subject to a withdrawal charge which is shown in the Contract Specifications.
This charge may apply to amounts you withdraw under your Contract prior to your
Annuity Date, depending on the length of time each Purchase Payment has been
allocated to your Contract and on the amount you withdraw.  We will not apply
the withdrawal charge on:

PORTGAZ

                                      14
<PAGE>
 
     .    death benefit proceeds, except as provided under the DEATH OF OWNER
          provisions for certain non-natural Owners;
     .    Contract Values converted to an Annuity Option;
     .    withdrawals by Contract Owners to meet the minimum distribution rules
          for Qualified Contracts as they apply to amounts held under the
          Contract; or
     .    withdrawals (full or partial), after the first Contract Anniversary,
          if the Annuitant has been diagnosed with a medically determinable
          condition that results in a life expectancy of twelve (12) months or
          less, subject to medical evidence satisfactory to us.

Amount of Withdrawal Charge - The amount of a withdrawal charge depends on how
long your Purchase Payments are held under this Contract.  Each Purchase Payment
you make is considered to have a certain "age," depending on the length of time
since that Purchase Payment was effective.  A Purchase Payment is "age one" from
the day it was effective until your next Contract Anniversary and increases in
"age" on that and each succeeding Contract Anniversary.  When you withdraw an
amount, the "age" of any Purchase Payment(s) you withdraw determines the
level(s) of withdrawal charge as shown in the Contract Specifications. We
calculate your withdrawal charge by assuming that your Earnings are withdrawn
first, followed by amounts attributed to Purchase Payments with the "oldest"
Purchase Payment withdrawn first. The withdrawal charge will be deducted
proportionately from each Investment Option selected for withdrawal.

Free Withdrawals - During a Contract Year, you may withdraw free of withdrawal
charge amounts up to the sum of your Earnings plus your "Eligible Purchase
Payments". Eligible Purchase Payments include 10% of all remaining Purchase
Payments at the beginning of a Contract Year that have an "age" of less than
seven years, plus 10% of any Purchase Payments received by us during that
Contract Year, plus 100% of all remaining Purchase Payments that have an age of
seven years or more.

Earnings - FOR THE PURPOSE OF CALCULATING THE WITHDRAWAL CHARGE, as of the end
of any Business Day, your Earnings equal your Contract Value less your aggregate
Purchase Payments which are reduced by withdrawals of prior Purchase Payments.

PORTGAZ

                                      15
<PAGE>
 
                                   TRANSFERS

You may make transfers under this Contract subject to certain restrictions (see
TRANSFER AND WITHDRAWAL RESTRICTIONS) and any applicable fees (see CHARGES, FEES
AND DEDUCTIONS).

By providing a proper transfer request (see GENERAL PROVISIONS - PAYMENTS,
INSTRUCTIONS AND REQUESTS), you may request transfer of part or all of your
Contract Value, less Loan Account Value, in any Investment Option among other
Investment Options while your Annuitant is living and prior to the Annuity Date.

If your transfer causes your remaining Account Value in any Investment Option
immediately after such transfer to be less than $500, we may transfer such
remaining Account Value to your other Investment Options on a prorata basis
relative to your most recent allocation instructions.  We reserve the right to
impose a transfer fee as described in the Transfer Fee provision.

Transfers between Investment Options will normally be effective as of the end of
the Business Day on which we receive a proper transfer request.  If your
Contract was delivered in a state that requires a refund of premium, no
transfers will be allowed until 15 days after your Contract Date.


                                  WITHDRAWALS

You may, on or prior to your Annuity Date, withdraw all or a portion of the
amount available under your Contract, while the Annuitant is living and your
Contract is in force; however, no partial withdrawals are allowed within 30 days
of your Contract Date. If you make a full withdrawal, we require return of your
Contract or a signed Lost Contract Affidavit with your proper request. You may
choose to withdraw from any specific Investment Option(s), or from all
Investment Options proportionately. If you do not specify, we will make the
withdrawal from your Investment Options on a prorata basis relative to your
Account Value in each. Each partial withdrawal must be for $500 or more.
Withdrawals from the Fixed Option are subject to certain additional restrictions
described below.

If your partial withdrawal causes your Net Contract Value to be less than $1,000
immediately after the withdrawal, we may terminate your Contract and send you
the withdrawal proceeds. If your partial withdrawal causes your Account Value
remaining in any Investment Option to be less than $500, we reserve the right to
transfer such remaining Account Value to your other Investment Options on a
prorata basis relative to your most recent allocation instructions.

AMOUNT AVAILABLE FOR WITHDRAWAL - The amount available for withdrawal is your
Net Contract Value as of the end of the Business Day on which your withdrawal
request is effective, less any:

     .    annual fee;
     .    withdrawal fee;
     .    withdrawal charge; and
     .    charge for premium taxes and/or other taxes.

The amount we send to you (your "withdrawal proceeds") will also reflect any
required or requested federal and/or state income tax withholding.

If you make a full withdrawal, this Contract will end; we will have no further
obligations under this Contract.

PORTGAZ

                                      16
<PAGE>
 
                     TRANSFER AND WITHDRAWAL RESTRICTIONS

SPECIAL RESTRICTIONS ON WITHDRAWALS OR TRANSFERS FROM THE FIXED OPTION - After
the first Contract Anniversary, you may, within thirty (30) days from your
Contract Anniversary, withdraw or transfer up to one-third (33-1/3%) of your
Fixed Option Value. In consecutive Contract Years, however, you may withdraw or
transfer one-third of your Fixed Option Value at the beginning of the first
year, one-half (50%) of your remaining Fixed Option Value at the beginning of
the second year, and up to the entire amount (100%) of your remaining Fixed
Option Value at the beginning of the third year.

SPECIAL RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERS INTO THE DCA PLUS FIXED OPTION - No transfers
may be made from any other Investment Option to the DCA Plus Fixed Option


                                CONTRACT LOANS

If your Contract is issued under a Qualified Plan under Code Section 401 or 403
and your Qualified Plan permits, you may request a loan of a portion of your
Contract Value after your first Contract Year and before your Annuity Date. If
your Contract is a Non-Qualified Contract, or if your Qualified Plan does not
permit loans, loans under this Contract will not be available to you.

PORTGAZ

                                      17
<PAGE>
 
                                 DEATH BENEFIT

A death benefit may be payable on proof of the death of the Annuitant or any
Owner before the Annuity Date, while this Contract is in force.

The proceeds of any death benefit payable will be payable upon receipt, in
proper form, of proof of death and instruction regarding payment of death
benefit proceeds. Such proceeds will equal the amount of the death benefit
reduced by any charges for premium taxes and/or other taxes and any Contract
Debt. These proceeds will be payable in a lump sum, as an Annuity Option under
this Contract or towards the purchase of any annuity option we then offer, or in
accordance with the Code (see DEATH OF OWNER DISTRIBUTION RULES). Any such
Annuity Option is subject to all restrictions and requirements as are other
annuities offered under this Contract.

DEATH BENEFIT AMOUNT - The Death Benefit Amount as of any Business Day prior to
your Annuity Date is equal to the greater of: (a) your Contract Value as of that
day; or (b) your aggregate Purchase Payments reduced by (i) an amount for each
withdrawal that has occurred, which is calculated by multiplying the aggregate
Purchase Payments received prior to each withdrawal by the ratio of the amount
of the withdrawal, including any withdrawal charge, to your Contract Value
immediately prior to the withdrawal; and (ii) any applicable charges, and/or
fees, deducted on or before that day.

GUARANTEED MINIMUM DEATH BENEFIT ("GMDB") AMOUNT - The GMDB Amount will be
calculated only when a death benefit becomes payable as a result of the death of
the sole Annuitant, and is determined as follows:

First, we calculate what the Death Benefit Amount would have been as of your
sixth Contract Anniversary and each subsequent Contract Anniversary that occurs
while the Annuitant is living and before the Annuitant reaches his or her 76th
birthday (each of these Contract Anniversaries is a "Milestone Date").  We then
adjust the Death Benefit Amount for each Milestone Date by: (i) adding the
aggregate amount of any Purchase Payments received by us since that Milestone
Date; (ii) subtracting an amount for each withdrawal that has occurred since
that Milestone Date, which is calculated by multiplying the Death Benefit Amount
by the ratio of the amount of each withdrawal that has occurred since that
Milestone Date, including any withdrawal charge, to the Contract Value
immediately prior to the withdrawal.

If death of the sole  Annuitant occurs and the deceased was from the Ages  69
through 74 on the Contract Date,  we will calculate  what the Death Benefit
Amount would have been on the first Contract Anniversary following his or her
75/th/ birthday (also a "Milestone Date").  We then adjust this Death Benefit
Amount by: (i) adding the aggregate amount of any Purchase Payments received by
us since that Milestone Date; and (ii) subtracting an amount for each withdrawal
that has occurred since that Milestone Date, which is calculated by multiplying
the Death Benefit Amount by the ratio of the amount of each withdrawal that has
occurred since that Milestone Date, including any withdrawal charge, to the
Contract Value immediately prior to the withdrawal.

The highest of these adjusted Death Benefit Amounts as of the Notice Date is
your GMDB Amount. The "Notice Date" is the day on which we receive, in proper
form, proof of death and instructions satisfactory to us regarding payment of
death benefit proceeds.

DEATH OF ANNUITANT - If the Annuitant dies before the first Milestone Date, the
death benefit will be equal to your Death Benefit Amount as of the Notice Date.

If the Annuitant dies on or after the first Milestone Date, the death benefit
will be equal to the greater of the Death Benefit Amount or the GMDB Amount as
of the Notice Date.  If an Annuitant dies before the Annuity Date, unless there
is a surviving Joint or Contingent Annuitant, we will pay the death benefit
proceeds to the Beneficiary, if living; otherwise to the Owner or the Owner's
estate.  If an Annuitant dies and there is a surviving Joint Annuitant, the
surviving Joint Annuitant becomes the Annuitant.  If there is  no surviving
Joint Annuitant and there is a Contingent Annuitant, the Contingent Annuitant
becomes the Annuitant.  Death benefit proceeds are payable only for the death of
the sole surviving Annuitant prior to the Annuity Date.  If you are the
Annuitant and you die, we will determine the amount of any death benefit 

PORTGAZ

                                      18
<PAGE>
 
and the Beneficiary under the Death of Annuitant provisions; and, if your
contract is a Non-Qualified Contract, we will distribute any death benefit
proceeds under the Death of Owner Distribution Rules.

DEATH OF OWNER - If you are not the Annuitant, and you die before the Annuitant,
the amount of the death benefit will be equal to your Contract Value as of the
Notice Date.

If you die while the Annuitant is living and prior to the Annuity Date, we will
pay the death benefit proceeds to the surviving Joint Owner, if any. If there is
no surviving Joint Owner and there is a Contingent Owner, we will pay the death
benefit proceeds to the surviving Contingent Owner, if any. If there is no
surviving Contingent Owner, the death benefit proceeds will be paid to the
Beneficiary, if living; otherwise to the Owner's estate. If you are not also the
Annuitant, then, in the event the deaths of the Owner and Annuitant are under
circumstances where it cannot be determined who died first, the Death Benefit
will be calculated under the DEATH OF ANNUITANT provision of this Contract and
payment will be made in accordance with the DEATH OF OWNER provisions of this
Contract.

If you are a non-natural Owner of a Contract other than a Contract issued under
a Qualified Plan as defined in Section 401 or 403 of the Code, the Primary
Annuitant will be treated as the Owner of the Contract for purposes of the DEATH
OF OWNER DISTRIBUTION RULES. If there is a change in the Primary Annuitant prior
to the Annuity Date, such change will be treated as the death of the Owner. The
amount of the death benefit will be (a) the Contract Value if the non-natural
Owner elects to maintain the Contract and reinvest the Contract Value into the
Contract in the same amount as immediately prior to the distribution, or (b) the
Contract Value less any annual fee, withdrawal fee, withdrawal charge, charge
for premium taxes and/or other taxes, if the non-natural Owner elects a cash
distribution. The amount of the death benefit will be determined as of the
Business Day we receive, in proper form, the request to change the Primary
Annuitant and instructions regarding maintaining the Contract or cash
distribution.

DEATH OF OWNER DISTRIBUTION RULES - The following rules will determine when a
distribution must be made under this Contract. These rules do not affect our
determination of the amount of benefit payable or distribution proceeds. If
there is more than one Owner, these rules apply on the date on which the first
of these Joint Owners dies.

If the Owner dies before the Annuity Date, the beneficiary (as that term applies
with respect to an Owner's death) must receive:
     .    a lump sum payment; or
     .    elect to receive an annuity for life or over a period that does not
          exceed the life expectancy of the beneficiary with annuity payments
          that start within one year after the Owner's death.

Unless otherwise required by law, an election to receive an annuity (in lieu of
a lump sum payment) must be made within such time-frames as we may prescribe
from time to time, or the lump sum option will be deemed elected and we will
consider that deemed election as receipt of instruction regarding payment of
death benefit proceeds.

If the spouse of the deceased Owner is the sole surviving Beneficiary, or is the
sole surviving Joint or Contingent Owner, and has an unrestricted right to
receive all death benefit proceeds in one lump sum, the spouse may continue this
Contract as Owner rather than receive the death benefit proceeds, provided that
we receive instructions to continue the Contract within such time-frames as we
may prescribe from time to time.

If the Owner dies on or after the Annuity Date, but payments have not yet been
completed, then distributions of the remaining amounts payable under this
Contract must be made at least as rapidly as the rate that was being used at the
date of the Owner's death.

If the Owner is a Non-natural Owner, the rules set forth in these DEATH OF OWNER
DISTRIBUTION RULES apply in the event of the death or change of the Primary
Annuitant. Primary Annuitant means the individual, the events in the life of
whom are of primary importance in affecting the timing or amount of the payout
under the Contract.

This Contract incorporates all provisions of Code Section 72(s) and any
successor provision, as deemed necessary by us to qualify this Contract as an
annuity, including the requirement that if the owner dies 

PORTGAZ

                                      19
<PAGE>
 
before the Annuity Date, any death benefit proceeds under this Contract shall be
distributed within five years of the owner's death (or such other period that we
offer and that is permitted under the Code or such shorter period as we may
require).

These DEATH OF OWNER DISTRIBUTION RULES do not apply to Qualified Contracts
issued under Qualified Plans as defined in Section 401, 403 or 408 of the Code
or to an annuity that is a qualified funding asset as defined in Code Section
130(d) (but without regard to whether there is a qualified assignment).

INTEREST ON DEATH BENEFIT PROCEEDS - If payment of death benefit proceeds is
unduly delayed after the Notice Date, we will pay interest on the proceeds.
Interest will be paid at a rate of not less than 3% per year from the Notice
Date until the proceeds are paid or applied under an Annuity Option. If the law
in the state in which the Contract is issued requires payment of a greater
amount, we will pay that amount.

                                  BENEFICIARY

Your Beneficiary is the person you name who may receive any death benefit
proceeds, or any remaining annuity payments after the Annuity Date, under your
Contract if the Annuitant or Owner dies. If you leave no surviving Beneficiary,
your estate may receive the death benefit proceeds under your Contract.

If the Beneficiary is a trustee, we will neither be responsible for verifying a
trustee's right to receive any death benefit proceeds payable, nor for how the
trustee disposes of any death benefit proceeds. If before payment of any death
benefit proceeds, we receive proper notice that the trust has been revoked or is
not in effect, then any death benefit proceeds payable will be paid to the
Owner's estate.

ADDING OR CHANGING YOUR BENEFICIARY - You may add, change, or remove any
Beneficiary, other than an irrevocable Beneficiary, subject to the terms of any
assignment, at any time prior to the death of the Annuitant or Owner, as
applicable, by sending us a request in proper form. However, if you have named
an irrevocable Beneficiary, you may not add any new Beneficiary, or remove or
change the irrevocable Beneficiary, without obtaining his or her written consent
in a form acceptable to us. You may remove any non-irrevocable Beneficiary
without obtaining the consent of the irrevocable Beneficiary. Qualified
Contracts may have additional restrictions on naming and changing Beneficiaries.
Any change or addition will take effect only when we receive all necessary
documents and record the change or addition.

PORTGAZ

                                      20
<PAGE>
 
                                ANNUITY BENEFITS

CHOICE OF ANNUITY DATE - Your Annuity Date is shown in the Contract
Specifications. If you did not select an Annuity Date in your application for
this Contract, we assigned an Annuity Date based on the type of this Contract
and the Annuitant's Age (see DEFAULT ANNUITY DATE AND OPTIONS).

You may change your Annuity Date by providing proper notice to us at least ten
(10) Business Days prior to your current Annuity Date or new Annuity Date,
whichever is earlier. Your Annuity Date may not be earlier than your first
Contract Anniversary and must occur on or before the day the younger Annuitant
reaches his or her 95/th/ birthday, or earlier as required by state law or the
Code. You may be subject to additional restrictions under your Qualified Plan.
You should consult with your Qualified Plan administrator before you elect your
Annuity Date.

APPLICATION OF CONTRACT VALUE - Prior to the Annuity Date, you may elect to
convert all or part of your Net Contract Value, and any charge for premium taxes
and/or other taxes, to any currently offered Annuity Option. You may also elect
a full withdrawal (subject to the terms of the withdrawal provisions) in lieu of
annuity payments under an Annuity Option. Before we make any full withdrawal, we
require return of this Contract (or a signed Lost Contract Affidavit) to us. The
aggregate net amount you convert must be at least $10,000; otherwise, we reserve
the right to pay a single amount equal to your withdrawal proceeds (see AMOUNT
AVAILABLE FOR WITHDRAWALS).

If you convert only a portion of your Net Contract Value on your Annuity Date,
you may, at that time, elect not to have the remainder of your Net Contract
Value distributed, but instead to continue your Contract with that remaining
Contract Value. This option may or may not be available, or may be available
only for certain types of Contracts. If this option is available and you elect
it, you would choose a second Annuity Date for such Contract Value; all
references in this Contract to your Annuity Start Date (or Annuity Date) would,
with regard to such Contract Value, be deemed to refer to that second Annuity
Date. You should call your tax adviser for more information if you desire this
option.

YOUR SELECTIONS -  Prior to the Annuity Date, you may make three selections
about the annuity payments. First, you may choose whether you want those
payments to be a fixed-dollar amount or a variable-dollar amount, or both.
Second, you may choose the form of annuity payments (Annuity Option). Third, you
may choose to have annuity payments made monthly, quarterly, semiannually, or
annually.

The first annuity payment on the Annuity Date will be sent on the day following
the Annuity Date and must be at least $250. We may reduce your payment frequency
if the first annuity payment is less than $250. If you elect annuity payments
for a Period Certain Only, we also reserve the right to reduce the Period
Certain to meet the $250 minimum first payment. After the Annuity Date, you may
not change the Annuity Option, or surrender the Contract for payment of amounts
converted into a variable annuity and/or fixed annuity.

FIXED AND VARIABLE ANNUITIES - You may choose a fixed annuity (with fixed-dollar
payments), a variable annuity (with variable-dollar payments), or you may choose
a combination of both. If you select a variable annuity, you may choose any
Subaccounts for your annuity. If you select a variable annuity, on your Annuity
Date, we will transfer that portion of your Net Contract Value that you indicate
to the Subaccount(s) you choose. We will apply the net amount you convert to a
fixed annuity and/or a variable annuity (and in this instance, to each
Subaccount), based on your relative Account Value in each Investment Option on
the Annuity Date. Any net amount you convert to a fixed annuity will be held in
our General Account (but not under the Fixed Option or the DCA Plus Fixed
Option).

PORTGAZ

                                      21
<PAGE>
 
Each periodic payment under the fixed annuity will be equal to the amount of
your first fixed annuity payment (unless you elect a joint and survivor life
annuity with reduced survivor payments). The amount of each variable annuity
periodic payment will vary with the investment results of the Subaccount(s) you
select. After the Annuity Date, you may exchange the Annuity Units in any
Subaccount(s) for Annuity Units in any other Subaccount(s) up to four times in
any twelve month period. We reserve the right to limit the Subaccounts
available, to change the number and frequency of exchanges, and to change the
number of Subaccounts you may choose.

In choosing an Annuity Option, you must submit your Option request to us in
proper form.

ANNUITY OPTIONS - The following forms of annuity payments are available under
this Contract. Additional options may become available in the future:

Option 1:  Life Only. Periodic payments are made to the designated payee during
           the Annuitant's lifetime. Payments stop when the Annuitant dies.

Option 2:  Life with Period Certain. Periodic payments are made to the
           designated payee during the Annuitant's lifetime, with payments
           guaranteed for a specified period. You may choose to have payments
           guaranteed from 5 through 30 years (in full years only). If the
           Annuitant dies before the guaranteed payments are completed, we pay
           the Beneficiary the remainder of the guaranteed payments.

Option 3:  Joint and Survivor Life. Periodic payments are made during the
           lifetime of the Primary Annuitant. After the death of the Primary
           Annuitant, periodic payments are based on the life of the secondary
           Annuitant named in the election if and so long as such secondary
           Annuitant lives. Payments made based on the life of the secondary
           Annuitant may be in installments equal to 50%, 66-2/3% or 100% (as
           specified in the election) of the original payment amount payable
           during the lifetime of the Primary Annuitant. If you elect a reduced
           payment based on the life of the secondary Annuitant, fixed annuity
           payments will be equal to 50% or 66-2/3% of the original fixed
           payment payable during the lifetime of the Primary Annuitant;
           variable annuity payments will be determined using 50% or 66-2/3%, as
           applicable, of the number of Annuity Units for each Subaccount
           credited to the Contract. Payments stop when both Annuitants have
           died.

Option 4:  Period Certain Only. Periodic payments are made over a specified
           period. You may choose to have payments continue from 5 through 30
           years (in full years only). If the Annuitant dies before the
           guaranteed payments are completed, we pay to the Beneficiary the
           remainder of the guaranteed payments.

DEFAULT ANNUITY DATE AND OPTIONS - If you did not choose an Annuity Date when
you submitted your application for this Contract, your Annuity Date is the
Annuitant's 95/th/ birthday. If there are Joint Annuitants, the Annuity Date
will be based on the younger Annuitant's birthday, unless otherwise required by
law.

If you do not elect an Annuity Option, your Net Contract Value, and any charge
for premium taxes and/or other taxes, when converted, will, subject to our
minimum requirements, be converted as follows:

     .    the net amount from your Fixed Option Value or DCA Plus Fixed Option
          will be converted to a fixed annuity and held in our General Account,
          and
     .    the net amount from your Variable Account Value will be applied to a
          variable annuity and applied to the Subaccounts in proportion to your
          Account Value in each Subaccount on the Annuity Date.

PORTGAZ

                                      22
<PAGE>
 
If this is a Non-Qualified Contract, or a Qualified Contract and you are not
married, your Annuity Option will be Life with 10 Year Period Certain. If this
is a Qualified Contract and you are married, your Annuity Option will be Joint
and Survivor Life, with survivor payments of 50%, and your spouse will
automatically be named as the secondary Annuitant. If you do not elect your
frequency of payments, we will make payments based on our most frequent schedule
that results in an initial annuity payment of at least $250.

AMOUNT OF PAYMENTS - The first annuity payment amount depends on the form of
annuity, the payment frequency you select, and whether you select a fixed
annuity and/or a variable annuity. If you do not choose the Period Certain Only
Option, the amount will depend on the Age of the Annuitant(s), the Annuity Date,
and the sex of the Annuitant(s), unless unisex factors apply.

FIXED ANNUITY PAYMENTS - The minimum guaranteed income purchased per $1,000 of
the net amount applied to a fixed annuity is based on an annual interest rate of
3% and the 1983a Mortality Table with the ages set back ten (10) years.

CONVERSION TO CURRENT RATES - The annuity payments made will be based on the
greater of:

     .    our current income factors in effect for this Contract on your Annuity
          Date; or
     .    our guaranteed income factors.

The dollar amount of any payments after the first annuity payment is specified
during the annuity payment period according to the provisions of your elected
Annuity Option.

VARIABLE ANNUITY PAYMENTS - Your Subaccount Annuity Units. For each Subaccount,
we divide the amount of the initial variable annuity payment from each
Subaccount by the Annuity Unit Value for that Subaccount (the "Annuity Unit
Value") on the Annuity Date, to obtain the number of Annuity Units for that
Subaccount. The number of your Annuity Units in each Subaccount will not change
unless exchanges of Annuity Units are made (or if the Joint and Survivor Annuity
option is elected and the Primary Annuitant dies first), but the Annuity Unit
Value of those Annuity Units will vary.

Your Subsequent Variable Payments. The amount of each subsequent variable
annuity payment will be the sum of the amounts payable based on your Annuity
Units in each Subaccount. To determine the amount payable for each Subaccount,
we multiply the number of your Annuity Units in that Subaccount by their Annuity
Unit Value on the day in each payment period that corresponds to the Annuity
Date.

Annuity Unit Value - The initial Annuity Unit Value for each Subaccount was
arbitrarily set at $10 on the Business Day the Subaccount began operations. At
the end of each subsequent Business Day, the Annuity Unit Value for each
Subaccount is equal to (A x B) x C where:

  (A) is the Subaccount's Annuity Unit Value for that Subaccount as of the end
      of the prior Business Day;

  (B) is the Net Investment Factor for that Subaccount for that valuation
      period; and

  (C) is an interest factor to offset the effect of the assumed interest rate of
      5% per year, which is built into the Annuity Option Tables.

We generally calculate the Annuity Unit Value of each Subaccount at or about
4:00 p.m., Eastern time, on each day the New York Stock Exchange is open,
provided our administrative offices are also open that day.

We guarantee that the amount of each subsequent annuity payment will not be
affected by variations in our expenses or in mortality experience.

PORTGAZ

                                      23
<PAGE>
 
PERIODIC PAYMENTS - The first payment under these Options will be determined on
the Annuity Date and will be made on the day following the Annuity Date. For a
Designated Beneficiary entitled to a death benefit due to the death of the
Annuitant, the first payment will be made on the first day of the calendar
month, or earlier at our option, next following the day we receive due proof of
the Annuitant's death and instructions regarding payment, (called the "Payment
Start Date"), and such other documentation as we may require. Subsequent
payments will be determined on the day in each payment period that corresponds
to the Payment Start Date and will be made on the following day.

MISSTATEMENT OF AGE OR SEX - We may require proof of the Annuitant's Age and sex
before starting annuity payments. If the Age or sex (or both) of the Annuitant
are incorrectly stated in this Contract, we will correct the amount payable to
equal the amount that the Net Contract Value, and any charge for premium taxes
and/or other taxes, under this Contract would have purchased for the Annuitant's
correct Age and sex, if applicable. If we make the correction after annuity
payments have started, and we have made overpayments, we will deduct the amount
of the overpayment, with interest at 3% per year, from any payments due then or
later. If we have made underpayments, we will add the amount, with interest at
3% a year, of the underpayments to the next payment we make after we receive
proof of the correct sex and/or date of birth.

PORTGAZ

                                      24
<PAGE>
 
                             ANNUITY OPTION TABLES

For the fixed annuity option and the initial variable annuity benefit, the
Tables below illustrate the minimum guaranteed monthly income purchased per
$1,000 of the net amount applied. The actuarial basis for the fixed annuity
option Tables is the 1983a Annuity Mortality Table with the ages set back ten
(10) years with interest at an annual rate of 3%. The Tables also illustrate the
minimum rates for the first monthly variable annuity payment per $1,000 of the
net amount applied to the variable annuity payment option. The rates for
variable annuity payments are based on interest at the annual rate of 5% and the
1983a Annuity Mortality Table with the ages set back ten (10) years. Subsequent
payments may be higher or lower than the first payment, based on the investment
performance of the Subaccount(s) you elect and whether you exchange Subaccount
Annuity Units.

These Tables provide for sex-distinct and unisex payment income factors for life
payment options. For some Qualified Plans and in some states, the use of sex-
distinct income factors are prohibited. For those Qualified Plans and in those
states, we use blended unisex income factors for life payment options, whether
the Annuitant is male or female.

We will provide rates for any payment frequency, interest rate, age or sex,
combinations thereof, and/or payout percentage or any annuity option, if
applicable, that we offer if they are not shown in the Tables that follow.

PORTGAZ

                                      25
<PAGE>
 
OPTIONS 1 AND 2 - SINGLE LIFE ANNUITIES WITH GUARANTEED PAYMENTS FOR:

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                   FIXED ANNUITY RATES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                   MALE AT 3%               FEMALE AT 3%              UNISEX AT 3%
             ---------------------     ---------------------     ---------------------  
   AGE       NONE   10 YR.  20 YR.     NONE   10 YR.  20 YR.     NONE   10 YR.  20 YR.  
- ---------    -----  ------  ------     -----  ------  ------     -----  ------  ------  
<S>          <C>    <C>     <C>        <C>    <C>     <C>        <C>    <C>     <C>     
   30         3.04    3.03    3.03      2.93    2.93    2.93      2.99    2.98    2.98  
   35         3.14    3.14    3.13      3.02    3.02    3.01      3.08    3.08    3.07  
   40         3.28    3.27    3.26      3.13    3.12    3.12      3.20    3.20    3.19  
   45         3.44    3.44    3.41      3.26    3.26    3.24      3.35    3.35    3.33  
   50         3.66    3.64    3.60      3.42    3.42    3.40      3.54    3.54    3.50  
   55         3.93    3.90    3.82      3.63    3.63    3.59      3.78    3.77    3.71  
   60         4.27    4.22    4.08      3.90    3.89    3.82      4.09    4.06    3.96  
   65         4.70    4.62    4.39      4.25    4.22    4.11      4.48    4.43    4.25  
   70         5.28    5.14    4.71      4.72    4.66    4.44      5.00    4.90    4.58  
   75         6.10    5.81    5.02      5.35    5.22    4.79      5.73    5.52    4.92  
   80         7.23    6.61    5.27      6.25    5.96    5.12      6.74    6.30    5.20  
   85         8.82    7.49    5.42      7.56    6.89    5.35      8.18    7.20    5.39  
   90        11.06    8.33    5.49      9.53    7.89    5.47     10.28    8.12    5.48  
   95        14.16    8.97    5.51     12.48    8.74    5.50     13.30    8.86    5.51   
 </TABLE>

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                      VARIABLE ANNUITY RATES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                    MALE AT 5%                FEMALE AT 5%              UNISEX AT 5%                        
             ----------------------      ---------------------      ----------------------                      
             NONE     10 YR.  20 YR.     NONE    10 YR.  20 YR.     NONE     10 YR.  20 YR.                      
             ----     -----   -----      ----    -----   -----      ----     -----   -----                      
<S>          <C>      <C>     <C>       <C>      <C>     <C>        <C>      <C>     <C>                        
30            4.38    4.37    4.36       4.29    4.29    4.29        4.34    4.33    4.33                       
35            4.46    4.46    4.44       4.36    4.35    4.35        4.41    4.41    4.40                       
40            4.57    4.56    4.54       4.44    4.44    4.42        4.51    4.50    4.49                       
45            4.71    4.70    4.67       4.55    4.54    4.52        4.63    4.62    4.60                       
50            4.91    4.89    4.82       4.69    4.68    4.65        4.80    4.78    4.74                       
55            5.16    5.12    5.02       4.87    4.86    4.81        5.02    4.99    4.92                       
60            5.48    5.41    5.24       5.12    5.09    5.01        5.30    5.26    5.13                       
65            5.89    5.79    5.51       5.44    5.40    5.26        5.67    5.60    5.39                       
70            6.46    6.28    5.80       5.89    5.80    5.55        6.18    6.05    5.68                       
75            7.27    6.91    6.08       6.51    6.34    5.87        6.89    6.64    5.98                       
80            8.41    7.68    6.29       7.39    7.05    6.16        7.90    7.38    6.23                       
85           10.02    8.52    6.43       8.72    7.93    6.37        9.36    8.24    6.40                       
90           12.29    9.30    6.49      10.71    8.88    6.47       11.49    9.10    6.48                       
95           15.42    9.90    6.51      13.70    9.68    6.50       14.55    9.80    6.51                        
</TABLE>

PORTGAZ

                                      26
<PAGE>
 
                     OPTION 3 - JOINT AND 50% SURVIVOR LIFE

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                                                 PRIMARY  ANNUITANT
                                                                      MALE AGE

                           60                 65                 70                 75                80                 85
                  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     3%         5%       3%        5%       3%        5%       3%        5%      3%        5%       3%        5%
                   FIXED     VARIABLE   FIXED   VARIABLE   FIXED   VARIABLE   FIXED   VARIABLE  FIXED   VARIABLE   FIXED   VARIABLE
                  ------     --------   -----   --------   -----   --------   -----   --------  -----   --------   -----   --------
<S>               <C>        <C>       <C>      <C>        <C>     <C>        <C>     <C>       <C>     <C>        <C>     <C> 
          60        3.91       5.12    4.13       5.34      4.39     5.60      4.69     5.92    5.02       6.30    5.38     6.73 
FEMALE    65        3.99       5.19    4.25       5.43      4.54     5.73      4.88     6.09    5.26       6.51    5.67     6.98
  AGE     70        4.06       5.25    4.36       5.53      4.70     5.87      5.10     6.27    5.55       6.75    6.03     7.29
          75        4.12       5.31    4.46       5.62      4.85     6.00      5.32     6.47    5.86       7.03    6.45     7.66
          80        4.17       5.36    4.54       5.70      4.98     6.13      5.54     6.67    6.18       7.33    6.91     8.08
          85        4.21       5.40    4.60       5.77      5.09     6.24      5.72     6.86    6.49       7.63    7.40     8.54
                   ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                                                PRIMARY  ANNUITANT
                                                                    UNISEX AGE

                         60                 65                 70                75                  80                 85
                  --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
                    3%       5%        3%       5%        3%       5%       3%        5%        3%       5%        3%       5% 
                  FIXED   VARIABLE   FIXED   VARIABLE   FIXED   VARIABLE   FIXED   VARIABLE   FIXED   VARIABLE   FIXED   VARIABLE  
                  -----   --------   -----   --------   -----   --------   -----   --------   -----   --------   -----   --------  
<S>               <C>     <C>        <C>     <C>        <C>     <C>        <C>     <C>        <C>     <C>        <C>     <C>  
            60     3.84     5.05      4.07      5.27     4.34     5.54      4.65      5.86     5.00      6.24     5.39     6.69    
 UNISEX     65     3.90     5.10      4.17      5.35     4.47     5.65      4.83      6.01     5.23      6.44     5.68     6.94    
  AGE       70     3.96     5.15      4.25      5.43     4.60     5.76      5.02      6.17     5.49      6.66     6.03     7.24    
            75     4.00     5.19      4.32      5.49     4.72     5.87      5.20      6.34     5.76      6.91     6.41     7.58    
            80     4.03     5.23      4.38      5.55     4.81     5.96      5.36      6.49     6.02      7.15     6.81     7.96    
            85     4.05     5.25      4.42      5.59     4.88     6.04      5.49      6.62     6.25      7.38     7.20     8.33     

                  --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
</TABLE>

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                              OPTION 4 - PERIOD CERTAIN ONLY

               MONTHLY                     MONTHLY                      MONTHLY                    MONTHLY       
               INCOME                      INCOME                       INCOME                     INCOME       
            3%        5%                3%        5%                 3%        5%                3%        5%   
  YEARS    FIXED   VARIABLE     YEARS  FIXED   VARIABLE      YEARS  FIXED   VARIABLE     YEARS  FIXED   VARIABLE   
- ---------  -----   --------     -----  -----   --------      -----  -----   --------     -----  -----   --------   
<S>        <C>     <C>          <C>    <C>     <C>           <C>    <C>     <C>          <C>    <C>     <C>     
   5       17.91      18.74        12   8.24       9.16         19   5.73       6.71        26   4.59       5.65   
   6       15.14      15.99        13   7.71       8.64         20   5.51       6.51        27   4.47       5.54   
   7       13.16      14.02        14   7.26       8.20         21   5.32       6.33        28   4.37       5.45   
   8       11.68      12.56        15   6.87       7.82         22   5.15       6.17        29   4.27       5.36   
   9       10.53      11.42        16   6.53       7.49         23   4.99       6.02        30   4.18       5.28    
   10       9.61      10.51        17   6.23       7.20         24   4.84       5.88                             
   11       8.86       9.77        18   5.96       6.94         25   4.71       5.76                             
 --------------------------     -----------------------      -----------------------     ----------------------- 
</TABLE>

PORTGAZ

                                      27
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        INDIVIDUAL FLEXIBLE PREMIUM DEFERRED VARIABLE ANNUITY CONTRACT

 . Investment Experience Reflected in Benefits

 . Variable and Fixed Accumulation Before Annuity Date; Variable and Fixed 
  Annuity Payments Thereafter

 . Death Benefit Proceeds Payable Before Annuity Date

 . Participating

<PAGE>
 
EXHIBIT 99.4(b)

QUALIFIED PLAN LOAN ENDORSEMENT
<PAGE>
 
                                                                           DRAFT
 
                        QUALIFIED PLAN LOAN ENDORSEMENT

This Endorsement is part of your Contract and should be attached to it. All
terms of the base Contract which do not conflict with this Endorsement's terms
apply to this Endorsement. In the event of any conflict between the terms of
this Endorsement and the terms of the Contract, the terms of this Endorsement
shall prevail over the terms of the base policy.

AMOUNTS ALLOCATED TO THE GUARANTEED INTEREST OPTIONS ARE NOT ELIGIBLE FOR
TRANSFER TO OR FROM THE LOAN ACCOUNT, NOR WILL THEY BE CONSIDERED WHEN
DETERMINING THE AMOUNT AVAILABLE FOR A CONTRACT LOAN.

Adverse tax consequences may result if you fail to meet the repayment
requirements for your loan. The tax and ERISA rules relating to Contract loans
are complex and in many cases unclear. For these reasons, and because the rules
vary depending on the individual circumstances of each Contract, 
WE ADVISE THAT YOU CONSULT WITH A QUALIFIED TAX ADVISER before exercising 
- -------------------------------------------------------
the loan provisions of your Contract.

CONTRACT LOANS
If your Contract is issued under a Qualified Plan under code Section 401
or 403 and your Qualified Plan permits, you may request a loan using your
Contract Value as the only security.

LOAN PROCEDURES - Your loan request must be submitted on our Loan Request Form.
You may submit a loan request at any time after your first Contract Anniversary
and before your Annuity Date however, before requesting a new loan, you must
wait thirty (30) days after the last payment of a previous loan. If approved,
your loan will usually be effective as of the end of the Business Day on which
we receive all necessary documentation in proper form. We will normally forward
proceeds of your loan to you within seven calendar days after the effective date
of your loan. A $100 loan administrative fee will be deducted from your loan
proceeds; however, we reserve the right to increase this fee up to a maximum of
$500.

LOAN ACCOUNT - On the effective date of your loan, we will transfer an amount
equal to the principal amount of your loan into an account called the Loan
Account. We will transfer amounts to the Loan Account on a prorata basis from
your Fixed and Variable Investment Options based on your Account Value in each.
we will credit interest on amounts in the Loan Account at a rate equal to an
annual rate that is two percentage points lower than the annual loan interest
rate charged on your loan. Interest earned will accrue daily beginning on the
day following the effective day of the loan. The interest credited will be
transferred from the Loan Account to your Fixed and Variable Investment Options
once per year on a prorata basis relative to your most recent allocation
instructions. As your loan is repaid, the amount of the repayment will be
transferred from the Loan Account to your Fixed and Variable Investment Options
on a prorata basis relative to your most recent allocation instructions.

LOAN TERMS - You may have only one loan outstanding at any time. The minimum
loan amount is $1,000 and the maximum loan amount is the lesser of:

     . 50% of your Contract Value; 
     . 100% of your Contract Value excluding your GIO Value; or
     . $50,000 less your highest outstanding Contract Debt during 
       the 12-month period immediately preceding the effective date 
       of your loan.

                                       1
<PAGE>
 
You should refer to the terms of your particular Qualified Plan for any
additional loan restrictions. If you have other loans outstanding pursuant to
other Qualified Plans, the amount you may borrow may be further restricted.

LOAN INTEREST RATE - You will be charged interest on your Contract Debt at 
an annual rate, set at the time the loan is made, equal to the higher of 5% or
the Moody's Corporate Bond Yield Average-Monthly Corporates, as published by
Moody's Investors Service, Inc., or its successor, for the most recently
available calendar month. In the event that the Moody's Corporate Bond Yield
Average-Monthly Corporates is no longer available, we will use a substantially
similar average, subject to compliance with applicable state regulations.
Interest charged will accrue daily beginning on the day your Loan is effective.
We will notify you of the loan interest rate when you make a Contract loan.

REPAYMENT TERMS - You must repay principal and interest of any loan within 
five years after its effective date. if you have certified to us that your loan
proceeds will be used to acquire a principal residence for yourself, you may
request a loan for thirty years. In either case, you must repay your loan prior
to your Annuity Date.

Your loan, including principal and accrued interest, must be repaid in quarterly
installments. An installment will be due each quarter on the date corresponding
to your loan effective date, beginning with the first such date following the
effective date of your loan. You may prepay your loan at any time; if you do so,
we will bill you for any accrued interest. Your loan will be considered repaid
only when the interest due has also been paid. Subject to any necessary approval
of state insurance authorities, we will treat all payments you send us as
Purchase Payments unless you specifically indicate that your payment is a loan
repayment. To the extent allowed by law, any repayment in excess of the amount
then due will be refunded to you, unless such amount is sufficient to pay the
balance of your loan. Repayments received that are less than the amount then 
due will be returned to you, unless otherwise required by law.

If a loan repayment is not made when due, we will declare the entire remaining
loan balance in default. At that time, we will send written notification of the
amount needed to bring the loan back to a current status. You will have sixty
(60) days from the date on which the loan was declared in default (the "grace
period") to make the required repayment.

If the required repayment is not received by the end of the grace period, the
defaulted loan balance plus accrued interest will be withdrawn from your
Contract Value, if amounts under your Contract are eligible for distribution. 
If those amounts are not eligible for distribution, the defaulted loan balance
plus accrued interest will be considered a Deemed Distribution and that portion
of any Contract Value needed to repay the Contract Debt will be withdrawn when
such Contract Values become eligible for distribution.

In either case, the distribution or the Deemed Distribution will be considered 
a currently taxable event, will be subject to the mandatory 20% federal
withholding, will be subject to the withdrawal charge and may be subject to 
the early withdrawal tax penalty.

If there is a Deemed Distribution under your Contract and to the extent 
allowed by law, any future withdrawals will first be applied as repayment 
of the defaulted Contract Debt, including accrued interest and withdrawal 
charges and charges for applicable taxes. Any amounts withdrawn and

                                       2
<PAGE>
 
applied as repayment of Contract Debt will be withdrawn first from your Loan
Account and then from your Investment Options on a proportionate basis relative
to the Account Value in each Option. If you have an outstanding loan that is in
default, the defaulted Contract Debt will be considered a withdrawal for the
purpose of calculating any Death Benefit Amount and/or Guaranteed Minimum 
Death Benefit amounts.

We reserve the right to amend the provisions of this rider in order to reflect
changes in the Code or interpretations thereof.

                        PM GROUP LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                       [PACIFIC LIFE & ANNUITY COMPANY]


President and Chief Executive Officer             Secretary

                                       3

<PAGE>
 
EXHIBIT 99.4 (c)

Qualified Pension Plan Rider


<PAGE>
 
                                                                           DRAFT
 
QUALIFIED PENSION PLAN RIDER

This rider is a part of the Contract to which it is attached by PM Group [PLA].

The Contract is hereby modified as specified below in order to comply with the
requirements for Qualified Pension and Profit Sharing Plans, as described in
Section 401(a)(9) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (The Code) as amended.

THE PROVISIONS OF SECTIONS 1-9 OF THIS RIDER SHALL TAKE EFFECT ONLY IF THE
ANNUITANT IS, OR BECOMES, THE OWNER.

DEFINITIONS

ANNUITANT - is the individual named to receive periodic annuity payments
purchased under this Contract.

ANNUITY START DATE - is the date you choose to have PM Group [PLA] begin
periodic annuity payments to the Annuitant. The Annuity Start Date may be no
later than April 1 of the calendar year following the year in which the
Annuitant reaches age 70 1/2.

DESIGNATED BENEFICIARY - is any individual designated as a beneficiary under the
Plan by the Annuitant.  If a person other than an individual (but not a trust
that satisfies the conditions stated in 1.401(a)(9)-1 of the Code) is designated
a Beneficiary, or if the plan permits any person to change the Annuitant's
beneficiaries after his or her death, other than a designation made by the
surviving spouse for distributions after the spouse's death, the Annuitant will
be treated as having no Designated Beneficiary.

PLAN - means the qualified employee benefit plan under which this Contract is
issued.

The provisions of this rider will control if in conflict with those of the
Contract.  Notwithstanding any provisions of the Contract to the contrary:

1.  Automatic Form of Payment at the Annuity Start Date.

If the Annuitant is legally married at the Annuity Start Date, unless an
optional form of benefit is selected in accordance with Section 2 below,
payments will be made in the form of a Joint and 50% Survivor Annuity, with the
Annuitant's spouse as the joint annuitant. Under this form, payments will be
made during the lifetime of the Annuitant and, following the Annuitant's death,
payments equal to 50% of the original payment amount will continue to the spouse
for life. The Annuitant may choose without the consent of any other individual,
from the options offered by PM Group [PLA], the amount of the payment continuing
to the Annuitant's spouse. The amount of each payment to the spouse will be not
less than one half of, nor greater than, the periodic annuity benefit paid to
the Annuitant.
                     
If the Annuitant is not legally married at the Annuity Start Date, payments will
be made in the form of a life annuity with a 10 year period certain unless an
optional form of payment is selected in
<PAGE>
 
accordance with Section 2 below.  Under this form, payments will be made to the
Annuitant for life. If the Annuitant dies before the end of the Guaranteed
Period, payments will continue to the Designated Beneficiary until the end of
the Guaranteed Period.

2.  Optional Forms of Annuity Payment.

The Annuitant can elect an optional form of payment as provided in the Contract,
provided:

(a) the Annuitant files a Qualified Election with the Company within the 90 day
period ending on the date income commences;

(b) the form selected ensures that the present value of payments PM Group [PLA]
expects to pay over the lifetime of the Annuitant is not less than 51% of the
present value of all payments we expect to make under the Contract. To determine
whether 51% of the present value of benefits will be paid during the Annuitant's
lifetime, his or her life expectancy will be measured from either the
Annuitant's Normal Retirement Date, or the actual retirement date, whichever is
later, but in no event later than the Annuity Start Date; and

(c) the option selected satisfies the requirements of Section 4 below.

Life expectancies will be calculated using the expected return multiples
contained in Section 1.72 9 of the Income Tax Regulations.

3.  Qualified Election

In the case of a married Annuitant, "Qualified Election" means a written
statement by the Annuitant waiving the Joint and Survivor Annuity option and
specifying the form of payment desired, and a written statement from the spouse
consenting to the Annuitant's election.  The form of payment chosen cannot be
changed without spousal consent unless the spouse consents to future
designations by the Annuitant without spousal consent.  The spouse's consent
must be witnessed by a notary public.  If the spouse's consent cannot be
obtained because the spouse cannot be located, the Annuitant's election will
still be deemed to be a Qualified Election.

In the case of an unmarried Annuitant, "Qualified Election" means a written
statement by the Annuitant attesting to the fact that he or she is not married,
and which specifies the optional form of payment desired.

4.  Required Beginning Date and Minimum Distribution Requirements

In accordance with the requirements of the Code, distribution of the entire
interest should be made not later than the April 1 following the close of the
calendar year in which the Annuitant attains age 70 1/2.  (The Required
Beginning Date.)
                    
Alternatively, if distribution of the entire interest commences not later than
the Required Beginning Date, such distribution may be made in equal or
substantially equal amounts, in annual or more
<PAGE>
 
frequent installments, over

(a) the Annuitant's life or the lives of the Annuitant and his or her Designated
Beneficiary, or

(b) a period not extending beyond the Annuitant's life expectancy or the joint
and last survivor life expectancy of the Annuitant and his or her Designated
Beneficiary.

The method of distribution selected must also meet the "minimum distribution
incidental benefit" rule of Code Section 401(a)(9) and Regulation Section
1.401(a)(9)-2 of the Code.  This requires that:

(a) where the Annuitant's only Designated Beneficiary is the spouse, the minimum
amount that must be distributed in a distribution calendar year is the amount
determined under the regular minimum distribution requirements above in this
Section 4.

(b) where payments are to be made under an annuity Contract purchased on or
before the Annuitant's Required Beginning Date and the Annuitant's spouse is not
the Designated Beneficiary, the minimum amount that must be distributed is
determined as follows:

- - Period certain annuity without a life contingency: The period certain may not
exceed the appropriate joint and last survivor expectancy described in
Regulation Section 1.401(a)(9)-2 of the Code.

- - Life annuity: A life annuity on the Annuitant's life which satisfies the
regular minimum distribution requirements satisfies the "minimum distribution
incidental benefit" rule.

- - Joint and survivor annuity: The periodic annuity payment to the survivor under
a joint and survivor annuity, may not exceed the applicable percentage of the
annuity payment to the Annuitant.  These percentages are defined in Regulation
Section 1.401(a)(9)-2.

- - Life annuity with period certain: The distribution must satisfy the
requirements for a single life (or joint and survivor) annuity as well as for a
period certain annuity without a life contingency.

Only a method of distribution offered by PM Group [PLA] that satisfies these
conditions can be selected. You must make this selection before the end of the
calendar year in which you attain age 70 1/2.

5.  Beneficiary for Death Benefit Proceeds Prior to Annuity Start Date

If the Annuitant dies prior to the Annuity Start Date and is married at the date
of death, the Death Benefit Proceeds will be paid to the surviving spouse,
unless the Annuitant names another beneficiary and the spouse consents in
writing to such designation.  The spouse's consent must be witnessed by a notary
public.  For this purpose, the consent of an individual who was married to the
Annuitant at the time consent was given but is not married to the Annuitant at
the date of death will not be considered the consent of the spouse.

If the Annuitant is not legally married at the date of death, or designates (as
provided above)
<PAGE>
 
someone other than the spouse as beneficiary, the Death Benefit Proceeds shall
be paid to the Designated Beneficiary.

6.  Payment of Death Benefit

On the death of the Annuitant, payment shall be made in accordance with the
Annuity option provisions described in the Contract or as provided for by the
Plan.  However, selection of an annuity option that does not satisfy the
conditions of this Section 6 shall not be permitted.

(a)  Death Before the Annuity Start Date

If the Annuitant dies before distribution of his or her interest in the Contract
commences, the entire interest must be distributed by December 31st of the fifth
full year which follows the Annuitant's death unless (i) such interest is paid
in equal or substantially equal installments over a period not exceeding the
lifetime or life expectancy of the Designated Beneficiary, and (ii) payments
begin by December 31st of the calendar year which follows the Annuitant's death.
If the Designated Beneficiary of the Annuitant is the Annuitant's surviving
spouse, the spouse may elect to receive equal or substantially equal payments
over the life or life expectancy of the surviving spouse commencing at any date
prior to the close of the calendar year in which the deceased Annuitant would
have attained age 70 1/2, if later.  The surviving spouse may accelerate these
payments at any time, i.e., increase the frequency or amount of such payments.
However, if the spouse elects to receive the entire interest as a lump sum, such
amount must be received by December 31st of the fifth full year which follows
the Annuitant's death.

If the surviving spouse dies before payments begin, subsequent distributions
shall be made as if the spouse had been the Annuitant.  In such event, the rules
in this Section 6 apply using the date of death of the surviving spouse rather
than that of the Annuitant.

(b)  Death After the Annuity Start Date

If the Annuitant dies after distribution of his or her interest in the plan has
commenced, the remaining interest will be distributed at least as rapidly as
under the method of distribution in effect at the time of the Annuitant's death.

7.  Withdrawal or Loan of Annuity Value Before the Annuity Start Date

If the Annuitant is married, withdrawal or loan of all or a portion of the
annuity value prior to the Annuity Start Date will be permitted subject to the
consent of the spouse.  Such consent must be in writing and must be witnessed by
a notary public.

If the Annuitant is not married, withdrawal will be permitted subject to written
notice to PM Group [PLA] that the Annuitant is not married. The Term Annuity
Value as used in this rider shall mean the appropriate value described in the
Contract that the Contract Owner is entitled to withdraw or borrow.
                             
8.  Nontransferable
<PAGE>
 
No benefits under this Contract may be transferred, sold, alienated, assigned,
discounted, subject to garnishment or execution, or pledged as collateral for a
loan, or as security for the performance of an obligation or for any other
purpose, to any person other than to PM Group [PLA], except as may be provided
by a Qualified Domestic Relations Order within the meaning of Section 414 of the
Code.

9.  Change of Annuitant

The Owner shall not be permitted to change the Annuitant.

10.  Trustee Owned Contracts

While this Contract is owned by the trustee of a plan described in section
401(a) of the Code, the Death Before the Annuity Start Date provision of Section
6 may not apply.

11.  Amendment

PM Group [PLA] reserves the right to amend this rider to comply with future
changes in the Internal Revenue Code and any regulations or rulings issued under
the provisions of the Code. PM Group [PLA] shall provide the Owner of the
Contract with a copy of any such amendment.


PM GROUP LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY [PACIFIC LIFE & ANNUITY COMPANY]



President and Chief Executive Officer    Secretary


<PAGE>
 
EXHIBIT 99.4(d)

403(b) Tax-Sheltered Annuity Rider
<PAGE>
 
                                                                           DRAFT

                      403 (B) TAX-SHELTERED ANNUITY RIDER

This rider is a part of the Contract to which it is attached by PM Group [PLA].

The contract under which it has been issued is hereby modified as specified
below in order to qualify as a Tax-Sheltered Annuity ("TSA") under Section
403(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code").

The provisions of this rider will take precedence over any contrary provisions
of the Contract.

DEFINITIONS

ANNUITANT -- is the individual named to receive periodic annuity payments
purchased under this Contract. The Annuitant will at all times be the Owner of
this Contract.

ANNUITY START DATE  -- is the date you choose to have PM Group [PLA] begin
periodic annuity payments to the Annuitant. The Annuity Start Date may be no
later than April 1 of the calendar year following the year in which the
Annuitant reaches Age 70 1/2.

CONTINGENT ANNUITANT -- is the individual who becomes the Annuitant if the
Annuitant dies before periodic annuity payments begin under this Contract.  Only
the spouse of the Annuitant may be named the Contingent Annuitant.

CONTINGENT OWNER -- is the individual who becomes the Owner if the Owner dies
before periodic annuity payments begin under this Contract.  Only the spouse of
the Owner may be named the Contingent Owner.

DESIGNATED BENEFICIARY -- is the individual designated as a beneficiary by the
Owner.


TAX-SHELTERED ANNUITY PROVISIONS

To ensure treatment as a TSA, this Contract will be subject to the requirements
of Code Section 403(b), which are briefly summarized below:

      1.  The Owner's rights under this Contract shall be nonforfeitable except
          for failure to pay future premiums.

      2.  The Contract may not be transferred, sold, assigned, or pledged as
          collateral for a loan, or as security for the performance of an
          obligation, or for any other purpose, to any person other than PM
          Group [PLA].

      3.  Premiums paid pursuant to a salary reduction agreement and applied to
          this Contract under a "plan" (within the meaning of Code Section
          403(b)) are subject to the annual limitation on "elective deferral"
          contributions under Section 401(a)(30) of the Code. Such amount is
          periodically adjusted for inflation.

      4.  Premiums applied to this Contract which exceed the applicable
          "exclusion allowance" (within the meaning of Code Section 403(b)(2))
          shall not be excludable from gross income.

      5.  Except if this Contract is purchased by a "church" (within the meaning
          of Code Section 3121(w)), if this Contract is purchased under a "plan"
          (within the meaning of Code Section 403(b)), the "plan" must satisfy
          the nondiscrimination requirements of Code Section 403(b)(12).
<PAGE>
 
      6.  Distributions attributable to premiums made pursuant to a salary
          reduction agreement may be made only when the Owner attains age 
          59 1/2, separates from service, dies, becomes "disabled" (within the
          meaning of Code Section 72(m)(7)) or incurs a hardship. A distribution
          made due to a hardship may not include income attributable to such
          premiums.

      7.  Distributions from this Contract must comply with the minimum
          distribution and incidental death benefit rules of Code Section
          401(a)(9). Accordingly, the entire interest under the Contract must be
          distributed:

          (a) not later than the April 1 next following the close of the
          calendar year in which the Owner attains age 70 1/2 (the "Required
          Beginning Date"), or

          (b) commencing not later than the Required Beginning Date over the
          life of the Owner or over the lives of the Owner and his or her
          Designated Beneficiary (or over a period not extending beyond the life
          expectancy of the Owner or the life expectancy of the Owner and his or
          her Designated Beneficiary).

          In addition, if the Owner dies before distribution of his or her
          interest in the Contract has begun in accordance with paragraph (b)
          above, the Owner's entire interest must be distributed within five
          years, unless (i) such interest is distributed to a Designated
          Beneficiary over his or her life (or over a period not extending
          beyond such Designated Beneficiary's life expectancy) and (ii) such
          distribution begins not later than one year after the Owner's death.
          If the Designated Beneficiary is the Owner's surviving spouse, the
          date on which the distributions are required to begin shall not be
          earlier than the date on which the Owner would have attained age 
          70 1/2.

          If the Owner dies after distribution of his or her interest in the
          Contract has begun in accordance with paragraph (b) above but before
          his or her entire interest has been distributed, the remaining
          interest will be distributed at least as rapidly as under the method
          of distribution being used prior to the Owner's death.

          All distributions must comply with a method of distribution offered by
          PL under this Contract. In addition, all minimum distributions
          required under Code Section 401(a)(9) must comply with the proposed
          Treasury Regulation section 1.403(b)-2.

     8.   If the Owner or Annuitant receives a distribution from this Contract
          that qualifies as an "eligible rollover distribution" (within the
          meaning of Code Section 402(f)(2)(A)) and elects to have such
          distribution paid directly to an "eligible retirement plan" (within
          the meaning of Code Section 402(c)), such distribution shall be made
          in the form of a direct transfer to the eligible retirement plan. PL
          may establish reasonable administrative rules applicable to such
          direct transfers.

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

     1.   PM Group [PLA] reserves the right to amend this rider to comply with
          future changes in the Code and any regulations or rulings issued
          thereunder. PM Group [PLA] shall provide the Owner with a copy of any
          such amendment.


       PM GROUP LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY [PACIFIC LIFE & ANNUITY COMPANY]



<PAGE>
 
EXHIBIT 99.4(e)

Section 457 Plan Rider
<PAGE>
 
                                                                           DRAFT
                            SECTION 457 PLAN RIDER
                                        

This rider is part of the Contract to which it is attached by PM Group [PLA].

The Contract to which this rider is attached is hereby modified as specified
below in order that it may be utilized under the deferred compensation plan of a
State or local government or tax-exempt organization established under Section
457 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code").

The provisions of this rider will take precedence over any contrary provisions
of the Contract.

Definitions

Annuity Start Date -- is the date you chose to have PM Group [PLA] begin
periodic annuity payments to the Annuitant. The Annuity Start Date may be no
later than April 1 of the calendar year following the year in which the
Annuitant reaches age 70 1/2.

Owner -- means the State, political subdivision of a State, any agency or
instrumentality of a State or political subdivision of a State or other
organization exempt from tax under Subtitle A of the Code (other than a "church"
or "qualified church-controlled organization" as defined in Code Section
3121(w)(3)) that has purchased this Contract. The Owner shall control this
Contract and may exercise all contractual rights hereunder.

Section 457 Plan Provisions

This Contract shall be subject to the requirements of Code Section 457, which
are briefly summarized below:

1. This Contract may only be purchased under an "eligible deferred compensation
   plan" (within the meaning of Code Section 457(b)) that has been established
   and maintained by a State, political subdivision of a State, any agency or
   instrumentality of a State or a political subdivision of a State or any other
   organization exempt from tax under Subtitle A of the Code (other than a
   "church" or "qualified church-controlled organization" as defined in Code
   Section 3121(w)(3)).

2. All amounts of compensation deferred under an "eligible deferred compensation
   plan" (within the meaning of Code Section 457(b)), all property and rights
   purchased with such amounts and all income attributable to such amounts,
   property or rights shall remain (until made available to the Annuitant or
   other Beneficiary) solely the property and rights of the Owner (without being
   restricted to the provision of benefits under the plan), subject only to the
   claims of the Owner's general creditors.

3. Only individuals who perform service for the Owner, either as an employee of
   the Owner or as an independent contractor, may participate under the
   "eligible deferred compensation plan" (within the meaning of Code Section
   457(b)).

4. Premiums applied to this Contract may not exceed the maximum deferral amount
   permitted under Code Section 457(b)(2) and (3) or Code Section 457(c).

5. Premiums paid pursuant to a salary reduction agreement may be applied to this
   Contract for any calendar month only if an agreement providing for such
   salary reduction was entered into before the beginning of such month.
   However, with respect to a new employee of the Owner, premiums may be paid
   for the calendar month during which the individual first becomes an employee,
   if a salary reduction agreement is entered into on or before the first day on
   which the individual becomes an employee.

6. Distributions shall not be made under this Contract earlier than (i) the
   calendar year in which the Annuitant attains age 70 1/2, (ii) when the
   Annuitant is separated from service with the Owner, or 
<PAGE>
 
   (iii) when the Annuitant is faced with an "unforeseeable emergency" (within
   the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.457-2(h)).

7. Distributions from this Contract must comply with the minimum distribution
   rules of Code Section 401(1)(9), including the incidental death benefit rule
   of Code Section 401(a)(9)(G). Accordingly, the entire interest under the
   Contract must be distributed:

   (a) not later than April 1 next following the close of the calendar year in
       which the Annuitant attains age 70 1/2 (the "Required Beginning Date"),
       or
   (b) commencing not later than the Required Beginning Date over the life of
       the Annuitant or over the lives of the Annuitant and his or her
       Beneficiary (or over a period not extending beyond the life expectancy of
       the Annuitant or the life expectancy of the Annuitant and his or her
       Beneficiary).

   In addition, if the Annuitant dies before distribution of his or her interest
   in the Contract has begun in accordance with paragraph (b) above, the
   Annuitant's entire interest must be distributed within five years, unless (i)
   such interest is distributed to a Beneficiary over his or her life (or over a
   period not extending beyond such Beneficiary's life expectancy) and (ii) such
   distribution begins not later than one year after the Annuitant's death. If
   the Beneficiary is the Annuitant's surviving spouse, the date on which the
   distributions are required to begin shall not be earlier than the date on
   which the Owner would have attained age 70 1/2. However, in all cases where
   the Annuitant dies before distribution of his or her interest in the Contract
   has begun, the Annuitant's entire interest must be paid over a period not to
   exceed 15 years (or the life expectancy of the surviving spouse if such
   spouse is the Beneficiary).

   If the Annuitant dies after distribution of his or her interest in the
   Contract has begun in accordance with paragraph (b) above but before his or
   her entire interest has been distributed, the remaining interest will be
   distributed at least as rapidly as under the method of distribution being
   used prior to the Annuitant's death.

   All distributions must comply with a method of distribution offered by PM 
   Group [PLA] under this Contract.

8. Distributions from this Contract payable over a period of more than one year
   shall be made in substantially nonincreasing amounts (paid not less
   frequently than annually).

Miscellaneous Provisions

   1. PM Group [PLA] reserves the right to amend this rider to comply with
      future changes in the Code and any regulations or rulings issued
      thereunder. PM Group [PLA] shall provide the Owner with a copy of any such
      amendment.

PM GROUP LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY [PACIFIC LIFE & ANNUITY COMPANY]




<PAGE>
 
EXHIBIT 99.4(f)

IRA Rider 

<PAGE>
 
                                                                           DRAFT

                      INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ANNUITY RIDER
                                        
This rider is a part of the Contract to which it is attached by PM Group Life
Insurance Company ("PM Group") [Pacific Life & Annuity Company ("PLA")].

The Contract under which it has been issued is hereby modified as specified
below in order to qualify as an Individual Retirement Annuity under the terms of
the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the "Code") as amended.

Definitions

Annuitant - is the individual named to receive periodic annuity payments
purchased under this Contract.

Annuity Start Date - is the date you choose to have PM Group [PLA] begin
periodic annuity payments to the Annuitant. The Annuity Start Date may be no
later than April 1 of the calendar year following the year in which the
Annuitant reaches age 70 1/2.

Contingent Annuitant - is the individual who becomes the Annuitant if the
Annuitant dies before periodic annuity payments purchased under this Contract
begin. Only the spouse of the Annuitant may be named the Contingent Annuitant.

Contingent Owner - is the individual who becomes the Owner if you die before
periodic annuity payments purchased under this Contract begin. Only the spouse
of the Annuitant may be named the Contingent Owner.

Designated Beneficiary - is the individual designated as a beneficiary by the
Annuitant.

The provisions of this rider will control if in conflict with those of the
Contract. Notwithstanding any provisions in the Contract to the contrary:

1. The Annuitant will at all times be the Owner of the Contract. The Owner's
   rights under the Contract shall be nonforfeitable and for the exclusive
   benefit of the Owner and his or her beneficiaries.

2. No benefits under the Contract may be transferred, sold, assigned, or
   pledged as collateral for a loan, or as security for the performance of an
   obligation, or for any other purpose, to any person; except that the Contract
   may be transferred to a former spouse of the Owner under a divorce decree or
   written instrument incident to such divorce. In the event of such transfer,
   the transferee shall for all purposes be treated as the Owner under this
   Contract.

3. No contribution will be accepted under a SIMPLE plan established by an
   employer pursuant to Code section 408(p).  No transfer or rollover of funds
   attributable to contributions made by a particular employer under its SIMPLE
   plan will be accepted from a SIMPLE IRA, that is, an IRA used in conjunction
   with a SIMPLE plan, prior to the expiration of the 2-year period beginning on
   the date the individual first participated in that employer's SIMPLE plan.

                                       1
<PAGE>
 
4. Except in the case of "rollover contribution" as described in Sections
   402(a)(5), 402(a)(6), 402(a)(7), 403(a)(4), 403(b)(8) or 408(d)(3) of the
   Code, or an employer contribution to a Simplified Employee Pension as defined
   in Section 408(k) of the Code, the Purchase Payments (or premium) paid under
   this Contract shall not exceed $2,000 for any taxable year, or such other
   maximum as the Code may allow, and must be paid in cash.

5. Additional Purchase Payments (or premium payments) under the Contract must
   be at least the minimum as stated in the Purchase Payment (or Premium)
   provision of the Contract.

6. If this Contract is issued as part of a Simplified Employee Pension, the
   Purchase Payment (or premium) paid under this Contract shall not exceed
   $30,000 or 15% of your allowable compensation, whichever is less, or such
   other maximum as the Code may allow, and must be paid in cash.

7. Any Purchase Payment (or premium) refund declared by PM Group [PLA], other
   than refunds attributable to excess contributions will be applied toward the
   purchase of additional benefits before the close of the calendar year
   following the refund.

8. In accordance with Regulations prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury,
   or his delegate pursuant to the Code ("Regulations"), the entire interest
   under the Contract must be distributed to the Owner:

   (a) Not later than the April 1st next following the close of the calendar
       year in which the Owner attains age 70-1/2 (the "Required Beginning
       Date"), or

   (b) Commencing not later than the Required Beginning Date in equal or
       substantially equal amounts, in annual or more frequent installments,
       over:

       (i)   the Owner's life or the lives of the Owner and his or her
             Designated Beneficiary; or

       (ii)  a period not exceeding the Owner's life expectancy or the joint and
             last survivor life expectancy of the Owner and his or her
             Designated Beneficiary.

   (c) If the Owner's entire interest is to be distributed in other than a lump
       sum, then the amount to be distributed each year, commencing with the
       Required Beginning Date and then for each succeeding calendar year, shall
       not be less than the quotient obtained by dividing the Owner's entire
       interest by the lesser of:

       (i)   the applicable life expectancy; or

       (ii)  if the Owner's spouse is not the Designated Beneficiary, the
             applicable divisor determined from the table set forth in Q&A-4 of
             Section 1.401(a)(9)-2 of the proposed Income Tax Regulations.
             Distributions after the death of the Owner shall be calculated
             using the applicable life expectancy as the relevant divisor
             without regard to the proposed Regulation Section 1.401(a)(9)-2.

       The preceding paragraph shall not apply if distribution is in the form of
       an annuity with non-increasing payments.

   Life expectancy is computed by use of the expected return multiples in Tables
   V and VI of Section 1.72-9 of the Income Tax Regulations. Unless otherwise
   elected by the Owner by

                                       2
<PAGE>
 
   the time distributions are required to begin, life expectancy shall be
   recalculated annually. Such election shall be irrevocable as to the Owner and
   shall apply to all subsequent years. The life expectancy of a non-spouse
   Beneficiary may not be recalculated. Instead, life expectancy will be
   calculated using the attained age of such Beneficiary during the calendar
   year in which distributions are required to begin pursuant to this section,
   and payments for subsequent years shall be calculated based on such life
   expectancy reduced by one for each calendar year which has elapsed since the
   calendar year life expectancy was first calculated.

   (d) If the Owner's spouse is not the Designated Beneficiary, the form of
       Annuity elected must assure that at least 50% of the value of the
       Contract available for distribution is payable within the Owner's life
       expectancy.

   (e) The method of distribution shall be made in accordance with the
       requirements of Section 401(a)(9) of the Code and the Regulations
       thereunder. Further the method selected must meet the "minimum
       distribution incidental benefit" rule of Code Section 401(a)(9), and the
       proposed Regulation Section 1.401(a)(9)-2. This includes the following:

       (i)   where the Owner's only Designated Beneficiary is the spouse, the
             minimum amount that must be distributed in a distribution calendar
             year is the amount determined under the regular minimum
             distribution requirements in this Section 8.

       (ii)  where the distributions are not made as annuity payments under an
             annuity contract and where the Owner's spouse is not the Designated
             Beneficiary, the minimum amount that must be distributed in a
             distribution calendar year is the quotient obtained by dividing the
             Owner's entire interest by the joint and last survivor expectancy
             described in the proposed Regulation Section 1.401(a)(9)-2.

       (iii) where distribution is to be made under an annuity contract
             purchased on or before the Owner's Required Beginning Date and the
             Owner's spouse is not the Designated Beneficiary, the minimum
             amount that must be distributed is determined as follows:

      - Period certain annuity without a life contingency: The period certain
      may not exceed the appropriate joint and last survivor expectancy
      described in the proposed Regulation Section 1.401(a)(9)-2.

      - Life annuity or a joint and survivor annuity: A life annuity on the
      Owner's life which satisfies the regular minimum distribution requirements
      satisfies the "minimum distribution incidental benefit" rule. The periodic
      annuity payment to the survivor under a joint and survivor annuity may not
      exceed the applicable percentage of the annuity payment to the Owner.
      These percentages are defined in the proposed Regulation Section
      1.401(a)(9)-2.

      - Life annuity with period certain: The distribution must satisfy the
      requirements for a single life (or joint and survivor) annuity and the
      period certain may not exceed the period determined for non-annuity
      distributions.

   Only a method of distribution offered by PM Group [PLA] that satisfies these
   conditions can be selected. You must make this selection before the end of
   the calendar year in which you attain age 70-1/2.

                                       3
<PAGE>
 
9. On the death of the Owner, distribution shall be made in accordance with the
   annuity options described in the Contract. However, selection of an annuity
   option which does not satisfy the conditions of this Section 9 shall not be
   permitted.

   If the Owner dies before distribution of his or her interest in the Contract
   commences, the entire interest should be distributed by December 31st of the
   fifth full year which follows the Owner's death unless: (i) such interest is
   paid in equal or substantially equal installments over a period not exceeding
   the lifetime, or the life expectancy, of the Designated Beneficiary; and (ii)
   payments begin by December 31st of the calendar year which follows the
   Owner's death.

   If the Designated Beneficiary of the Owner is the Owner's surviving spouse,
   the spouse may elect to receive equal or substantially equal payments over
   the life or life expectancy of the surviving spouse commencing at any date
   prior to the later of: (i) December 31 of the calendar year immediately
   following the calendar year in which the Owner died; and (ii) December 31 of
   the calendar year in which Owner would have attained age 70 1/2. Such
   election must be made no later than the earlier of December 31 of the
   calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Owner's death or the
   date distributions are required to begin pursuant to the preceding sentence.
   The surviving spouse may accelerate these payments at any time, i.e.,
   increase the frequency or amount of such payments.

   If the surviving spouse is the Designated Beneficiary, the spouse may convert
   this Individual Retirement Annuity to the spouse's own Individual Retirement
   Annuity by requesting that he or she be made the Annuitant. If the spouse so
   requests, the spouse shall be Owner and Annuitant for purposes of applying
   the restrictions contained in this rider.

   For purposes of the above, life expectancy is computed by use of the expected
   return multiples in Tables V and VI of Section 1.72-9 of the Income Tax
   Regulations. For purposes of distributions beginning after the Owner's death,
   unless otherwise elected by the surviving spouse by the time distributions
   are required to begin, life expectancies shall be recalculated annually. Such
   election shall be irrevocable as to the surviving spouse and shall apply to
   all subsequent years. In the case of any other Designated Beneficiary, life
   expectancies shall be calculated using the attained age of such Beneficiary
   during the calendar year in which distributions are required to begin
   pursuant to this section, and payments for any subsequent calendar year shall
   be calculated based on such life expectancy reduced by one for each calendar
   year which has elapsed since the calendar year life expectancy was first
   calculated.

   Any amount paid to a child of the Owner will be treated as if it had been
   paid to the surviving spouse if the remainder of the interest becomes payable
   to the surviving spouse when the child reaches the age of majority.

   If the Owner dies after distribution of his or her interest in the Contract
   has commenced, the remaining interest will be distributed at least as rapidly
   as under the method of distribution being used prior to the Owner's death.

   If the Owner dies before his or her entire interest has been distributed to
   him or her, no additional cash contributions or "rollover contributions"
   shall be accepted.

                                       4
<PAGE>
 
10. No one other than the spouse of the Owner may be named as the Contingent
    Annuitant and/or the Contingent Owner. If the Owner dies, the Contingent
    Annuitant shall be treated as the Annuitant for purposes of applying the
    restrictions contained in this rider.

    If, despite the restrictions contained in this rider, someone other than the
    spouse is named as a Contingent Annuitant, such person shall be treated as
    the Primary Beneficiary under the Contract.

11. PM Group [PLA] shall furnish annual calendar year reports concerning the
    status of the Contract.

12. PM Group [PLA] reserves the right to amend this rider to comply with future
    changes in the Code and any regulations or rulings and other published
    guidance issued under the provisions of the Code or interpretations thereof
    without consent (except for the states of Michigan, Pennsylvania, South
    Carolina and Washington, where affirmative consent is required). PM Group
    [PLA] shall provide the Owner of the Contract with a copy of any such
    amendment.



       PM Group Life Insurance Company [Pacific Life & Annuity Company]  
                                        

    President and Chief Executive Officer                   Secretary

                                       5

<PAGE>
 
EXHIBIT 99.4(g)

Roth IRA Rider 
<PAGE>
 
                                                                           DRAFT


                   ROTH INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ANNUITY RIDER
                                        
This rider is part of the Contract to which it is attached by PM Group Life
Insurance Company ("PM Group") [Pacific Life & Annuity Company ("PLA")].

The Contract under which it has been issued is hereby modified as specified
below in order to qualify as a Roth Individual Retirement Annuity (Roth IRA)
under the terms of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the "Code") as amended.

Definitions

Annuitant - is the individual named to receive periodic annuity payments
purchased under this Contract.

Annuity Start Date - is the date you choose to have PM Group [PLA] begin
periodic annuity payments to the Annuitant.

Contingent Annuitant - is the individual who becomes the Annuitant if the
Annuitant dies before periodic annuity payments purchased under the Contract
begin.  Only the spouse of the Annuitant may be named the Contingent Annuitant.

Contingent Owner - is the individual who becomes the Owner if you die before
periodic annuity payments purchased under this Contract begin.  Only the spouse
of the Annuitant may be named the Contingent Owner.

Designated Beneficiary - is the individual designated as a beneficiary by the
Annuitant.

In order to ensure treatment as a Roth IRA, the provisions of this rider will
control if in conflict with those of the Contract.  Notwithstanding any
provisions in the Contract to the contrary:

  1.  The Annuitant will at all times be the Owner of the Contract.  The Owner's
  rights under the Contract shall be nonforfeitable and for the exclusive
  benefit of the Owner and his or her beneficiaries.

  2.  No benefits under the Contract may be transferred, sold, assigned, or
  pledged as collateral for a loan, or as security for the performance of an
  obligation, or for any other purpose, to any person; except that the Contract
  may be transferred to a former spouse of the Owner under a divorce decree or
  written instrument incident to such divorce.  In the event of such a transfer,
  the transferee shall for all purposes be treated as the Owner under this
  Contract.

  3.  The Purchase Payments (or premium) paid under this Contract shall not
  exceed $2,000 for any taxable year, or such other maximum as the Code may
  allow, and must be paid in cash.

  4.  Additional Purchase Payments (or premium payments) under the Contract must
  be at least equal to the minimum amount stated in the Purchase Payments (or
  Premiums) provision of the Contract.

  5.  Other than "qualified rollover contributions", as defined in Section
  408A(e) of the Code, no rollover contributions may be made to the Contract.
  Qualified rollover contributions are excluded from the annual Purchase
  Payments (or premium) limit set forth in Section 3.

                                       1
<PAGE>
 
  6.  Any Purchase Payments (or premium) refund declared by PM Group [PLA] other
  than refunds attributable to excess contributions will be applied toward the
  purchase of additional benefits before the close of the calendar year
  following the refund.

  7.  If the Owner dies before his or her entire interest in the Contract is
  distributed to him or her and the Owner's surviving spouse is not the sole
  beneficiary, the entire remaining interest will, at the election of the Owner
  or, if the Owner has not so elected, at the election of the beneficiary or
  beneficiaries, either:

     (a) Be distributed by December 31 of the year containing the fifth
     anniversary of the Owner's death, or

     (b) Be distributed over the life expectancy of the Designated Beneficiary
     starting no later than December 31 of the year following the year of the
     Owner's death.

  If distributions do not begin by the date described in (b), distribution
  method (a) will apply.

  For purposes of the above, life expectancy is computed by use of the expected
  return multiples in Tables V and VI of Section 1.72-9 of the Income Tax
  Regulations. Life expectancies shall be calculated using the attained age of
  the Designated Beneficiary during the calendar year in which distributions are
  required to begin pursuant to this section, and payments for any subsequent
  calendar year shall be calculated based on such life expectancy reduced by one
  for each calendar year which has elapsed since the calendar year life
  expectancy was first calculated.

  If the Owner's surviving spouse is the Designated Beneficiary on the Owner's
  date of death, such spouse shall be treated as the Owner and Annuitant for
  purposes of this requirement.

  8.  No one other than the spouse of the Owner may be named as the Contingent
  Annuitant and/or the Contingent Owner.  If the Owner dies, the Contingent
  Annuitant shall be treated as the Annuitant for purposes of applying the
  restrictions contained in this rider.

  If, despite the restrictions contained in this rider, someone other than the
  spouse is named as a Contingent Annuitant, such person shall be treated as the
  Designated Beneficiary under the Contract.

  9.  PM Group [PLA] shall furnish annual calendar year reports concerning the
  status of the Contract.

  10. PM Group [PLA] reserves the right to amend this rider to comply with
  future changes in the Code and any regulations or rulings and other published
  guidance issued under the provisions of the Code or interpretations thereof
  without consent (except for the states of Michigan, Pennsylvania, South
  Carolina, and Washington, where affirmative consent is required). PM Group
  [PLA] shall provide the Owner of the Contract with a copy of any such
  amendment.


       PM Group Life Insurance Company [Pacific Life & Annuity Company]
                                        



  President and Chief Executive Officer                     Secretary

                                       2

<PAGE>
 
EXHIBIT 99.4(h)

SIMPLE IRA Rider 
<PAGE>
 
                                                                           DRAFT

                  SIMPLE INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ANNUITY RIDER
                                        

This rider is part of the Contract to which it is attached by PM Group Life
Insurance Company ("PM Group") [Pacific Life & Annuity Company ("PLA")].

The Contract under which it has been issued is hereby modified as specified
below in order to qualify as a SIMPLE Individual Retirement Annuity under the
terms of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the "Code") as amended.

DEFINITIONS

ANNUITANT - is the individual named to receive periodic annuity payments
purchased under this contract.

ANNUITY START DATE - is the date you choose to have PM Group [PLA] begin
periodic annuity payments to the Annuitant. The Annuity Start Date may be no
later than April 1 of the calendar year following the year in which the
Annuitant reaches age 70 1/2.

CONTINGENT ANNUITANT - is the individual who becomes the Annuitant if the
Annuitant dies before periodic annuity payments purchased under the Contract
begin.  Only the spouse of the Annuitant may be named the Contingent Annuitant.

CONTINGENT OWNER - is the individual who becomes the Owner if you die before
periodic annuity payments purchased under this Contract begin.  Only the spouse
of the Annuitant may be named the Contingent Owner.

DESIGNATED BENEFICIARY - is the individual designated as a beneficiary by the
Annuitant.

The provisions of this rider will control if in conflict with those of the
Contract.  Notwithstanding any provisions in the Contract to the contrary:

1.  The Annuitant will at all times be the Owner of the Contract.  The Owner's
rights under the Contract shall be nonforfeitable and for the exclusive benefit
of the Owner and his or her beneficiaries.

2.  No benefits under the Contract may be transferred, sold, assigned, or
pledged as collateral for a loan, or as security for the performance of an
obligation, or for any other purpose, to any person; except that the Contract
may be transferred to a former spouse of the owner under a divorce decree or
written instrument incident to such divorce.  In the event of such transfer, the
transferee shall for all purposes be treated as the Owner under this Contract.

3.  This SIMPLE IRA will accept only cash contributions made on behalf of the
Annuitant pursuant to the terms of a SIMPLE IRA plan described in section 408(p)
of the Internal Revenue Code.  A rollover contribution or a transfer of assets
from another SIMPLE IRA of the Annuitant will also be accepted.  No other
contributions will be accepted.

4.  Prior to the expiration of the 2-year period beginning on the date the
Annuitant first participated in any SIMPLE IRA plan maintained by the
Annuitant's employer, any rollover or transfer by the Annuitant

                                    Page 1

<PAGE>
 
of funds from this SIMPLE IRA must be made to another SIMPLE IRA of the
Annuitant. Any distribution of funds to the Annuitant during this 2-year period
may be subject to a 25% additional tax if the Annuitant does not roll over the
amount distributed into a SIMPLE IRA. After the expiration of this 2-year
period, the Annuitant may roll over or transfer funds to any IRA of the
Annuitant that is qualified under section 408(a) or (b) of the Internal Revenue
Code.

5.  Additional Purchase Payments (or premium payments) under the Contract must
be at least the minimum as stated in the Purchase Payments (or Premiums)
provision of the Contract.

6.  Any Purchase Payments (or premium) refund declared by PM Group [PLA] other
than refunds attributable to excess contributions will be applied toward the
purchase of additional benefits before the close of the calendar year following
the refund.

7.  In accordance with Regulations prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury,
or his delegate pursuant to the code ("Regulations"), the entire interest under
the Contract must be distributed to the Owner:

    (a)  Not later than the April 1st next following the close of the calendar
         year in which the Owner attains age 70 1/2 (the "Required Beginning
         Date"), or

    (b)  Commencing not later than the Required Beginning Date in equal or
         substantially equal amounts, in annual or more frequent installments,
         over:

            (i)   the Owner's life or the lives of the Owner and his or her
                  Designated Beneficiary; or

            (ii)  a period not exceeding the Owner's life expectancy or the
                  joint and last survivor life expectancy of the Owner and his
                  or her Designated Beneficiary.

    (c)  If the Owner's entire interest is to be distributed in other than a
         lump sum, then the amount to be distributed each year, commencing with
         the Required Beginning Date and then for each succeeding calendar year,
         shall not be less than the quotient obtained by dividing the Owner's
         entire interest by the lesser of:

            (i)   the applicable life expectancy; or

            (ii)  if the Owner's spouse is not the Designated Beneficiary, the
                  applicable divisor determined from the table set forth in Q&A-
                  4 of Section 1.401(a)(9)-2 of the proposed Income Tax
                  Regulations. Distributions after the death of the Owner shall
                  be calculated using the applicable life expectancy as the
                  relevant divisor without regard to the proposed Regulation
                  Section 1.401(a)(9)-2.

    The preceding paragraph shall not apply if distribution is in the form of an
annuity with non-increasing payments.

    Life expectancy is computed by use of the expected return multiples in
Tables V and VI of Section 1.72-9 of the Income Tax Regulations. Unless
otherwise elected by the Owner by the time distributions are required to begin,
life expectancy shall be recalculated annually. Such election shall be
irrevocable as to the Owner and shall apply to all subsequent years. The life
expectancy of a non-spouse Beneficiary may not be recalculated. Instead, life
expectancy will be calculated using the

                                    Page 2

<PAGE>
 
attained age of such Beneficiary during the calendar year in which distributions
are required to begin pursuant to this section, and payments for subsequent
years shall be calculated based on such life expectancy reduced by one for each
calendar year which has elapsed since the calendar year life expectancy was
first calculated.

    (d)  If the Owner's spouse is not the Designated Beneficiary, the form of
         Annuity elected must assure that at least 50% of the value of the
         Contract available for distribution is payable within the Owner's life
         expectancy.

    (e)  The method of distribution shall be made in accordance with the
         requirements of Section 401(a)(9) of the Code and the Regulations
         thereunder. Further the method selected must meet the "minimum
         distribution incidental benefit" rule of Code Section 401(a)(9), and
         the proposed Regulation Section 1.401(a)(9)(2). This includes the
         following:

            (i)   where the Owner's only Designated Beneficiary is the spouse,
                  the minimum amount that must be distributed in a distribution
                  calendar year is the amount determined under the regular
                  minimum distribution requirements in this Section 7.

            (ii)  where the distributions are not made as annuity payments under
                  an annuity contract and where the Owner's spouse is not the
                  Designated Beneficiary, the minimum amount that must be
                  distributed in a distribution calendar year is the quotient
                  obtained by dividing the Owner's entire interest by the joint
                  and last survivor expectancy described in the proposed
                  Regulation Section 1.401(a)(9)-2.

            (iii) where distribution is to be made under an annuity contract
                  purchased on or before the Owner's Required Beginning Date and
                  the Owner's spouse is not the Designated Beneficiary, the
                  minimum amount that must be distributed is determined as
                  follows:

                     - Period certain annuity without a life contingency: The
                     period certain may not exceed the appropriate joint and
                     last survivor expectancy described in the proposed
                     Regulation Section 1.401(a)(9)-2.

                     - Life annuity or a joint and survivor annuity: A life
                     annuity on the Owner's life which satisfies the regular
                     minimum distribution requirements satisfies the "minimum
                     distribution incidental benefit" rule. The periodic annuity
                     payment to the survivor under a joint and survivor annuity
                     may not exceed the applicable percentage of the annuity
                     payment to the Owner. These percentages are defined in the
                     proposed Regulation Section 1.401(a)(9)-2.

                     - Life annuity with period certain: The distribution must
                     satisfy the requirements for a single life (or joint and
                     survivor) annuity and the period certain may not exceed the
                     period determined for non-annuity distributions.

    Only a method of distribution offered by PM Group [PLA] that satisfies these
conditions can be selected. You must make this selection before the end of the
calendar year in which you attain age 70 1/2.

8.  On the death of the Owner, distribution shall be made in accordance with the
annuity options described in the Contract.  However, selection of an annuity
option which does not satisfy the conditions of this Section 8 shall not be
permitted.

                                    Page 3

<PAGE>
 
    If the Owner dies before distribution of his or her interest in the Contract
commences, the entire interest should be distributed by December 31st of the
fifth full year which follows the Owner's death unless: (i) such interest is
paid in equal or substantially equal installments over a period not exceeding
the lifetime, or the life expectancy, of the Designated Beneficiary; and (ii)
payments begin by December 31st of the calendar year which follows the Owner's
death.

    If the Designated Beneficiary of the Owner is the Owner's surviving spouse,
the spouse may elect to receive equal or substantially equal payments over the
life or life expectancy of the surviving spouse commencing at any date prior to
the later of: (i) December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the
calendar year in which the Owner died; and (ii) December 31 of the calendar year
in which Owner would have attained age 70 1/2. Such election must be made no
later than the earlier of December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth
anniversary of the Owner's death or the date distributions are required to begin
pursuant to the preceding sentence. The surviving spouse may accelerate these
payments at any time, i.e., increase the frequency or amount of such payments.

    If the surviving spouse is the Designated Beneficiary, the spouse may
convert this Individual Retirement Annuity to the spouse's own Individual
Retirement Annuity by requesting that he or she be made the Annuitant. If the
spouse so requests, the spouse shall be Owner and Annuitant for purposes of
applying the restrictions contained in this rider.

    For purposes of the above, life expectancy is computed by use of the
expected return multiples in Tables V and VI of Section 1.72-9 of the Income Tax
Regulations. For purposes of distributions beginning after the Owner's death,
unless otherwise elected by the surviving spouse by the time distributions are
required to begin, life expectancies shall be recalculated annually. Such
election shall be irrevocable as to the surviving spouse and shall apply to all
subsequent years. In the case of any other Designated Beneficiary, life
expectancies shall be calculated using the attained age of such Beneficiary
during the calendar year in which distributions are required to begin pursuant
to this section, and payments for any subsequent calendar year shall be
calculated based on such life expectancy reduced by one for each calendar year
which has elapsed since the calendar year life expectancy was first calculated.

    Any amount paid to a child of the Owner will be treated as if it had been
paid to the surviving spouse if the remainder of the interest becomes payable to
the surviving spouse when the child reaches the age of majority.

    If the Owner dies after distribution of his or her interest in the Contract
has commenced, the remaining interest will be distributed at least as rapidly as
under the method of distribution being used prior to the Owner's death.

    If the Owner dies before his or her entire interest has been distributed to
him or her, no additional cash contributions or "rollover contributions" shall
be accepted.

9.  No one other than the spouse of the Owner may be named as the Contingent
Annuitant and/or the Contingent Owner.  If the Owner dies, the Contingent
Annuitant shall be treated as the Annuitant for purposes of applying the
restrictions contained in this rider.

    If, despite the restrictions contained in this rider, someone other than the
spouse is named as a Contingent Annuitant, such person shall be treated as the
Primary Beneficiary under the Contract.

                                    Page 4


<PAGE>
 
10. PM Group [PLA] shall furnish annual calendar year reports concerning the
status of the Contract.

11. If contributions made on behalf of the Annuitant pursuant to a SIMPLE IRA
Plan maintained by the Annuitant's employer are received directly by PM Group
[PLA] from the employer, PM Group [PLA] will provide the employer with the
summary description required by section 408(l)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code.

12. If this SIMPLE IRA is maintained by a designated financial institution
(within the meaning of section 408(p)(7) of the Internal Revenue Code) under the
terms of a SIMPLE IRA Plan of the Annuitant's employer, the Annuitant must be
permitted to transfer the Annuitant's balance without cost or penalty (within
the meaning of section 408(p)(7)) to another IRA.

13. PM Group [PLA] reserves the right to amend this rider to comply with future
changes in the Code and any regulations or rulings and other published guidance
issued under the provisions of the Code or interpretations thereof without
consent (except for the states of Michigan, Pennsylvania, South Carolina and
Washington, where affirmative consent is required). PM Group [PLA] shall provide
the Owner of the Contract with a copy of any such amendment.



       PM Group Life Insurance Company [Pacific Life & Annuity Company]


    President and Chief Executive Officer                  Secretary


                                    Page 5


<PAGE>
 
EXHIBIT 99.4(i)

DCA Plus Fixed Option Endorsement 
<PAGE>
 
                                                                           DRAFT
 
                       DCA PLUS FIXED OPTION ENDORSEMENT
                                        
This Endorsement is part of the Contract and should be attached to it.  All
terms of the Contract which do not conflict with this Endorsement's terms apply
to this Endorsement.  In the event of any conflict between the terms of this
Endorsement and the terms of the Contract, the terms of this Endorsement shall
prevail over the terms of the Contract.

This Endorsement provides an additional Investment Option called the DCA Plus
Fixed Option.

The Contract is amended by adding or revising the following provisions
(revisions are italicized):

DEFINITIONS

     DCA Plus Fixed Option: Amounts allocated under your Contract to the DCA
     Plus Fixed Option are held in our General Account and receive interest at
     rates declared periodically (the `Guaranteed Interest Rate(s)'), but not
     less than an annual rate of 3%.

     DCA Plus Fixed Option Value: The aggregate of your Contract Value allocated
     to the DCA Plus Fixed Option.

     Contract Value:  As of the end of any Business Day, your Variable Account
     Value, plus your Fixed Option Value, your DCA Plus Fixed Option Value, your
     Guaranteed Interest Option Value, and any Loan Account Value.

     Guaranteed Interest Rate:  The interest rate guaranteed at the time of
     allocation (or rollover for the Guarantee Term on amounts allocated to the
     Fixed Option, the DCA Plus Fixed Option, or a Guaranteed Interest Option).
     All Guaranteed Interest rates are expressed as annual rates, and interest
     is accrued daily. This rate will not be less than an annual rate of 3%.

     Guarantee Term:  The period during which the amount you allocate to the
     Fixed Option, the DCA Plus Fixed Option, or to a GIO earns a specified
     Guaranteed Interest Rate.

     Investment Option:  A Variable Account, Fixed Option, DCA Plus Fixed
     Option, or GIO offered under the Contract.

GENERAL PROVISIONS

     Delay of Payments:  Generally, payments, transfers or exchanges will be
     made within seven days from receipt of the payment and/or request in a form
     satisfactory to us. Payment of your withdrawal proceeds or transfers or
     exchanges to or from a Variable Account may be delayed after receipt of
     your withdrawal, transfer, or exchange request under certain circumstances.
     These include:

        .  a closing of the New York Stock Exchange other than on a regular
           holiday or weekend; 
        .  a trading restriction by the SEC; or
        .  an emergency declared by the SEC.

     We may delay payments or transfers from our General Account (which would
     include payment of your withdrawal proceeds and transfers from the Fixed
     Option, the DCA Plus Fixed Option, or any GIO, loans, fixed annuity
     payments, and lump sum death benefit payments unless state law requires
     otherwise) for up to six months after the requested effective date of the
     transaction. Any amount delayed will, so long as it is held under the Fixed
     Option, the DCA Plus Fixed Option, or in any of the GIOs, continue to earn
     interest at the Guaranteed Interest Rate(s) then in effect until the
     applicable Guaranteed Term in effect has ended, and not less than 3% on an
     annual basis thereafter. If you make any Purchase Payment by check, other
     than a cashier's check, we may delay making payments to you until your
     check has cleared.

                                       1
<PAGE>
 
PURCHASE PAYMENTS

     This paragraph is added to the Purchase Payment Allocation provision:

     Prior to the Annuity Date you may allocate all or part of a Purchase
     Payment to the DCA Plus Fixed Option if you have elected to transfer under
     the DCA Plus program.  Under the DCA Plus program you authorize the
     automatic transfer of amounts at monthly intervals from the DCA Plus Fixed
     Option to one or more Variable Investment Options.  You may terminate DCA
     Plus at any time.  Upon any termination of DCA Plus, we will transfer any
     amounts remaining in the DCA Plus Fixed Option to the Fixed Option, unless
     you instruct us to transfer such amounts to other Investment Options.  We
     reserve the right to change the terms and conditions of the DCA Plus
     program at any time.

THE DCA PLUS FIXED OPTION

     This section is added following the FIXED OPTION provisions:

     Your initial Purchase Payment allocation to the DCA Plus Fixed Option will
     begin a Guarantee Term of up to one year.

     Prior to the Annuity Date, we will credit interest at the Guaranteed
     Interest Rate(s) during the Guarantee Term on the amount of Purchase
     Payments that you allocate to the DCA Plus Fixed Option, while the
     Annuitant is living and this Contract is in force. Your DCA Plus Fixed
     Option value will be transferred over the remainder of the existing DCA
     Plus Guarantee Term. We will credit the Guaranteed Interest Rate in effect
     on the Business Day that the allocation is effective until the Guarantee
     Term has expired.

     Account Values under the DCA Plus Fixed Option are held in our General
     Account.  Subject to applicable law, we have sole discretion over the
     investment of our General Account assets.

     At the end of a Guarantee Term, the entire DCA Plus Fixed Option will have
     been transferred to the Variable Investment Options. If requested, all or a
     portion of additional Purchase Payments may be allocated to the DCA Plus
     Fixed Option at the Guaranteed Interest rate then in effect.

     We will stop crediting interest on that portion of your DCA Plus Fixed
     Option Value that is withdrawn, transferred (including transfers to the
     Loan Account), or converted to an Annuity Option, including any fees for
     withdrawals or transfers; withdrawal charges; annual fee; and charges for
     any premium taxes and/or other taxes.  We do so as of the end of the
     Business Day any such transaction is effective.

CONTRACT VALUE

     This provision is added:

     DCA Plus Fixed Option Value: Your DCA Plus Fixed Option Value on any
     Business Day is your DCA Plus Fixed Option Value on the prior Business Day
     increased by any additions to your DCA Plus Fixed Option on that day as a
     result of any:

       . interest;
       . Purchase Payments received by us and allocated to the DCA Plus Fixed
         Option; and

     decreased by any deductions from the DCA Plus Fixed Option on that day as a
     result of any

       . transfers, including transfers to the Loan Account;
       . withdrawals and withdrawal charges;
       . amounts converted to an Annuity Option;
       . charge for any premium taxes and/or other taxes;
       . fees for withdrawals and/or transfers; and
       . annual fee.

TRANSFER AND WITHDRAWAL RESTRICTIONS

                                       2
<PAGE>
 
     This provision is added:

     Special Restrictions on Transfers into the DCA Plus Fixed Option: No
     transfers may be made from any other Investment Option to the DCA Plus
     Fixed Option.

ANNUITY BENEFITS

     The last sentence Fixed and Variable Annuities is revised as follows:

     Any net amount you convert to a fixed annuity will be held in our General
     Account (but not under the Fixed Option, the DCA Plus Fixed Option, or
     GIOs).

     The second paragraph of the Default Annuity Date and Options is revised as
     follows:

     If you do not elect an Annuity Option, your Net Contract Value, less any
     applicable MVA, and any charge for any premium taxes and or other taxes,
     when converted, will, subject to our minimum requirements, be converted as
     follows:

        . the net amount from your Fixed Option Value, DCA Plus Fixed Option
          Value, and your GIO Value will be converted to a fixed annuity and
          held in our General Account, and 
        . the net amount from your Variable Account Value will be applied to the
          variable annuity and applied to the Subaccounts in proportion to your
          Account Value in each Subaccount on the Annuity Date.


     Signed at our Home Office, 700 Newport Center Drive, Newport Beach,
     California 92660.


 
     President and Chief Executive Officer                   Secretary

                                       3

<PAGE>
 
EXHIBIT 99.5 (a)

Application Form for Pacific Portfolios Variable Annuity Arizona Contract (Form
G95-00AZ 8/98)
<PAGE>
 
                                                                         "DRAFT"
                                                             PACIFIC PORTFOLIOS
[PM GROUP LOGO]                                                VARIABLE ANNUITY
                                                                    APPLICATION

PLEASE TYPE or PRINT. See instructions to assist you in completing this 
application. The Company is required to provide to the Owner, within reasonable
time, reasonable factual information regarding the benefits and provisions of
the annuity contract.
_______________________________________________________________________________
[1]    ANNUITANT Name                            Birth Date     Phone Number
       (First, Middle Initial, Last)             (mo/day/yr)    (    )

_______________________________________________________________________________
       Street Address                                           Sex
       (Number, Street Name and Apartment or Unit Number)       [_] M [_] F

_______________________________________________________________________________
       City, State & ZIP Code                    Social Security/Tax ID Number
                                                      
_______________________________________________________________________________
OPTIONAL

       ADDITIONAL ANNUITANT Complete this section to name additional Annuitants.
       Not applicable for Qualified Contracts.

       Check one [_] Joint   [_] Contingent

       Name (First, Middle Initial, Last)         Birth Date  Annuitant's Spouse
                                                  (mo/day/yr)  [_] Yes   [_] No

_______________________________________________________________________________
       Street Address                                           Sex
       (Number, Street Name and Apartment or Unit Number)       [_] M [_] F

_______________________________________________________________________________
       City, State & ZIP Code                     Social Security/Tax ID Number

_______________________________________________________________________________
[2]    If Owner(s) and Annuitant(s) are the same, it is not necessary to
       complete Section 2. If Trust is Owner, complete Trust Certification Form.

       OWNER Name (First, Middle Initial, Last)   Birth Date    Phone Number
                                                  (mo/day/yr)   (    )

_______________________________________________________________________________
       Street Address                                           Sex
       (Number, Street Name and Apartment or Unit Number)       [_] M [_] F

_______________________________________________________________________________
       City, State & ZIP Code                     Social Security/Tax ID Number


_______________________________________________________________________________
OPTIONAL

       ADDITIONAL OWNER Name                     Birth Date    Owner's Spouse
       (First, Middle Initial, Last) Complete    (mo/day/yr)   [_] Yes  [_] No
       this section to name additional owners.

_______________________________________________________________________________
       Street Address                                           Sex
       (Number, Street Name and Apartment or Unit Number)       [_] M [_] F

_______________________________________________________________________________
       City, State & ZIP Code                     Social Security/Tax ID Number

_______________________________________________________________________________
[3]    BENEFICIARY Name (First, Middle Initial, Last) Use Special Requests
       section to provide additional Beneficiaries or Beneficiary information.
                                                   --
                                         Select One  [_] Primary  [_] Contingent

_______________________________________________________________________________
       ADDITIONAL BENEFICIARY Name (First, Middle Initial, Last)
                                         Select One  [_] Primary  [_] Contingent

________________________________________________________________________________
[4]    CONTRACT TYPE Select one 
       [_] Non-Qualified [_] SIMPLE IRA     [_] 401 (k)       [_] Keogh/HR10
       [_] Conduit IRA   [_] SEP-IRA        [_] 457 Def.Comp. [_] TSA Transfer/
       [_] IRA           [_] 401(a) Pension [_] SAR-SEP           403(b)
       [_] Contributory Roth IRA            [_] Conversion Roth IRA
       Also complete the Roth/SIMPLE form if the Roth IRA or SIMPLE IRA box is
       checked.
_______________________________________________________________________________
       QUALIFIED CONTRACT PAYMENT TYPE 
       If no year is indicated, contribution defaults to current tax year.

       [_] Rollover. ........  $ ______
       [_] Contribution......  $ ______ for tax year _____
                               $ ______ for tax year _____
_______________________________________________________________________________
[5]    ISSUE STATE Abbreviate state name in which application is signed. A   Z  
                                                                        --- ---
_______________________________________________________________________________
[6]    INITIAL PURCHASE PAYMENT Indicate the form of initial payment.
       [_] 1035 exchange/estimated transfer $______  [_] Amt. enclosed $______
_______________________________________________________________________________
[7]    REPLACEMENT  Will the purchase of this annuity replace or exchange any 
       existing life insurance or annuity?

       [_] Yes [_] No  If yes, provide the information below and attach any
                       required state replacement and/or 1035 exchange/transfer
                       forms. Use the Special Requests section for additional
                       insurance companies and contract numbers.

Insurance Company Name       Contract Number      Contract Type Being Replaced
                                                 [_] Life Insurance  
                                                 [_] Fixed Annuity  
                                                 [_] Variable Annuity
_______________________________________________________________________________
G95-00AZ 8/98                                                        [BAR CODE]
<PAGE>
 
________________________________________________________________________________
[8]  TELEPHONE AUTHORIZATION By initialing, PM Group is authorized and directed
     to act on telephone instructions from any person(s) who can furnish proper
     identification. PM Group will use reasonable procedures to confirm that
     these instructions are authorized and genuine. As long as these procedures
     are followed, PM Group and its affiliates and their directors, trustees,
     officers, employees, representatives and/or agents, will be held harmless
     for any claim, liability, loss or cost.

                                                          ______________________
                                                             Owner's Initials

                                                          ______________________
                                                          Joint Owner's Initials
________________________________________________________________________________
[9]  ALLOCATION OPTIONS Indicate either whole percentages or dollar amounts. See
     instructions for portfolio manager name.

<TABLE> 
<S>                           <C>                            <C>                          <C> 
           Fixed __________     Govt. Securities __________    Large-Cap Value __________  Small-Cap Index __________
        DCA Plus __________    Aggressive Equity __________      Mid-Cap Value __________             REIT __________
    Money Market __________            Growth LT __________             Equity __________    International __________
 High Yield Bond __________        Equity Income __________      Bond & Income __________ Emerging Markets __________
    Managed Bond __________       Multi-Strategy __________       Equity Index __________
                                           Total must equal either 100% or total purchase payment amount __________
___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
</TABLE> 

[10] REBALANCING [_] Yes, rebalance the variable accounts to the allocation
                 percentages shown in Section 9.
           
     Choose one frequency.  [_]  Quarterly    [_]  Semi-Annually   [_]  Annually

                                                          Start Date (mo/day/yr)
________________________________________________________________________________
[11] SPECIAL REQUESTS  Attach a signed letter if additional space is needed.



________________________________________________________________________________
[12] ANNUITY START DATE  Contract will annuitize on this date.
     Start date cannot be prior to the first Contract Anniversary.

                                                  Annuity Start Date (mo/day/yr)

________________________________________________________________________________
[16] STATEMENT OF APPLICANT My agent and I discussed my financial background and
     as a result I believe this Contract will meet my insurable needs and
     financial objectives. I have considered the appropriateness of full or
     partial replacement of any existing life insurance or annuity, if
     applicable. I understand that Contract Values may increase or decrease
     depending on the investment experience of the Variable Accounts. Contract
     Values under the Variable Accounts are variable and are not guaranteed. I
     UNDERSTAND THAT ALL PAYMENTS AND VALUES PROVIDED BY THE CONTRACT MAY VARY
     AS TO DOLLAR AMOUNT TO THE EXTENT THAT THEY ARE BASED ON THE INVESTMENT
     EXPERIENCE OF THE SELECTED PORTFOLIO(S).

          I have received prospectuses. I hereby represent my answers to the
     above questions to be correct and true to the best of my knowledge and
     belief, and agree that this application will be part of the annuity
     Contract issued by PM Group. I acknowledge that corrections to my Contract
     may be made from the application. My acceptance of this Contract
     constitutes acceptance of these corrections. If there are joint applicants,
     the Contract, if issued, will be owned by the joint applicants as Joint
     Tenants With The Right of Survivorship and not as Tenants In Common.

          Any person who knowingly and with intent to defraud any insurance 
     company or other person files an application for insurance or statement of
     claim containing any materially false information or conceals for the
     purpose of misleading, information concerning any fact material thereto
     commits a fraudulent insurance act, which is a crime and subjects such
     person to criminal and civil penalties. This Contract is not covered by an
     insurance guaranty fund or other solvency protection arrangement, therefore
     the policyholder bears the risk that the company will not fulfill its
     obligations under the Contract.

          My signature certifies, under penalty of perjury, that the taxpayer 
     identification number provided is correct. I am not subject to backup
     withholding because: I am exempt; or I have not been notified that I am
     subject to backup withholding resulting from failure to report all interest
     or dividends; or I have been notified that I am no longer subject to backup
     withholding. (Strike out the preceding sentence if subject to backup
     withholding.) The IRS does not require my consent to any provision of this
     document other than the certifications required to avoid backup
     withholding.


     ________  _________________    ________  __________________________________
       Date    Owner's Signature      Date          Joint Owner's Signature


     ______________________________________   __________________________________
                Signed at City                            and State
     ___________________________________________________________________________
[17] AGENT'S STATEMENT  Will this Contract replace or change any existing life 
     insurance or annuity in this or any other company?   [_]  Yes   [_]  No

     If yes, explain in Replacement section. I certify that I am authorized and
     qualified to discuss this Contract.

     I have explained to the applicant how the annuity will meet their insurable
     needs and financial objectives. I have discussed the appropriateness of
     replacement, if applicable.


     _______________________________   _________________   ____________________
     Agent's Full Name Please print.   Agent's Signature   Agent's SSN Required.

       (   )    -    
     ____________________      ____________________     ________________________
     Agent's Phone Number      Broker/Dealer's Name     Brokerage Account Number
                                                                Optional

     Option   [_] A    [_] B   [_] C
     ___________________________________________________________________________

G95-00AZ 8/98                                          1601-8A        [BAR CODE]
<PAGE>
 
________________________________________________________________________________
[13]  PRE-AUTHORIZED CHECKING FOR ADDITIONAL DEPOSITS  Each month deduct from my
      account shown on the ATTACHED VOIDED CHECK, the amount indicated in the
      box at the right. Payments will be applied according to the allocations on
      this application or more current instructions, if any. To begin the plan,
      the first minimum installment must accompany this application.

      AMOUNT                      START DATE (mo/day/yr)
                                  Default Start Date is 1 month from issue date.
      $_____________________
________________________________________________________________________________
[14]  TRANSFERS
      Choose one of the four transfer options under Section A, then indicate a 
      single source account and different target accounts. For DCA Plus, term
      must be less than or equal to the maximum term available. If not 
      specified, default is maximum term available.
      
         A. DOLLAR COST AVERAGING TRANSFER OPTIONS

            1.  [_]  DCA Plus for _______# of months
            2.  [_]  Deplete the source account in ________# of transfers
            3.  [_]  Transfer $_______________ each time for ___________ years
            4.  [_]  Transfer __________% annually for ___________ years

            EARNINGS SWEEP TRANSFER OPTION

            5.  [_]  Sweep the previous period's earnings. Take from one of the 
                     following accounts.

                [_]  Fixed Option        [_]  Money Market  
                                              Not available if also rebalancing.
________________________________________________________________________________
         B. TRANSFER FREQUENCY For DCA Plus, only monthly available.
            [_]  Monthly    [_]  Quarterly    [_] Semi-Annually    [_]  Annually
________________________________________________________________________________
         C. START DATE (mo/day/yr)
            Default start date is 1 month from issue date.
________________________________________________________________________________
         D. SOURCE ACCOUNT  Complete if 1, 2, 3 or 4 is selected above. Choose
            one.

              [_] DCA Plus option 1 only     [_] Large-Cap Value
              [_] Money Market               [_] Mid-Cap Value
              [_] High Yield Bond            [_] Equity 
              [_] Managed Bond               [_] Bond & Income
              [_] Govt. Securities           [_] Equity Index
              [_] Aggressive Equity          [_] Small-Cap Index
              [_] Growth LT                  [_] REIT
              [_] Equity Income              [_] International 
              [_] Multi-Strategy             [_] Emerging Markets              
________________________________________________________________________________
         E. TARGET ACCOUNT  Must be different than source account.         
            Indicate either whole percentage or dollar amounts.            

                 Money Market _______________     Large-Cap Value ______________
              High Yield Bond _______________       Mid-Cap Value ______________
                 Managed Bond _______________              Equity ______________
             Govt. Securities _______________       Bond & Income ______________
            Aggressive Equity _______________        Equity Index ______________
                    Growth LT _______________     Small-Cap Index ______________
                Equity Income _______________                REIT ______________
               Multi-Strategy _______________       International ______________
                                                 Emerging Markets ______________
                 Total must equal 100% or total $ transfer amount ______________
________________________________________________________________________________
[15]  PRE-AUTHORIZED WITHDRAWALS  Withdrawal to be issued by check unless 
      section G is completed and voided check attached.

         A. CHOOSE ONE WITHDRAWAL OPTION

              [_] $_____________ each time   [_] ________% annually
________________________________________________________________________________
         B. WITHDRAWAL AMOUNT TO BE  Will be gross if not selected
     
              [_] Net of Charges                  [_] Gross of Charges
                  Available for $ amount only
________________________________________________________________________________
         C. START DATE (mo/day/yr)  Default Start Date is 1 month from issue 
            date.
________________________________________________________________________________
         D. FREQUENCY  

            [_] Monthly            [_] Quarterly
            [_] Semi-Annually      [_] Annually
________________________________________________________________________________
         E. DURATION Enter either the number of months or years

              [_] Months ______________      [_] Years _______________
________________________________________________________________________________
         F. FEDERAL TAXES  If not specified, the minimum 10% federal tax on Non-
            Qualified Contracts and IRAs will be withheld. Mandatory 20% on
            Qualified Contracts will be withheld. State mandated income tax will
            be withheld where required by law.
              [_] Do Not Withhold            [_] Withhold _________%.
________________________________________________________________________________
         G. SOURCE Choose one or more. Indicate either whole percentages or
            dollar amounts. The sources in 15G must total the $ amount or %
            amount in 15A. If no sources are selected, the default will be to
            the current allocations.

<TABLE> 
            <S>                              <C>                             <C>                         <C> 
                        Fixed ____________   Aggressive Equity ____________  Mid-Cap Value ____________  Small-Cap Index __________
                 Money Market ____________           Growth LT ____________         Equity ____________             REIT __________
              High Yield Bond ____________       Equity Income ____________  Bond & Income ____________    International __________
                 Managed Bond ____________      Multi-Strategy ____________   Equity Index ____________ Emerging Markets __________
             Govt. Securities ____________     Large-Cap Value ____________   
</TABLE> 
________________________________________________________________________________
         H. 3RD PARTY PAYEE - Name (First, Middle Initial, Last) Indicate name
            and address of payee, if other than owner. For direct deposit, a
            voided check must be attached.

            Name of Institution/Individual              Account Number

            ____________________________________________________________________
            Street Address (Number, Street Name and Apartment or Unit Number)

            ____________________________________________________________________
            City, State & ZIP Code

            ____________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________

G95-00AZ 8/98                                          1601-8A        [BAR CODE]
<PAGE>
 
         PACIFIC PORTFOLIOS VARIABLE ANNUITY APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS

[1]  ANNUITANTS/OWNERS: There are many combinations of Owner and Annuitant 
     registrations which may result in different consequences.

[2]  For example, the death of an Owner/Annuitant may have different
     consequences than the death of a nonowner annuitant. Joint or Contingent
     Owners and/or Joint Annuitants cannot be named on qualified contracts. For
     IRAs, Owner and Annuitant must be the participant. For pension/profit
     sharing, 401(k) and Keogh/HR10 plans, name plan as Owner. For 403(b) plans,
     name participant as both Owner and Annuitant. Use the Special Requests
     section to clarify registrations. Spousal signatures may be required for
     certain actions in qualified contracts. Consult a tax adviser to properly
     structure qualified plans and effect transfers.

[3]  BENEFICIARY: Beneficiaries will be joint if no boxes are checked. Joint
     beneficiaries will share equally with the rights of survivorship. In the
     event of death, with a spouse as a joint beneficiary, the Contract may not
     be continued. 
     
[4]  TYPE OF PLAN: A Conduit IRA is used to move from a qualified plan with
     intent to move to another qualified plan at a later date. Subsequent
     contributions are not permitted. Transfer indicates a trustee to trustee or
     custodian to custodian transfer only. If initial payment represents both a
     rollover and a contribution, indicate amounts for each. Ensure the total
     matches the check. For a SIMPLE IRA, PM Group will only act as a Non-
     Designated Financial Institution. SAR-SEPs must have been established
     before 1/1/97.

[5]  ISSUE STATE: Indicate the state where the application is signed.

[6]  INITIAL PURCHASE: Indicate the initial purchase payment in U.S. dollars.
     Initial Non-Qualified Contract minimum $5,000; Qualified minimum $2,000.

[7]  REPLACEMENT: Complete and attach a Transfer/Exchange form and any required
     state replacement forms. If a TSA Transfer/403(b) fill out special form.
     Maximum of Annuitant age at issue is 80.

[8]  TELEPHONE AUTHORIZATION: If the Contract is jointly owned, both Owners must
     initial.

[9]  ALLOCATION OPTIONS: Allocations must total 100% or equal total purchase 
     payment.  Portfolio managers are:

          Fixed......................Pacific Life
          DCA Plus...................Pacific Life
          Money Market...............Pacific Life
          High Yield Bond............Pacific Life
          Managed Bond...............PIMCO
          Govt. Securities...........PIMCO
          Aggressive Equity..........Alliance Capital
          Growth LT..................Janus
          Equity Income..............J.P. Morgan Investment
          Multi-Strategy.............J.P. Morgan Investment
          Large-Cap Value............Salomon Brothers
          Mid-Cap Value..............Lazard
          Equity.....................Goldman Sachs
          Bond & Income..............Goldman Sachs
          Equity Index...............Bankers Trust
          Small-Cap Index............Bankers Trust
          REIT.......................Morgan Stanley
          International..............Morgan Stanley
          Emerging Markets...........Blairlogie

[10] REBALANCING: If no date is chosen, rebalancing will occur on the first
     Business Day of the frequency selected and every period after. Variable
     account percentages will be prorated, excluding Fixed Option balances.
     Actual start date may occur after date elected. The Fixed Option may not be
     rebalanced. If variable account rebalancing is chosen, then earnings sweep
     may be made only from the Fixed Option and not the Money Market. Additional
     purchase payments to accounts other than those selected on this application
     will not be rebalanced. To change allocations, complete a new transfer
     form.

[11] SPECIAL REQUESTS: Use this section to indicate special registrations and 
     other instructions.

[12] ANNUITY DATE (ANNUITY START DATE): Annuity date cannot be prior to first
     Contract Anniversary. For Non-Qualified Contracts, if no date is chosen,
     Annuity Date is the Annuitant's 95th birthday. For Qualified Contracts, if
     no date is chosen, Annuity Date is April 1 of year after the Annuitant
     reaches age 70 1/2.

[13] PRE-AUTHORIZED CHECKING FOR ADDITIONAL DEPOSITS: Initial minimum purchase
     may be met over maximum of 12 months. The first installment must accompany
     this application. Monthly Non-Qualified Contract minimum $400, Qualified
     Contract minimum $250. If no start date is specified, default start date is
     1 month from issue date.

[14] TRANSFERS: Contract must be issued for at least 30 days. Actual start date
     may occur after date elected. Minimum source account value $5,000. Minimum
     initial transfer amount $250. TRANSFER DOLLARS: Last transfer will occur
     even if remaining balance is less than the amount selected. TRANSFER
     PERCENTAGES: Annual percentage will be divided by the frequency selected.
     EARNINGS SWEEP: If rebalancing, earnings sweep allowed only from the Fixed
     Option. If not rebalancing, earnings sweep allowed from either the Fixed
     Option or the Money Market Option. If no start date is specified, default
     start date is 1 month from issue date.

[15] PRE-AUTHORIZED WITHDRAWALS: Contract must be issued for 30 days. Actual
     start date may occur after date elected. Minimum withdrawal $250. Annual
     percentage will be divided by the frequency selected. Net payment reflects
     deduction of fees and charges but will be further reduced by any taxes, if
     withholding is applicable and will be prorated from all investment options
     if none is selected. Withdrawals may be taken from Qualified Contracts if
     allowed by the plan.

[16] STATEMENT OF APPLICANT: This section contains information about the 
     Contract, if issued.  Please read it carefully.

[17] STATEMENT OF AGENT: Your agent must complete and sign this section.

[18] MAILING INSTRUCTIONS: Send this completed application with payment by 
     regular mail to:
     -------

             PM GROUP LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
             P.O. Box 100060
             Pasadena, CA 91189-0060

     Our express mail address for applications with payments
         -------
     (non-1035/Exchanges) is:
             
             PM GROUP LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
             c/o FCNPC
             1111 South Arroyo Parkway, Suite 105
             Pasadena, CA 91105

     Send 1035 Exchange/Transfers regular or express mail to:
                                  -------    -------

             PM GROUP LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY 
             P.O. Box 7187  
             1111 South Arroyo Parkway, Suite 205
             Pasadena, CA 91109-7187

<PAGE>
 
EXHIBIT 99.6(a)

PM Group's Articles of Incorporation

<PAGE>
 
                             AMENDED AND RESTATED
                          ARTICLES OF REDOMESTICATION
                                       OF
                        PM GROUP LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

          The Articles of Redomestication of PM Group Life Insurance Company are
hereby amended and restated, effective as of September 30, 1990, to read as
follows:

We, the undersigned, acting as incorporators for the purpose of redomesticating
PM Group Life Insurance Co., a California corporation, which intends to
simultaneously redomesticate to Arizona and merge with Pacific Financial Life
Insurance Company of Arizona, an Arizona corporation, without interruption, as a
corporation organized under the laws of the State of Arizona pursuant to Arizona
Revised Statutes Section 20-231.A, do hereby adopt the following Articles of
Redomestication for said corporation.

                                   ARTICLE I
                                   ---------

          The name of the corporation shall be PM Group Life Insurance Company.

                                   ARTICLE II
                                   ----------
                                        
          The corporation was incorporated in the State of California on
September 20, 1982.

                                  ARTICLE III
                                  -----------
                                        
          The existence of the corporation shall be perpetual.

                                   ARTICLE IV
                                   ----------
                                        
          Upon the approval of these Articles of Redomestication, PM Group Life
Insurance Company shall be and continue to be possessed of all privileges,
franchises and powers to the same extent as if it had been originally
incorporated under the laws of the State of Arizona; and all privileges,
franchises and powers belonging to said corporation, and all property, real,
personal and mixed, and all debts due on whatever account, all Certificates of
Authority, agent appointments, outstanding insurance policies, and all choses in
action, shall be and the same are hereby ratified, approved, confirmed and
assured to PM Group Life Insurance Company, with like effect and to all intents
and purposes as if it had been originally incorporated under the laws of the
State of Arizona.  Said corporation shall be given recognition as a domestic
insurer of the State of Arizona from and after September 20, 1982, the date of
its initial incorporation under the laws of the State of California.
<PAGE>
 
                                   ARTICLE V
                                   ---------

          The purpose for which this corporation is organized is the
transaction, direct and as a reinsurer, of life and disability insurance and
such other lines of insurance as it may be authorized to transact

          In no event shall the corporation incur indebtedness in excess of the
amount authorized by law.

                                   ARTICLE VI
                                   ----------
                                        
          The authorized amount of capital stock of the corporation shall be
Five Million (5,000,000) shares of common stock with a par value of One Dollar
($1.00) per share.  Two Million Nine Hundred Thousand (2,900,000) shares have
been issued, and are fully paid and non-assessable.  Any additional shares of
common stock shall be issued and paid for at such time or times and in such
manner as the Board of Directors shall determine and, when issued and paid for
shall be non-assessable, except as provided by Article 14, Section 11 of the
Constitution of Arizona.

                                  ARTICLE VII
                                  -----------
                                        
          The affairs of the corporation shall be conducted by a Board of
Directors consisting of not less than five (5) nor more than fifteen (15)
directors as fixed by the Bylaws, and such officers as the said directors may at
any time elect or appoint.  No officer or director need be a shareholder of this
corporation.

          The directors shall be elected by the shareholders during the annual
meeting of each year, beginning in 1990.  The annual meeting shall be held at
the principal office of the corporation in Phoenix, Arizona, or at any place
determined by the Board of Directors at an hour to be named in the Notice of
Meeting or Waiver of Notice of Meeting.  If the date of the annual meeting falls
on a legal holiday, the meeting shall be held on the next succeeding business
day.  A director shall serve until his successor is duly elected and qualified.

          The Board of Directors shall have the power to adopt, amend, alter and
repeal the Bylaws.  Bylaws made by the Board may be altered or repealed and new
Bylaws made by the shareholders, in accordance with the provisions contained in
said Bylaws and these Articles.  The Board of Directors shall have the power to
manage the corporate affairs and make all rules and regulations necessary for
the management of the affairs of the corporation, to appoint or remove any
officer and to fill all vacancies occurring on the Board or in any office for
any cause, and to appoint from their own number an Executive Committee and other
committees and invest said committee with all the powers permitted by the
Bylaws.



                                       2
<PAGE>
 
                                  ARTICLE VIII
                                  ------------

          The private property of the shareholders, directors and officers of
the corporation shall be forever exempt from debts and obligations of the
corporation.

                                   ARTICLE IX
                                   ----------
                                        
          Subject to the further provisions hereof, the corporation shall
indemnify and hold harmless any and all of its existing and former directors and
officers against all expenses incurred by them, including but not limited to
legal fees, judgments and penalties which may be incurred, rendered or levied in
any legal action brought against any of them, for or on account of any action or
omission alleged to have been committed while acting within the scope of
employment as director or officer of the corporation.  Whenever any such person
has ground to believe that he may incur any such aforementioned expense he shall
promptly make a full report of the matter to the president and the secretary of
the corporation.  Thereafter, the Board of Directors of the corporation shall,
within a reasonable time, determine if such person acted, or failed to act, in
good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to,
the best interest of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action
or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.  If
the Board of Directors determines that such person acted in good faith and in a
manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interest of
the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no
reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful, then indemnification shall
be mandatory and shall be automatically extended as specified herein, provided,
however, that the corporation shall have the right to refuse indemnification,
wholly or partially, in any instance in which the person to which
indemnification would have otherwise been applicable, shall have unreasonably
refused to permit the corporation, at its own expense and through counsel of its
own choosing, to defend him in the action, or shall have unreasonably refused to
cooperate in the defense of such action.

          To the fullest extent permitted by Title 10, Chapter 1 of the Arizona
Revised Statutes as the same exists or may hereafter be amended, no director
shall be liable to the corporation or its shareholders for monetary damages for
breach of fiduciary duties as director.

                                   ARTICLE X
                                   ---------

          The fiscal year of the corporation shall be the calendar year.



                                       3
<PAGE>
 
                                   ARTICLE XI
                                   ----------
                                        
          J. Michael Low, of Low & Childers, P.C., whose address is 1221 East
Osborn Road, Suite 104, Phoenix, Arizona 85014, having been a bonafide resident
of Arizona for at least three (3) years is hereby appointed statutory agent of
the corporation in the State of Arizona, upon whom notices and processes,
including service of summons may be served, and which, when so served, shall
have lawful personal service on the corporation.  The Board of Directors may
revoke this appointment at any time, and shall fill the vacancy in such position
whenever one exists.

                                  ARTICLE XII
                                  -----------
                                        
          The corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal
any provisions contained in these Articles of Redomestication in the manner now
or hereafter prescribed by law, and all rights and powers conferred herein on
shareholders, directors or officers are subject to this reserve power.

                                  ARTICLE XIII
                                  ------------
                                        
The incorporators of the corporation are:

J. Michael Low
1221 East Osborn Road
Suite 104
Phoenix, Arizona 85014

S. David Childers
1221 East Osborn Road
Suite 104
Phoenix, Arizona 85014

Steven R. Henry
1221 East Osborn Road
Suite 104
Phoenix, Arizona 85014

Carrie M. McDonald
1221 East Osborn Road
Suite 104
Phoenix, Arizona 850l4

Robin Bradshaw
1221 East Osborn Road
Suite 104
Phoenix, Arizona 85104

                                       4
<PAGE>
 
The initial Directors of the corporation are:

Mr. William L. Ferris
PM Group Life Insurance Company
700 Newport Center Drive
Newport Beach, California 92660

Ms. Audrey L. Milfs
PM Group Life Insurance Company
700 Newport Center Drive
Newport Beach, California 92660

Mr. Thomas C. Sutton
PM Group Life Insurance Company
700 Newport Center Drive
Newport Beach, California 92660

Mr. Harold G. Joanning
PM Group Life Insurance Company
700 Newport Center Drive
Newport Beach, California 92660

Mr. Glenn S. Schafer
PM Group Life Insurance Company
700 Newport Center Drive
Newport Beach, California 92660

          All individual incorporators are eighteen (18) years of age or older.

          All powers, duties and responsibilities of the incorporators shall
cease at the time of delivery of these Articles of Redomestication to the
Arizona Corporation Commission for filing.

WHEREOF, we have hereunto affixed our signatures this 29th day of October,
1990.

        (signed)                              (signed)
- -----------------------------       ------------------------------
J. Michael Low                      S. David Childers


        (signed)                              (signed)  
- -----------------------------       ------------------------------
Steven R. Henry                     Carrie M. McDonald


        (signed)
- -----------------------------
Robin G. Bradshaw


             ******************************************************

                                       5
<PAGE>
 
STATE OF ARIZONA   )
                   )  ss.
County of Maricopa )


          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I, Lori M. Barker, hereby place my hand and
official seal as acknowledgement that J. Michael Low, S. David Childers, Steven
R. Henry, Carrie M. McDonald and Robin R. Bradshaw, being the persons
represented herein, placed their hand as of the 29th day of October, 1970.



                                                     (signed)
                                          --------------------------------
                                          Lori M. Barker



My Commission~Expires:


        8/15/91
- --------------------------



                                       6
<PAGE>
 
                           ACCEPTANCE OF NOTIFICATION

                                       OF

                         APPOINTMENT AS STATUTORY AGENT


          I, J. Michael Low, hereby acknowledge that I have been notified of my
appointment as Statutory Agent for PM Group Life Insurance Company, an Arizona
corporation, and I hereby agree to serve in such capacity until removal by
Company or written resignation as permitted by Arizona Revised Statute.



                                                          (signed)
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            J. Michael Low, Esq.
                                            1221 East Osborn Road, Suite 104
                                            Phoenix, Arizona 85014



pacific art.red



                                       7

<PAGE>
 
EXHIBIT 99.6(b)
 
BYLAWS OF PM GROUP LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

As Amended October 1, 1990
<PAGE>
 
                                   BYLAWS OF
                        PM GROUP LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY


                                   ARTICLE I

                                    OFFICES


SECTION 1.    PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICE.

     The principal executive office of the corporation is fixed at 700 Newport
Center Drive, Newport Beach, California 92660.

     The board of directors may relocate the principal executive office by
amendment to these bylaws.

SECTION 2.    OTHER OFFICES.

     The board of directors may establish branch or subordinate offices wherever
the corporation is authorized to do business.

                                   ARTICLE II

                            MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS

SECTION 1.    PLACE OF MEETINGS.

     All meetings of shareholders shall be held at the principal office or at
such other place as may be designated for that purpose from time to time by the
board of directors.

SECTION 2.    ANNUAL MEETINGS.

     The annual meeting of the shareholders shall be held on the fourth Tuesday
of February in each year at 10:00 a.m. However, if this day falls on a legal
holiday, then the meeting shall be held at the same time and place on the next
succeeding full business day.  At this meeting, directors shall be elected, and
any other proper business within the power of the shareholders shall be
transacted.

SECTION 3.    SPECIAL MEETINGS.

     Special meetings of the shareholders, for any purpose or purposes
whatsoever, may be called at any time by the chairman of the board, the
president or by the board of directors, or by any two or more members thereof,
or by one or more shareholders holding not less than one-tenth (1/10) of the
voting power of the corporation.
<PAGE>
 
SECTION 4.    NOTICE OF MEETINGS.

     Notices of annual or special meetings shall be given in writing to
shareholders entitled to vote by the secretary or the assistant secretary, or if
there be no such officer, or in case of his neglect or refusal, by any director
or shareholder.

     Such notices shall be sent to the shareholder's address appearing on the
books of the corporation or supplied by him to the corporation for the purpose
of notice, or shall be delivered personally, not less than ten (10) days before
such meeting.

     Notice of any meeting of shareholders shall specify the place, the day and
the hour of meeting, and in case of special meeting, as provided by the general
corporation law of Arizona, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is
called.

     When a meeting is adjourned for forty-five (45) days or more, notice of the
adjourned meeting shall be given as in case of an original meeting.  If the
meeting is adjourned for less than forty-five days, it shall not be necessary to
give any notice of the adjournment or of the business to be transacted at any
adjourned meeting other than by announcement at the meeting at which such
adjournment is taken.

SECTION 5.    CONSENT TO SHAREHOLDERS' MEETINGS.

     The transactions of any meeting of shareholders, however called and
noticed, shall be valid as though had at a meeting duly held after regular call
and notice if a quorum be present either in person or by proxy, and if, either
before or after the meeting, each of the shareholders entitled to vote, not
present in person or by proxy, sign a written waiver of notice, or a consent to
the holding of such meeting, or an approval of the minutes thereof.  All such
waivers, consents or approvals shall be filed with the corporate records or made
a part of the minutes of the meeting.

     Any action which may be taken at a meeting of the shareholders, may be
taken without a meeting if authorized by a writing signed by all of the holders
of shares who would be entitled to vote at a meeting for such purpose, and filed
with the secretary of the corporation.

SECTION 6.    QUORUM.

     The holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote thereat, present
in person, or represented by proxy, shall be requisite and shall constitute a
quorum at all meetings of the shareholders for the transaction of business
except as otherwise provided by law, by the articles of incorporation, or by
these bylaws.  If however, such majority shall not be present or represented at
any meeting of the shareholders, the shareholders entitled to vote thereat,
present in person, or by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from
time to time, until the requisite amount of voting shares shall be present.  At
such adjourned meeting at which the requisite amount of voting shares shall be
represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at
the meeting as originally notified. No notice of the adjourned meeting need be
given, other than an announcement at the meeting at which the adjournment is

                                       2
<PAGE>
 
taken, unless the meeting is adjourned for forty-five (45) days or more in which
case notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given as in the case of an
original meeting.

SECTION 7.    VOTING RIGHTS; CUMULATIVE VOTING.

     Only persons in whose names shares entitled to vote stand on the stock
records of the corporation on the day of any meeting of shareholders, unless
some other day be fixed by the board of directors for the determination of
shareholders of record, then on such other day, shall be entitled to vote at
such meeting.

     Every shareholder entitled to vote shall be entitled to one vote for each
said share and in any election of directors he shall have the right to cumulate
his votes as provided in A.R.S. S 10-033.

SECTION 8.    PROXIES.

     Every person entitled to vote or execute consents shall have the right to
do so either in person or by one or more agents authorized by a written proxy
executed by such person or his duly authorized agent and filed with the
secretary of the corporation. Any proxy duly executed is not revoked and
continues in full force and effect until an instrument revoking it or a duly
executed proxy bearing a later date is filed with the secretary of the
corporation; provided that no such proxy shall be valid after the expiration of
eleven months from the date of its execution, unless the person executing it
specifies therein the length of time for which such proxy is to continue in
force, which in no case shall exceed seven years from the date of its execution.

SECTION 9.    INSPECTORS OF ELECTION.

     In advance of any meeting of shareholders, the board of directors may
appoint any persons, other than nominees for office, inspectors of election to
act at such meeting or any adjournment thereof. If inspectors of election be not
so appointed, the chairman of any such meeting may, and on the request of any
shareholder or his proxy shall, make such appointment at the meeting.  The
number of inspectors shall be either one or three.  If appointed at a meeting on
the request of one or more shareholders or proxies, the majority of shares
present shall determine whether one or three inspectors are to be appointed.  In
case any person appointed as inspector fails to appear or fails or refuses to
act, the vacancy may be filled by appointment by the board of directors in
advance of the meeting, or at the meeting by the chairman.

     The duties of such inspectors shall include:  determining the number of
shares outstanding and the voting power of each, the shares represented at the
meeting, the existence of a quorum, the authenticity, validity and effect of
proxies; receiving votes, ballots or consents, hearing and determining all
challenges and questions in any way arising in connection with the right to
vote; counting and tabulating all votes or consents; determining the result; and
such acts as may be proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all
shareholders.

                                       3
<PAGE>
 
                                  ARTICLE III

                             DIRECTORS; MANAGEMENT

SECTION 1.    POWERS.

     Subject to the articles of incorporation, the bylaws and the laws of the
State of Arizona as to action to be authorized or approved by the shareholders,
all corporate powers shall be exercised by or under authority of, and the
business and affairs of this corporation shall be controlled by, a board of
directors.

SECTION 2.    NUMBERS AND QUALIFICATION OF DIRECTORS.

     The authorized number of directors of the corporation shall be not less
than five (5) nor more than fifteen (15).  The exact number of directors shall
be five (5) until changed, within the limits specified herein, by a bylaw
amending this Section 2, duly adopted by the board of directors or by the
shareholders.

SECTION 3.    ELECTION AND TENURE OF OFFICE.

     The directors shall be elected by ballot at the annual meeting of the
shareholders, to serve for one (1) year and until their successors are elected
and have qualified.  Their term of office shall begin immediately after
election.

SECTION 4.    VACANCIES.

     Vacancies in the board of directors may be filled by a majority of the
remaining directors, though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director,
and each director so elected shall hold office until his successor is elected at
an annual meeting of shareholders or at a special meeting called for that
purpose.

     The shareholders may at any time elect a director to fill any vacancy not
filled by the directors, and may elect the additional directors at the meeting
at which an amendment of the bylaws is voted authorizing an increase in the
number of directors.

     A vacancy or vacancies shall be deemed to exist in case of the death,
resignation or removal of any director, or if the shareholders shall increase
the authorized number of directors but shall fail at the meeting at which such
increase is authorized, or at an adjournment thereof, to elect the additional
director so provided for, or in case the shareholders fail at any time to elect
the full number of authorized directors.

     If the board of directors accepts the resignation of a director tendered to
take effect at a future time, the board, or the shareholders, shall have power
to elect a successor to take office when the resignation shall become effective.

                                       4
<PAGE>
 
     No reduction of the number of directors shall have the effect of removing
any director prior to the expiration of his term of office.

SECTION 5.    REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS.

     The entire board of directors or any individual director may be removed
from office as provided by A.R.S. S 10-039.

SECTION 6.    PLACE OF MEETINGS AND MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE.

     Meetings of the board of directors shall be held at the principal office of
the corporation in the State of California, or at any place within or without
the State of California as may be designated for that purpose, from time to
time, by resolution of the board of directors, or written consent of all of the
members of the board.  Any meeting shall be valid, wherever held, if held by the
written consent of all members of the board of directors, given either before or
after the meeting and filed with the secretary of the corporation.

     Any meeting, regular or special, may be held by conference telephone or
similar communication equipment, as long as all directors participating in the
meeting can hear one another, and all such directors shall be deemed to be
present in person at the meeting.

SECTION 7.    ORGANIZATION MEETINGS AND REGULAR MEETINGS.

     The organization meetings of the board of directors shall be held
immediately following the adjournment of the annual meetings of the shareholders
at the place where the annual meeting of the shareholders was held or at any
other place that shall have been designated by the board of directors, for the
purpose of organization, any desired election of officers, and the transaction
of other business.  Notice of this meeting shall not be required.  Regular
meetings of the board of directors as scheduled by the board of directors may be
held without notice.

SECTION 8.    SPECIAL MEETINGS--NOTICES.

     Special meetings of the board of directors for any purpose or purposes
shall be called at any time by the chairman of the board, the president or by
any vice president, or by any two directors.

     Notice of the time and place of special meetings shall be delivered
personally or by telephone to the directors or sent to each director by letter
or by telegram, charges prepaid, addressed to him at his address as it is shown
upon the records of the corporation, or if it is not so shown on such records or
is not readily ascertainable, at the place in which the meetings of the
directors are regularly held.  In case such notice is mailed or telegraphed, it
shall be deposited in the United States mail or delivered to the telegraph
company in the place in which the principal office of the corporation is located
at least ninety-six (96) hours prior to the time of the holding of the meeting
if sent by mail and at least forty-eight (48) hours prior to the time of the
holding of the meeting if sent by telegram or if personally delivered, it shall
be so delivered at least forty-eight (48) hours prior to the time of the holding
of the meeting.  Such mailing, telegraphing, 

                                       5
<PAGE>
 
personal delivery, or telephonic notice above provided shall be due, legal and
personal notice to such director.

SECTION 9.    WAIVER OF NOTICE.

     When all the directors are present at any directors' meeting, however
called or noticed, and sign a written consent thereto on the records of such
meeting, or, if a quorum of the directors are present, and if those not present
sign in writing a waiver of notice of such meeting, whether prior to or after
the holding of such meeting, which said waiver shall be filed with secretary of
the corporation, the transactions thereof are as valid as if had at a meeting
regularly called and noticed.  Any such waiver of notice of consent need not
specify the purpose of the meeting.

SECTION 10.    NOTICE OF ADJOURNMENT.

     Notice of the time and place of holding an adjourned meeting need not be
given to absent directors if the time and place be fixed at the meeting
adjourned, unless the meeting is adjourned for more than twenty-four (24) hours,
in which case notice of the time and place shall be given to the absent
directors in the manner specified in Section 8 of this Article III.

SECTION 11.    QUORUM.

     A majority of the authorized number of directors shall constitute a quorum
for the transaction of business.  The action of a majority of the directors
present at any meeting at which there is a quorum, when duly assembled, is valid
as a corporate act; provided that the directors present in the absence of a
quorum, may adjourn from time to time, but may not transact any business.

SECTION 12.    ACTION WITHOUT MEETING BY UNANIMOUS CONSENT.

     Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in these bylaws, any
action required or permitted to be taken by the board of directors may be taken
without a meeting, if all members of the board of directors shall individually
or collectively consent in writing to such action.  Such written consent or
consents shall be filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the board.  Such
action by written consent shall have the same force and effect as a unanimous
vote of such directors.

                                   ARTICLE IV

                                    OFFICERS

SECTION 1.    OFFICERS.

     The officers shall be a chairman of the board, a president, one or more
vice presidents, a secretary, a chief financial officer/treasurer, and such
other officers as the board of directors may from time to time determine, which
officers shall be elected by, and hold office at the pleasure of, the board of
directors.

                                       6
<PAGE>
 
SECTION 2.    ELECTION.

     After their election, the directors shall meet and organize by electing a
chairman of the board, a president, one or more vice presidents, a secretary and
a chief financial officer/treasurer, who may, but need not be, members of the
board of directors.  The directors shall also elect such other officers as they
may from time to time determine.  Any two or more of such offices, except those
of president and secretary, may be held by the same person.

SECTION 3.    COMPENSATION AND TENURE OF OFFICE.

     The compensation and tenure of office of all the officers of the
corporation shall be fixed by the board of directors.

SECTION 4.    REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION.

     Any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by a majority of
the directors at the time in office, at any regular or special meeting of the
board, or, except in case of any officer chosen by the board of directors, by
any officer upon whom such power of removal may be conferred by the board of
directors.

     Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the board of
directors, or to the chairman of the board, or to the president, or to the
secretary of the corporation.  Any such resignation shall take effect at the
date of the receipt of such notice or at any later time specified therein; and,
unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not
be necessary to make it effective.

SECTION 5.    VACANCIES.

     A vacancy in any office because of death, resignation, removal,
disqualification or any other cause shall be filled in the manner prescribed in
the bylaws for regular appointments to such office.

SECTION 6.    CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD.

     The chairman of the board shall preside at all meetings of the board of
directors, shall preside at all meetings of the shareholders, shall be an ex-
officio member of all standing committees, including the executive committee, if
any, shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation and shall exercise
and perform such other powers and duties as may be from time to time assigned to
him by the board of directors or prescribed by the bylaws.

SECTION 7.    PRESIDENT.

     Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as may be given by the board of
directors to the chairman of the board, the president shall have general
supervision, direction and control of the business and affairs of the
corporation, subject only to the control of the board of directors 

                                       7
<PAGE>
 
and subject to any supervisory power granted the chairman of the board. In the
absence of the chairman of the board, he shall preside at meetings of the
shareholders and at meetings of the board of directors. He shall be ex-officio a
member of all the standing committees, including the executive committee, if
any, and shall have the general powers and duties of management usually vested
in the office of president of a corporation, and shall have such other powers
and duties as may be prescribed by the board of directors or the bylaws.

SECTION 8.    VICE PRESIDENTS.

     In the absence or disability of the president, the vice presidents in order
of their rank as fixed by the board of directors or, if not ranked, the vice-
president designated by the board of directors, shall perform all the duties of
the president, and when so acting shall have all the powers of, and be subject
to all the restrictions upon the president.  The vice-presidents shall have such
other powers and perform such other duties as from time to time may be
prescribed for them respectively by the board of directors or by the bylaws.

SECTION 9.    SECRETARY.

     The secretary shall keep or cause to be kept, at the principal office or
such other place as the board of directors may order, a book of minutes of all
meetings of directors and shareholders, with the time and place of holding,
whether regular or special, and, if special, how authorized, the notice thereof
given, the names of those present at directors' meetings, the number of shares
present or represented at shareholders' meetings, and the proceedings thereof.

     The secretary shall keep, or cause to be kept, at the principal office or
at the office of the corporation's transfer agent, a share register, or a
duplicate share register, showing the names of the shareholders and their
addresses, the number and classes of shares held by each, the number and date of
certificates issued for the same, and the number and date of cancellation of
every certificate surrendered for cancellation.

     The secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all the meetings
of the shareholders and of the board of directors required by the bylaws or by
law to be given, and shall keep the seal of the corporation in safe custody, and
shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed
by the board of directors or by the bylaws.

SECTION 10.   CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER/TREASURER.

     The chief financial officer/treasurer shall keep and maintain, or cause to
be kept and maintained, adequate and correct accounts of the properties and
business transactions of the corporation, including accounts of its assets,
liabilities, receipts disbursements, gains, losses, capital, surplus and shares.
Any surplus, including earned surplus, paid-in surplus and surplus arising from
a reduction of stated capital, shall be classified according to source and shown
in a separate account.  The books of account shall at all reasonable times be
open to inspection by any director.

                                       8
<PAGE>
 
     The chief financial officer/treasurer shall deposit all monies and other
valuables in the name and to the credit of the corporation with such
depositories as may be designated by the board of directors.  He shall disburse
the funds of the corporation as may be ordered by the board of directors, shall
render to the president and directors, whenever they request it, an account of
all of his transactions as treasurer and of the financial condition of the
corporation, and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as
may be prescribed by the board of directors or the bylaws.

SECTION 11.    ASSISTANTS.

     Any assistant secretary or assistant treasurer, respectively, may exercise
any of the powers of secretary or treasurer, respectively, as provided in these
bylaws or as directed by the board of directors, and shall perform such other
duties as may be prescribed by the bylaws or the board of directors.

SECTION 12.    OTHER.

     The board of directors may from time to time appoint such other officers or
agents as the business of the corporation may require, fix their tenure of
office and allow them suitable compensation.

                                   ARTICLE V

                         EXECUTIVE AND OTHER COMMITTEES

     The board of directors may appoint an executive committee, and such other
committees as may be necessary from time to time, consisting of such number of
its members and with such powers as it may designate, consistent with the
articles of incorporation and bylaws and the general corporation laws of the
State of Arizona.  Such committees shall hold office at the pleasure of the
board.

                                   ARTICLE VI

                   CORPORATE RECORDS AND REPORTS--INSPECTION

SECTION 1.    RECORDS.

     The corporation shall maintain adequate and correct accounts, books and
records of its business and properties.  All of such books, records and accounts
shall be kept at its principal place of business in the State of California, as
fixed by the board of directors from time to time.

SECTION 2.    INSPECTION BY DIRECTORS.

     Every director shall have the absolute right at any reasonable time to
inspect all books, records and documents of every kind and the physical
properties of the corporation and each of 

                                       9
<PAGE>
 
its subsidiary corporations. This inspection by a director may be made in person
or by an agent or attorney and the right of inspection includes the right to
copy and make extracts of documents.

SECTION 3.    MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF OTHER CORPORATE
              RECORDS.

     The accounting books and records and minutes of proceedings of the
shareholders and the board of directors and any committee or committees of the
board of directors shall be kept at such place or places designated by the board
of directors, or, in the absence of such designation, at the principal executive
office of the corporation.  The minutes shall be kept either in written form or
in any other form capable of being converted into written form.  The minutes and
accounting books and records shall be open to inspection upon the written demand
of any shareholder or holder of a voting trust certificate, at any reasonable
time during usual business hours, for a purpose reasonably related to the
holder's interest as a shareholder or as the holder of a voting trust
certificate.  The inspection may be made in person or by an agent or attorney,
and shall include the right to copy and make extracts.  These rights of
inspection shall extend to the records of each subsidiary corporation of the
corporation.

SECTION 4.    MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF BYLAWS.

     The corporation shall keep at its principal business office in California,
the original or a copy of these bylaws as amended to date, which shall be open
to inspection by the shareholders at all reasonable times during office hours.

SECTION 5.    INSURANCE POLICIES -- HOW SIGNED.

     All policies issued by the corporation shall be signed by the president and
countersigned by the secretary either personally or by facsimile.

SECTION 6.    CHECKS, DRAFTS, ETC.

     All checks, drafts or other orders for payment of money, notes or other
evidences of indebtedness, issued in the name of or payable to the corporation,
shall be signed or endorsed by such person or persons and in such manner as
shall be determined from time to time by resolution of the board of directors.

SECTION 7.    CONTRACTS, ETC. -- HOW EXECUTED.

     The board of directors, except as in the bylaws otherwise provided, may
authorize any officer or officers, agent or agents, to enter into any contract
or execute any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the corporation, and
this authority may be general or confined to specific instances; and, unless so
authorized or ratified by the board of directors or within the authority of an
officer, no office, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind
the corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to
render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

                                       10
<PAGE>
 
SECTION 8.    ANNUAL REPORTS.

     Unless dispensed with by resolution of the board of directors as to any
calendar year or waived by written consent of all shareholders entitled to vote
as to any calendar year, the board of directors shall cause annual reports to be
made to the shareholders as provided by the general corporation law of Arizona.
If made, the board of directors shall cause such annual reports to be sent to
the shareholders not later than one hundred twenty (120) days after the close of
the calendar year.

                                  ARTICLE VII

                                  INVESTMENTS

SECTION 1.    INVESTMENTS IN THE CORPORATION'S NAME.

     All investments of the corporation shall be made in the name of the
corporation or its nominee.

SECTION 2.    INVESTMENTS BY THE CORPORATION.

     All investments of the corporation shall be authorized or approved by the
board of directors or by a committee of the board charged with the duty of
supervising or making such investments. If authorized or approved by such a
committee, a report shall be submitted to the board of directors at its next
meeting.  The approval of investments shall be entered on the records of the
corporation in such form and detail as required by the general corporation law
of Arizona.

                                  ARTICLE VIII

                      CERTIFICATES AND TRANSFER OF SHARES

SECTION 1.    CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES.

     Certificates for shares shall be of such form and device as the board of
directors may designate and shall state the name of the record holder of the
shares represented thereby; its number; date of issuance; the number of shares
for which it is issued; the par value; a statement of the rights, privileges,
preferences and restrictions, if any; a statement as to redemption or
conversion, if any; a statement of liens or restrictions upon transfer or
voting, if any; if the shares be assessable, or, if assessments are collectible
by personal action, a plain statement of such facts.

     Every certificate for shares must be signed in the name of the corporation
by the president, or a vice president and the secretary or an assistant
secretary or must be authenticated by facsimiles of the signatures of the
president and secretary or by a facsimile of the signature of its president and
the written signature of its secretary or an assistant secretary.

                                       11
<PAGE>
 
SECTION 2.    TRANSFER ON THE BOOKS.

     Upon surrender to the secretary or transfer agent of the corporation of a
certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of
succession, assignment or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the
corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel
the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books.

SECTION 3.    LOST OR DESTROYED CERTIFICATES.

     Any person claiming a certificate of stock to be lost or destroyed shall
make an affidavit or affirmation of that fact and advertise the same in such
manner as the board of directors may require, and shall, if the directors so
require, give the corporation a bond of indemnity, in form and with one or more
sureties satisfactory to the board, in at least double the value of the stock
represented by said certificate, whereupon, a new certificate may be issued of
the same tenor and for the same number of shares as the one alleged to be lost
or destroyed.

SECTION 4.    TRANSFER AGENTS AND REGISTRARS.

     The board of directors may appoint one or more transfer agents or transfer
clerks, and one or more registrars, which shall be an incorporated bank or trust
company--either domestic or foreign, who shall be appointed at such times and
places as the requirements of the corporation may necessitate and the board of
directors may designate.

SECTION 5.    CLOSING STOCK TRANSFER BOOKS.

     The board of directors may close the transfer books in their discretion for
a period not exceeding thirty (30) days preceding any meeting, annual or
special, of the shareholders, or the day appointed for the payment of a
dividend.

                                   ARTICLE IX

                                 CORPORATE SEAL

     The corporate seal shall be circular in form, and shall have inscribed
thereon the name of the corporation, the date of its incorporation, and the word
Arizona.


                                   ARTICLE X

                              AMENDMENTS TO BYLAWS

SECTION 1.    BY SHAREHOLDERS.

     New bylaws may be adopted or these bylaws may be repealed or amended at
their annual meeting, or at any other meeting of the shareholders called for
that purpose, by a vote of 

                                       12
<PAGE>
 
shareholders entitled to exercise a majority of the voting power of the
corporation, or by written assent of such shareholders.

SECTION 2.    POWERS OF DIRECTORS.

     Subject to the rights of the shareholders to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws,
as provided in Section 1 of this Article X, the board of directors may adopt,
amend or repeal any of these bylaws or amendment thereof, provided, however that
the board of directors may adopt a bylaw or amendment of a bylaw changing the
authorized number of directors only for the purpose of fixing the exact number
of directors within the limits specified in Section 2 of Articles III of the
bylaws.

SECTION 3.    RECORD OF AMENDMENTS.

     Whenever an amendment or new bylaw is adopted, it shall be copied in the
Book of Bylaws with the original bylaw, in the appropriate place.  If any bylaw
is repealed, the fact of repeal with the date of the meeting at which the repeal
was enacted or written assent was filed shall be stated in said book.

                                       13

<PAGE>
 
EXHIBIT 99.8(a)

Fund Participation Agreement
<PAGE>
 
                                                                         "DRAFT"

                         FUND PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT

This AGREEMENT is made this _____ day of _______, 199__, by and between PM Group
Life Insurance Company [Pacific Life & Annuity Company](the "Company"), a life
insurance company domiciled in Arizona, on its behalf and on behalf of the
segregated asset accounts of the Company listed on Exhibit A to this Agreement
(the "Separate Accounts"); Pacific Select Fund (the "Fund"), a Massachusetts
business trust; and Pacific Mutual Distributors, Inc. ("Distributor"), a
California corporation.

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, the Fund is registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission
("SEC") as an open-end management investment company under the Investment
Company Act of 1940, as amended ("1940 Act") and the Fund is authorized to issue
separate classes of shares of beneficial interests ("shares"), each representing
an interest in a separate portfolio of assets known as a "portfolio" and each
portfolio has its own investment objective, policies, and limitations; and

WHEREAS, the Fund is available to offer shares of one or more of its portfolios
to separate accounts of insurance companies that fund variable life insurance
policies and variable annuity contracts ("Variable Contracts") and to serve as
an investment medium for Variable Contracts offered by insurance companies that
have entered into participation agreements substantially similar to this
agreement ("Participating Insurance Companies"), and the Fund is currently
comprised of fourteen separate portfolios and other portfolios may be
established in the future; and

WHEREAS, the Fund has obtained an order from the SEC granting Participating
Insurance Companies, separate accounts funding Variable Contracts of
Participating Insurance Companies, and the Fund exemptions from the provisions
of sections 9(a), 13(a), 15(a), and 15(b) of the 1940 Act and paragraph (b)(15)
of Rule 6e-3(T) under the 1940 Act, to the extent necessary to permit such
persons to rely on the exemptive relief provided under paragraph (b)(15) of Rule
6e-3(t), even though shares of the Fund may be offered to and held by separate
accounts funding variable annuity contracts or scheduled or flexible premium
variable life insurance contracts of both affiliated and unaffiliated life
insurance companies (the "Shared Funding Exemptive Order"); and

WHEREAS, the Distributor is registered as a broker-dealer with the SEC under the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended ("1934 Act"), and is a member in
good standing of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. ("NASD");
and

WHEREAS, to the extent permitted by applicable insurance laws and regulations,
the company wishes to purchase shares of one or more of the Fund's portfolios on
behalf of its Separate Accounts to serve as an investment medium for Variable
Contracts funded by the Separate Accounts, and the Distributor is authorized to
sell shares of the Fund's portfolios;
<PAGE>
 
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual promises and
covenants hereinafter set forth, the parties hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I.          Sale of Fund Shares

1.1   The Distributor agrees to sell to the Company those shares of the
      portfolios offered and made available by the Fund and identified on
      Exhibit B ("Portfolios") that the Company orders on behalf of its Separate
      Accounts, and agrees to execute such orders on each day on which the Fund
      calculates its net asset value pursuant to rules of the SEC ("business
      day") at the net asset value next computed after receipt and acceptance by
      the Fund or its agent of the order for the shares of the Fund.

1.2.  The Fund agrees to make available on each business day shares of the
      Portfolios for purchase at the applicable net asset value per share by the
      Company on behalf of its Separate Accounts provided, however, that the
      Board of Trustees of the Fund may refuse to sell shares of any Portfolio
      to any person, or suspend or terminate the offering of shares of any
      Portfolio, if such action is required by law or by regulatory authorities
      having jurisdiction or is, in the sole discretion of the Trustees, acting
      in good faith and in light of the Trustees' fiduciary duties under
      applicable law, necessary in the best interests of the shareholders of any
      Portfolio.

1.3.  The Fund and the Distributor agree that shares of the Portfolios of the
      Fund will be sold only to Participating Insurance Companies, their
      separate accounts, and other persons consistent with each Portfolio being
      adequately diversified pursuant to Section 817(h) of the Internal Revenue
      Code of 1986, as amended ("Code") and the regulations thereunder. No
      shares of any Portfolio will be sold directly to the general public.

1.4.  The Fund and the Distributor will not sell shares of the Portfolios to any
      insurance company or separate account unless an agreement containing
      provisions substantially the same as this Agreement is in effect to govern
      such sales.

1.5.  Upon receipt of a request for redemption in proper form from the Company,
      the Fund agrees to redeem any full or fractional shares of the Portfolios
      held by the Company, ordinarily executing such requests on each business
      day at the net asset value next computed after receipt and acceptance by
      the Fund or its agent of the request for redemption, except that the Fund
      reserves the right to suspend the right of redemption, consistent with
      Section 22(e) of the 1940 Act and any rules thereunder.  Such redemption
      shall be paid consistent with applicable rules of the SEC and procedures
      and policies of the Fund as described in the current prospectus.

1.6.  The Company agrees to purchase and redeem the shares of each Portfolio in
      accordance with the provisions of the current prospectus for the Fund.

1.7.  The Company shall pay for shares of the Portfolios on the same day that it
      places an order to purchase shares of the Portfolios.  Payment shall be in
      federal funds transmitted by wire.

1.8.  Issuance and transfer of shares of the Portfolios will be by book entry
      only unless otherwise agreed by the Fund. Stock certificates will not be
      issued to the Company or the Separate 
<PAGE>
 
      Accounts unless otherwise agreed by the Fund. Shares ordered from the Fund
      will be recorded in an appropriate title for the Separate Accounts or the
      appropriate subaccounts of the Separate Accounts.

1.9.  The Fund shall promptly furnish notice (by wire or telephone, followed by
      written confirmation) to the Company of any income dividends or capital
      gain distributions payable on the shares of the Portfolios. The Company
      hereby elects to reinvest in the Portfolios all such dividends and
      distributions as are payable on a Portfolio's shares and to receive such
      dividends and distributions in additional shares of the Portfolio. The
      Company reserves the right to revoke this election in writing and to
      receive all such dividends and distributions in cash. The Fund shall
      notify the Company of the number of shares so issued as payment of such
      dividends and distributions.

1.10. The Fund shall instruct its recordkeeping agent to advise the Company on
      each business day of the net asset value per share for each Portfolio as
      soon as reasonably practical after the net asset value per share is
      calculated.

ARTICLE II.         Representations and Warranties

2.1.  The Company represents and warrants that it is an insurance company duly
      organized and in good standing under applicable law and that it is taxed
      as an insurance company under Subchapter L of the Code.

2.2.  The Company represents and warrants that it has legally and validly
      established each of the Separate Accounts as a segregated asset account
      under the Arizona Insurance Code, and that each of the Separate Accounts
      is a validly existing segregated asset account under applicable federal
      and state law.

2.3.  The Company represents and warrants that the Variable Contracts issued by
      the Company or interests in the Separate Accounts under such Variable
      Contracts (1) are or, prior to issuance, will be registered as securities
      under the Securities Act of 1933 ("1933 Act") or, alternatively (2) are
      not registered because they are properly exempt from registration under
      the 1933 Act or will be offered exclusively in transactions that are
      properly exempt from registration under the 1933 Act.

2.4.  The Company represents and warrants that each of the Separate Accounts (1)
      has been registered as a unit investment trust in accordance with the
      provisions of the 1940 Act or, alternatively (2) has not been registered
      in proper reliance upon an exclusion from registration under the 1940 Act.

2.5.  The Company represents that it believes, in good faith, that the Variable
      Contracts issued by the Company are currently treated as annuity contracts
      or life insurance policies (which may include modified endowment
      contracts), whichever is appropriate, under applicable provisions of the
      Code.
<PAGE>
 
2.6.  The Company represents and warrants that any of its Separate Accounts that
      fund variable life insurance contracts and that are registered with the
      SEC as investment companies rely on the exemptions provided by Rule 6e-
      3(T), or any successor thereto, and not on Rule 6e-2 under the 1940 Act.

2.7.  The Fund represents and warrants that it is duly organized as a business
      trust under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, and is in good
      standing under applicable law.

2.8.  The Fund represents and warrants that the shares of the Portfolios are
      duly authorized for issuance in accordance with applicable law and that
      the Fund is registered as an open-end management investment company under
      the 1940 Act.

2.9.  The Fund represents that it believes, in good faith, that the Portfolios
      currently comply with the diversification provisions of Section 817(h) of
      the Code and the regulations issued thereunder relating to the
      diversification requirements for variable life insurance policies and
      variable annuity contracts.

2.10. The Distributor represents and warrants that it is a member in good
      standing of the NASD and is registered as a broker-dealer with the SEC.

ARTICLE III.        General Duties

3.1.  The Fund shall take all such actions as are necessary to permit the sale
      of the shares of each Portfolio to the Separate Accounts, including
      maintaining its registration as an investment company under the 1940 Act,
      and registering the shares of the Portfolios sold to the Separate Accounts
      under the 1933 Act for so long as required by applicable law. The Fund
      shall amend its Registration Statement filed with the SEC under the 1933
      Act and the 1940 Act from time to time as required in order to effect the
      continuous offering of the shares of the Portfolios. The Fund shall
      register and qualify the shares for sale in accordance with the laws of
      the various states to the extent deemed necessary by the Fund or the
      Distributor.

3.2.  The Fund shall make every effort to maintain qualification of each
      Portfolio as a Regulated Investment Company under Subchapter M of the Code
      (or any successor or similar provision) and shall notify the Company
      immediately upon having a reasonable basis for believing that a Portfolio
      has ceased to so qualify or that it might not so qualify in the future.

3.3.  The Fund shall make every effort to enable each Portfolio to comply with
      the diversification provisions of Section 817(h) of the Code and the
      regulations issued thereunder relating to the diversification requirements
      for variable life insurance policies and variable annuity contracts and
      any prospective amendments or other modifications to Section 817 or
      regulations thereunder, and shall notify the Company immediately upon
      having a reasonable basis for believing that any Portfolio has ceased to
      comply.

3.4.  The Fund shall be entitled to receive and act upon advice of its General
      Counsel or its outside counsel in meeting the requirements specified in
      Sections 3.2 and 3.3 hereof.
<PAGE>
 
3.5.  The Company shall take all such actions as are necessary under applicable
      federal and state law to permit the sale of the Variable Contracts issued
      by the Company, including registering each Separate Account as an
      investment company to the extent required under the 1940 Act, and
      registering the Variable Contracts or interests in the Separate Accounts
      under the Variable Contracts to the extent required under the 1933 Act,
      and obtaining all necessary approvals to offer the Variable Contracts from
      state insurance commissioners.

3.6.  The Company shall make every effort to maintain the treatment of the
      Variable Contracts issued by the Company as annuity contracts or life
      insurance policies, whichever is appropriate, under applicable provisions
      of the Code, and shall notify the Fund and the Distributor immediately
      upon having a reasonable basis for believing that such Variable Contracts
      have ceased to be so treated or that they might not be so treated in the
      future.

3.7.  The Company shall offer and sell the Variable Contracts issued by the
      Company in accordance with applicable provisions of the 1933 Act, the 1934
      Act, the 1940 Act, the NASD Rules of Fair Practice, and state law
      respecting the offering of variable life insurance policies and variable
      annuity contracts.

3.8.  The Distributor shall sell and distribute the shares of the Portfolios of
      the Fund in accordance with the applicable provisions of the 1933 Act, the
      1934 Act, the 1940 Act, the NASD Rules of Fair Practice, and state law.

3.9.  A majority of the Board of Trustees of the Fund shall consist of persons
      who are not "interested persons" of the Fund ("disinterested Trustees"),
      as defined by Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act, except that if this
      provision of this Section 3.9 is not met by reason of the death,
      disqualification, or bona fide resignation of any Trustee or Trustees,
      then the operation of this provision shall be suspended (a) for a period
      of 45 days if the vacancy or vacancies may be filled by the Fund's Board;
      (b) for a period of 60 days if a vote of shareholders is required to fill
      the vacancy or vacancies; or (c) for such longer period as the SEC may
      prescribe by order upon application.

3.10. The Company agrees to provide, as promptly as possible, notice to the Fund
      and to the Distributor if the Company has reason to know about a meeting
      of some or all of the owners of the Variable Contracts or shareholders of
      the Fund, where the agenda or purpose of the meeting relates, in whole or
      in part, to the Fund and that has not been called by the Fund's Board of
      Trustees (and which shall not include a vote of Variable Contract Owners
      having an interest in a Separate Account to substitute shares of another
      investment company for corresponding shares of the Fund or a Portfolio, as
      described in Section 9(e) and to which the notice provision of Section 9.2
      shall apply). In such an event, the Company agrees to distribute proxy
      statements and any additional solicitation materials upon the request of
      the Fund or the Distributor to the owners of the Variable Contracts issued
      by the Company at least 30 days prior to the meeting. The Company further
      agrees that it shall take no action, directly or indirectly, in
      furtherance of shareholders of the Fund or Contract Owners taking any
      action with respect to the Fund by written consent and without a meeting.
<PAGE>
 
3.11. Each party hereto shall cooperate with each other party and all
      appropriate governmental authorities having jurisdiction (including,
      without limitation, the SEC, the NASD, and state insurance regulators) and
      shall permit such authorities reasonable access to its books and records
      in connection with any investigation or inquiry relating to this Agreement
      or the transactions contemplated hereby.

ARTICLE IV.    Potential Conflicts

4.1.  The Fund's Board of Trustees shall monitor the Fund for the existence of
      any material irreconcilable conflict (1) between the interests of owners
      of variable annuity contracts and variable life insurance policies, and
      (2) between the interests of owners of Variable Contracts ("Variable
      Contract Owners") issued by different Participating Insurance Companies
      that invest in the Fund. An irreconcilable material conflict may arise for
      a variety of reasons, including: (a) an action by any state insurance
      regulatory authority; (b) a change in applicable federal or state
      insurance, tax, or securities laws or regulations, or a public ruling,
      private letter ruling, no-action or interpretive letter, or any similar
      action by insurance, tax, or securities regulatory authorities; (c) an
      administrative or judicial decision in any relevant proceeding; (d) the
      manner in which the investments of the Fund or any Portfolio are being
      managed; or (e) a decision by a Participating Insurance Company to
      disregard the voting instructions of Variable Contract Owners.

4.2.  The Company agrees that it shall be responsible for reporting any
      potential or existing conflicts to the Fund's Board of Trustees. The
      Company will be responsible for assisting the Board of Trustees of the
      Fund in carrying out its responsibilities under this agreement, by
      providing the Board with all information reasonably necessary for the
      Board to consider any issues raised. This includes, but is not limited to,
      an obligation by the Company to inform the Board whenever Variable
      Contract Owner voting instructions are disregarded. The Company shall
      carry out its responsibility under this Section 4.2 with a view only to
      the interests of the Variable Contract Owners.

4.3   The Company agrees that in the event that it is determined by a majority
      of the Board of Trustees of the Fund or a majority of the Fund's
      disinterested Trustees that a material irreconcilable conflict exists, the
      Company shall, to the extent reasonably practicable (as determined by a
      majority of the disinterested Trustees of the Board of the Fund), take
      whatever steps are necessary to eliminate the irreconcilable material
      conflict, including: (1) withdrawing the assets allocable to some or all
      of the Separate Accounts from the Fund or any Portfolio and reinvesting
      such assets in a different investment medium, which may include another
      portfolio of the Fund, or submitting the question of whether such
      segregation should be implemented to a vote of all affected Variable
      Contract Owners and, as appropriate, segregating the assets of any
      appropriate group (i.e., contract Owners of Variable Contracts issued by
      one or more Participating Insurance Companies) that votes in favor of such
      segregation, or offering to the affected Variable Contract Owners the
      option of making such a change; and (2) establishing a new registered
      management investment company or managed separate account. If a material
      irreconcilable conflict arises because of the Company's decision to
      disregard Variable Contract Owners' voting instructions and
<PAGE>
 
      that decision represents a minority position or would preclude a majority
      vote, the Company shall be required, at the Fund's election, to withdraw
      the Separate Accounts' investment in the Fund, and no charge or penalty
      will be imposed as a result of such withdrawal. The Fund shall neither be
      required to bear the costs of remedial actions taken to remedy a material
      irreconcilable conflict nor shall it be requested to pay a higher
      investment advisory fee for the sole purpose of covering such costs. In
      addition, no Variable Contract Owner shall be required directly to
      indirectly to bear the direct or indirect costs of remedial actions taken
      to remedy a material irreconcilable conflict. A new funding medium for any
      Variable Contract need not be established pursuant to this Section 4.3, if
      an offer to do so has been declined by vote of a majority of Variable
      Contract Owners materially adversely affected by the irreconcilable
      material conflict. All reports received by the Fund's Board of Trustees of
      potential or existing conflicts, and all Board action with regard to
      determining the existence of a conflict, notifying Participating Insurance
      Companies and the Fund's investment adviser of a conflict, and determining
      whether any proposed action adequately remedies a conflict,, shall be
      properly recorded life insurance policies, and (2) between the interests
      of owners of Variable Contracts ("Variable Contract Owners") issued by
      different Participating Insurance Companies that invest in the Fund. An
      irreconcilable material conflict may arise for a variety of reasons,
      including: (a) an action by any state insurance regulatory authority; (b)
      a change in applicable federal or state insurance, tax, or securities laws
      or regulations, or a public ruling, private letter ruling, no-action or
      interpretive letter, or any similar action by insurance, tax, or
      securities regulatory authorities; (c) an administrative or judicial
      decision in any relevant proceeding; (d) the manner in which the
      investments of the Fund or any Portfolio are being managed; or (e) a
      decision by a Participating Insurance Company to disregard the voting
      instructions of Variable Contract Owners.

4.4   The Board of Trustees of the Fund shall promptly notify the Company in
      writing of its determination of the existence of an irreconcilable
      material conflict and its implications.

ARTICLE V.     Prospectuses and Proxy Statements; Voting

5.1   The Company shall distribute such prospectuses, proxy statements and
      periodic reports of the Fund to the owners of Variable Contracts issued by
      the Company as required to be distributed to such Variable Contract Owners
      under applicable federal or state law.

5.2   The Distributor shall provide the Company with as many copies of the
      current prospectus of the Fund as the Company may reasonably request. If
      requested by the Company in lieu thereof, the Fund shall provide such
      documentation (including a final copy of the Fund's prospectus as set in
      type or in camera-ready copy) and other assistance as is reasonably
      necessary in order for the Company to print together in one document the
      current prospectus for the Variable Contracts issued by the Company and
      the current prospectus for the Fund. The Fund shall bear the expense of
      printing copies of its current prospectus that will be distributed to
      existing Variable Contract Owners, and the Company shall bear the expense
      of printing copies of the Fund's prospectus that are used in connection
      with offering the Variable Contracts issued by the Company.
<PAGE>
 
5.3   The Fund and the Distributor shall provide (1) at the Fund's expense, one
      copy of the Fund's current Statement of Additional Information ("SAI") to
      the Company and to any owner of a Variable Contract issued by the Company
      who requests such SAI, (2) at the Company's expense, such additional
      copies of the Fund's current SAI as the Company shall reasonably request
      and that the Company shall require in accordance with applicable law in
      connection with offering the Variable Contracts issued by the Company.

5.4   The Fund, at its expense, shall provide the Company with copies of its
      proxy material, periodic reports to shareholders and other communications
      to shareholders in such quantity as the Company shall reasonably require
      for purposes of distributing to owners of Variable Contracts issued by the
      Company. The Fund, at the Company's expense, shall provide the Company
      with copies of its periodic reports to shareholders and other
      communications to shareholders in such quantity as the Company shall
      reasonably request for use in connection with offering the Variable
      Contracts issued by the Company. If requested by the Company in lieu
      thereof, the Fund shall provide such documentation (including a final copy
      of the Fund's proxy materials, periodic reports to shareholders and other
      communications to shareholders, as set in type or in camera-ready copy)
      and other assistance as reasonably necessary in order for the Company to
      print such shareholder communications for distribution to owners of
      Variable Contracts issued by the Company.

5.5   For so long as the SEC interprets the 1940 Act to require pass-through
      voting by Participating Insurance Companies whose Separate Accounts are
      registered as investment companies under the 1940 Act, the Company shall
      vote shares of each Portfolio of the Fund held in a Separate Account or a
      subaccount thereof, whether or not registered under the 1940 Act, at
      regular and special meetings of the Fund in accordance with instructions
      timely received by the Company (or its designated agent) from owners of
      Variable Contracts funded by such Separate Account or subaccount thereof
      having a voting interest in the Portfolio. The Company shall vote shares
      of a Portfolio of the Fund held in a Separate Account or a subaccount
      thereof that are attributable to the Variable Contracts as to which no
      timely instructions are received, as well as shares held in such Separate
      Account or subaccount thereof that are not attributable to the Variable
      Contracts and owned beneficially by the Company (resulting from charges
      against the Variable Contracts or otherwise), in the same proportion as
      the votes cast by owners of the Variable Contracts funded by that Separate
      Account or subaccount thereof having a voting interest in the Portfolio
      from whom instructions have been timely received. The Company shall vote
      shares of each Portfolio of the Fund held in its general account, if any,
      in the same proportion as the votes cast with respect to shares of the
      Portfolio held in all Separate Accounts of the Company or subaccounts
      thereof, in the aggregate.

5.6   The Fund shall disclose in its prospectus that (1) shares of the
      Portfolios of the Fund are offered to affiliated or unaffiliated insurance
      company separate accounts which fund both annuity and life insurance
      contracts, (2) due to differences in tax treatment or other
      considerations, the interests of various Variable Contract Owners
      participating in the Fund or a Portfolio might at some time be in
      conflict, and (3) the Board of Trustees of the Fund will monitor for any
      material conflicts and determine what action, if any, should be taken.
<PAGE>
 
      The Fund hereby notifies the Company that prospectus disclosure may be
      appropriate regarding potential risks of offering shares of the Fund to
      separate accounts funding both variable annuity contracts and variable
      life insurance policies and to separate accounts funding Variable
      Contracts of unaffiliated life insurance companies.

ARTICLE VI.    Sales Material and Information

6.1  The Company shall furnish, or shall cause to be furnished, to the Fund or
     its designee, each piece of sales literature or other promotional material
     in which the Fund (or any Portfolio thereof) or its investment adviser or
     the Distributor is named, and no such sales literature or other promotional
     material shall be used without the approval of the Fund and the Distributor
     or the designee of either.

6.2  The Company agrees that neither it nor any of its affiliates or agents
     shall give any information or make any representations or statements on
     behalf of the Fund or concerning the Fund other than the information or
     representations contained in the Registration Statement or prospectus for
     the Fund shares, as such registration statement and prospectus may be
     amended or supplemented from time to time, or in reports or proxy
     statements for the Fund, or in sales literature or other promotional
     material approved by the Fund or its designee and by the Distributor or its
     designee, except with the permission of the Fund or its designee and the
     Distributor or its designee.

6.3  The Fund or the Distributor or the designee of either shall furnish to the
     Company or its designee, each piece of sales literature or other
     promotional material in which the Company or its Separate accounts are
     named, and no such material shall be used without the approval of the
     Company or its designee.

6.4  The Fund and the Distributor agree that each and the affiliates and agents
     of each shall not give any information or make any representations on
     behalf of the Company or concerning the Company, the Separate Accounts, or
     the Variable Contracts issued by the Company, other than the information or
     representations contained in a registration statement or prospectus for
     such Variable Contracts, as such registration statement and prospectus may
     be amended or supplemented from time to time, or in reports for the
     Separate Accounts or prepared for distribution to owners of such Variable
     Contracts, or in sales literature or other promotional material approved by
     the Company or its designee, except with the permission of the Company.

6.5  The Fund will provide to the Company at least one complete copy of all
     prospectuses, Statements of Additional Information, reports, proxy
     statements and other voting solicitation materials, and all amendments and
     supplements to any of the above, that relate to the Fund or its shares,
     promptly after the filing of such document with the SEC or other regulatory
     authorities.

6.6  The Company will provide to the Fund at least one complete copy of all
     prospectuses (which shall include an offering memorandum if the Variable
     Contracts issued by the Company or

<PAGE>
 
     interests therein are not registered under the 1933 Act), Statements of
     Additional Information, reports, solicitations for voting instructions, and
     all amendments or supplements to any of the above, that relate to the
     Variable Contracts issued by the Company or the Separate Accounts promptly
     after the filing of such document with the SEC or other regulatory
     authority.

6.7  For purposes of this Article VI, the phrase "sales literature or other
     promotional material" includes, but is not limited to, advertisements (such
     as periodical, radio, television, telephone or tape recording, videotape
     display, signs or billboards, motion pictures, computerized media, or other
     public media), sales literature (i.e., any written communication
     distributed or made generally available to customers or the public,
     including brochures, circulars, research reports, market letters, form
     letters, seminar texts, reprints or excerpts of any other advertisement,
     sales literature, or published article), educational or training materials
     or other communications distributed or made generally available to some or
     all agents or employees.

ARTICLE VII.   Indemnification

7.1  Indemnification By The Company

     7.1(a). The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Fund, each of
             its Trustees and officers, any affiliated person of the Fund within
             the meaning of Section 2(a)(3) of the 1940 Act, and the Distributor
             (collectively, the "Indemnified Parties" for purposes of this
             Section 7.1) against any and all losses, claims, damages,
             liabilities (including amounts paid in settlement with the written
             consent of the Company) or litigation expenses (including legal and
             other expenses), to which the Indemnified Parties may become
             subject under any statute, regulation, at common law or otherwise,
             insofar as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or litigation
             expenses are related to the sale or acquisition of the Fund's
             shares or the Variable Contracts issued by the Company and:

             (i)   arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or
                   alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in
                   the registration statement or prospectus (which shall include
                   an offering memorandum) for the Variable Contracts (or any
                   amendment or supplement to any of the foregoing), or arise
                   out of or are based upon the omission or the alleged omission
                   to state therein a material fact required to be stated
                   therein or necessary to make the statements therein not
                   misleading, provided that this agreement to indemnify shall
                   not apply as to any Indemnified Party if such statement or
                   omission or such alleged statement or omission was made in
                   reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished to
                   the Company by or on behalf of the Fund for use in the
                   registration statement or prospectus for the Variable
                   Contracts issued by the Company or sales literature (or any
                   amendment or supplement) or otherwise for use in connection
                   with the sale of such Variable Contracts or Fund shares; or

<PAGE>
 
          (ii)  arise out of or as a result of any statement or representation
                (other than statements or representations contained in the
                registration statement, prospectus or sales literature of the
                Fund not supplied by the Company or persons under its control)
                or wrongful conduct of the Company or any of its affiliates,
                employees or agents with respect to the sale or distribution of
                the Variable Contracts issued by the Company or the Fund shares;
                or

          (iii) arise out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of
                a material fact contained in a registration statement,
                prospectus, or sales literature of the Fund or any amendment
                thereof or supplement thereto or the omission or alleged
                omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated
                therein or necessary to make the statements therein not
                misleading if such a statement or omission was made in reliance
                upon information furnished to the Fund by or on behalf of the
                Company;

          except to the extent provided in Sections 7.1(b) and 7.1(c) hereof.

  7.1(b). The Company shall not be liable under this indemnification provision
          with respect to any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or litigation
          expenses to which an Indemnified Party would otherwise be subject by
          reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, or gross negligence in the
          performance of his or her duties or by reason of his or her reckless
          disregard of obligations or duties under this Agreement or to the
          Fund.

  7.1(c). The Company shall not be liable under this indemnification provision
          with respect to any claim made against an Indemnified Party unless
          such Party shall have notified the Company in writing within a
          reasonable time after the summons or other first legal process giving
          information of the nature of the claim shall have been served upon
          such Indemnified Party (or after such Party shall have received notice
          of such service on any designated agent), but failure to notify the
          Company of any such claim shall not relieve the Company from any
          liability which it may have to the Indemnified Party against whom such
          action is brought otherwise than on account of this indemnification
          provision. In case any such action is brought against the Indemnified
          Parties, the Company shall be entitled to participate, at its own
          expense, in the defense of such action. The Company also shall be
          entitled to assume the defense thereof, with counsel satisfactory to
          the party named in the action. After notice from the Company to such
          party of the Company's election to assume the defense thereof, the
          Indemnified Party shall bear the fees and expenses of any additional
          counsel retained by it, and the Company will not be liable to such
          party under this Agreement for any legal or other expenses
          subsequently incurred by such party independently in connection with
          the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation.

  7.1(d). The Indemnified Parties shall promptly notify the Company of the
          commencement of any litigation or proceedings against them in
          connection with the issuance or sale of the Fund shares or the
          Variable Contracts issued by the Company or the operation of the Fund.
<PAGE>
 
7.2  Indemnification By The Distributor

     7.2(a). The Distributor agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company
             and each of its directors and officers and each person, if any, who
             is an affiliated person of the Company within the meaning of
             Section 2(a)(3) of the 1940 Act (collectively, the "Indemnified
             Parties" for purposes of this Section 7.2) against any and all
             losses, claims, damages, liabilities (including amounts paid in
             settlement with the written consent of the Distributor) or
             litigation expenses (including legal and other expenses) to which
             the Indemnified Parties may become subject under any statute, at
             common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages,
             liabilities or litigation expenses are related to the sale or
             acquisition of the Fund's shares or the Variable Contracts issued
             by the Company and:

             (i)   arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or
                   alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in
                   the registration statement or prospectus or sales literature
                   of the Fund (or any amendment or supplement to any of the
                   foregoing),or arise out of or are based upon the omission or
                   the alleged omission to state therein a material fact
                   required to be stated therein or necessary to make the
                   statements therein not misleading, provided that this
                   agreement to indemnify shall not apply as to any Indemnified
                   Party if such statement or omission or such alleged statement
                   or omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with
                   information furnished to the Distributor or the Fund or the
                   designee of either by or on behalf of the Company for use in
                   the registration statement or prospectus for the Fund or in
                   sales literature (or any amendment or supplement) or
                   otherwise for use in connection with the sale of the Variable
                   Contracts issued by the Company or Fund shares; or

             (ii)  arise out of or as a result of any statement or
                   representation (other than statements or representations
                   contained in the registration statement, prospectus or sales
                   literature for the Variable Contracts not supplied by the
                   Distributor or any employees or agents thereof) or wrongful
                   conduct of the Fund or Distributor, or the affiliates,
                   employees, or agents of the Fund or the Distributor with
                   respect to the sale or distribution of the Variable Contracts
                   issued by the Company or Fund shares; or

             (iii) arise out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement
                   of a material fact contained in a registration statement,
                   prospectus, or sales literature covering the Variable
                   Contracts issued by the Company, or any amendment thereof or
                   supplement thereto, or the omission or alleged omission to
                   state therein a material fact required to be stated therein
                   or necessary to make the statement or statements therein not
                   misleading, if such statement or omission was made in
                   reliance upon information furnished to the Company by or on
                   behalf of the Fund;
<PAGE>
 
             except to the extent provided in Sections 7.2(b) and 7.2(c) hereof.

     7.2(b). The Distributor shall not be liable under this indemnification
             provision with respect to any losses, claims, damages, liabilities
             or litigation expenses to which an Indemnified Party would
             otherwise be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith,
             or gross negligence in the performance of his or her duties or by
             reason of his or her reckless disregard of obligations and duties
             under this Agreement or to the Company or the Separate Accounts.

     7.2(c). The Distributor shall not be liable under this indemnification
             provision with respect to any claim made against the Indemnified
             Party unless such Party shall have notified the Distributor in
             writing within a reasonable time after the summons or other first
             legal process giving information of the nature of the claim shall
             have been served upon such Indemnified Party (or after such Party
             shall have received notice of such service on any designated
             agent), but failure to notify the Distributor of any such claim
             shall not relieve the Distributor from any liability which it may
             have to the Indemnified Party against whom such action is brought
             otherwise than on account of this Indemnification Provision. In
             case any such action is brought against the Indemnified Parties,
             the Distributor will be entitled to participate, at its own
             expense, in the defense thereof. The Distributor also shall be
             entitled to assume the defense thereof, with counsel satisfactory
             to the party named in the action. After notice from the Distributor
             to such party of the Distributor's election to assume the defense
             thereof, the Indemnified Party shall bear the fees and expenses of
             any additional counsel retained by it, and the Distributor will not
             be liable to such party under this Agreement for any legal or other
             expenses subsequently incurred by such party independently in
             connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of
             investigation.

     7.2(d). The Company shall promptly notify the Distributor of the
             commencement of any litigation or proceedings against it or any of
             its officers or directors in connection with the issuance or sale
             of the Variable Contracts issued by the Company or the operation of
             the Separate Accounts.

ARTICLE VIII.  Applicable Law

8.1  This Agreement shall be construed and the provisions hereof interpreted
     under and in accordance with the laws of the State of Arizona.

8.2  This Agreement shall be subject to the provisions of the 1933, 1934, and
     1940 Acts, and the rules and regulations and rulings thereunder, including
     such exemptions from those statutes, rules and regulations as the SEC may
     grant (including, but not limited to, the Shared Funding Exemptive Order)
     and the terms hereof shall be interpreted and construed in accordance
     therewith.

ARTICLE IX.    Termination
<PAGE>
 
9.1. This Agreement shall terminate:

     (a) at the option of any party upon 180 days advance written notice to the
         other parties; or

     (b) at the option of the Company if shares of the Portfolios are not
         reasonably available to meet the requirements of the Variable Contracts
         issued by the Company, as determined by the Company, and upon prompt
         notice by the Company to the other parties; or

     (c) at the option of the Fund or the Distributor upon institution of formal
         proceedings against the Company or its agent by the NASD, the SEC, or
         any state securities or insurance department or any other regulatory
         body regarding the Company's duties under this Agreement or related to
         the sale of the Variable Contracts issued by the Company, the operation
         of the Separate Accounts, or the purchase of the Fund shares; or

     (d) at the option of the Company upon institution of formal proceedings
         against the Fund or the Distributor by the NASD, the SEC, or any state
         securities or insurance department or any other regulatory body; or

     (e) upon requisite vote of the Variable Contract Owners having an interest
         in the Separate Accounts (or any subaccounts thereof) to substitute the
         shares of another investment company for the corresponding shares of
         the Fund or a Portfolio in accordance with the terms of the Variable
         Contracts for which those shares had been selected to serve as the
         underlying investment media; or

     (f) in the event any of the shares of a Portfolio are not registered,
         issued or sold in accordance with applicable state and/or federal law,
         or such law precludes the use of such shares as the underlying
         investment media of the Variable Contracts issued or to be issued by
         the Company; or

     (g) by any party to the Agreement upon a determination by a majority of the
         Trustees of the Fund, or a majority of its disinterested Trustees, that
         an irreconcilable conflict exists; or

     (h) at the option of the Company if the Fund or a Portfolio fails to meet
         the diversification requirements specified in Section 3.3 hereof.

9.2  Each party to this Agreement shall promptly notify the other parties to the
     Agreement of the institution against such party of any such formal
     proceedings as described in Sections 9.1(c) and (d) hereof.  The Company
     shall give 60 day's prior written notice to the Fund of the date of any
     proposed vote of Variable Contract Owners to replace the Fund's shares as
     described in Section 9.1(e) hereof.
<PAGE>
 
9.3  Except as necessary to implement Variable Contract Owner initiated
     transactions, or as required by state insurance laws or regulations, the
     Company shall not redeem Fund shares attributable to the Variable Contracts
     issued by the Company (as opposed to Fund shares attributable to the
     Company's assets held in the Separate Accounts), and the Company shall not
     prevent Variable Contract Owners from allocating payments to a Portfolio,
     until 60 days after the Company shall have notified the Fund or Distributor
     of its intention to do so.

9.4  If this Agreement terminates, any provision of this Agreement necessary to
     the orderly windup of business under it will remain in effect as to that
     business, after termination.

ARTICLE X.    Notices

Any notice shall be sufficiently given when sent by registered or certified mail
to the other party at the address of such party set forth below or at such other
address as such party may from time to time specify in writing to the other
party.

If to the Fund:

     Pacific Select Fund
     Attn: SEC Regulatory Compliance Department
     700 Newport Center Drive
     P.O. Box 7500
     Newport Beach, CA 92260

If to the Distributor:

     Pacific Mutual Distributors, Inc.
     Attn: Compliance Officer
     700 Newport Center Drive, NB-3
     Newport Beach, CA 92660

If to the Company:

     PM Group Life Insurance Company [Pacific Life & Annuity Company]
     c/o Pacific Life Insurance Company
     700 Newport Center Drive
     P.O. Box 7500
     Newport Beach, CA 92260

ARTICLE XI.   Miscellaneous

11.1 The Fund and the Company agree that if and to the extent Rule 6e-3(T) under
     the 1940 Act is amended or if Rule 6e-3 is adopted in final form, to the
     extent applicable, the Fund and the Company shall each take such steps as
     may be necessary to comply with the Rule as amended or adopted in final
     form.
<PAGE>
 
11.2 A copy of the Fund's Agreement and Declaration of Trust is on file with the
     Secretary of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and notice is hereby given
     that the Agreement has been executed on behalf of the Fund by a Trustee of
     the Fund in his or her capacity as Trustee and not individually.  The
     obligations of this Agreement shall only be binding upon the assets and
     property of the Fund and shall not be binding upon any Trustee, officer or
     shareholder of the Fund individually.

11.3 Nothing in this Agreement shall impede the Fund's Trustees or shareholders
     of the shares of the Fund's Portfolios from exercising any of the rights
     provided to such Trustees or shareholders in the Fund's Agreement and
     Declaration of Trust, as amended, a copy of which will be provided to the
     Company upon request.

11.4 It is understood that the name "Pacific", "Pacific Mutual", "Pacific Life",
     or "Pacific Select" or any derivative thereof or logo associated with that
     name is the valuable property of the Distributor and its affiliates, and
     that the Company has the right to use such name (or derivative or logo)
     only so long as this Agreement is in effect.  Upon termination of this
     Agreement the Company shall forthwith cease to use such name (or derivative
     or logo).

11.5 The captions in this Agreement are included for convenience of reference
     only and in no way define or delineate any of the provisions hereof or
     otherwise affect their construction or effect.

11.6 This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in two or more counterparts,
     each of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

11.7 If any provision of this Agreement shall be held or made invalid by a court
     decision, statute, rule or otherwise, the remainder of the Agreement shall
     not be affected thereby.

11.8 This Agreement may not be assigned by any party to the Agreement except
     with the written consent of the other parties to the Agreement.
     Notwithstanding the forgoing, the Company may assign some or all of its
     duties under this Agreement to Pacific Life Insurance Company upon such
     terms and conditions as are deemed appropriate between the Company and
     Pacific Life Insurance Company.
<PAGE>
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly
executed as of the day and year first above written.

PACIFIC SELECT FUND


Attest:                                   By:
- ----------------------------------           ---------------------------------
Name:                                        Name:   Thomas C. Sutton  
Title:                                               President



PACIFIC MUTUAL DISTRIBUTORS, INC.



Attest:                                   By:
- ----------------------------------           ---------------------------------
Name:                                        Name:   
Title:                                               President


PM GROUP LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY [PACIFIC LIFE & ANNUITY COMPANY]


Attest:                                   By:
- ----------------------------------           ---------------------------------
Name:                                        Name:   
Title:                                               President
<PAGE>
 
                                   EXHIBIT A

                     PACIFIC SELECT EXEC SEPARATE ACCOUNT
                              SEPARATE ACCOUNT A
<PAGE>
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Exhibit A to be executed
by their Officers designated below on this ____ day of ____________, 1998.

PACIFIC SELECT FUND



Attest:                                   By:
- ----------------------------------           ---------------------------------
Name:                                        Name:   Thomas C. Sutton  
Title:                                               President


PACIFIC MUTUAL DISTRIBUTORS, INC.



Attest:                                   By:
- ----------------------------------           ---------------------------------
Name:                                        Name:   
Title:                                               President


PM GROUP LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY [PACIFIC LIFE & ANNUITY COMPANY]



Attest:                                   By:
- ----------------------------------           ---------------------------------
Name:                                        Name:   
Title:                                               President
<PAGE>
 
                                   EXHIBIT B

                            MONEY MARKET PORTFOLIO
                            MANAGED BOND PORTFOLIO
                        GOVERNMENT SECURITIES PORTFOLIO
                           HIGH YIELD BOND PORTFOLIO
                              GROWTH LT PORTFOLIO
                            EQUITY INCOME PORTFOLIO
                           MULTI-STRATEGY PORTFOLIO
                           LARGE-CAP VALUE PORTFOLIO
                            MID-CAP VALUE PORTFOLIO
                               EQUITY PORTFOLIO
                           BOND AND INCOME PORTFOLIO
                            EQUITY INDEX PORTFOLIO
                           SMALL-CAP INDEX PORTFOLIO
                                REIT PORTFOLIO
                            INTERNATIONAL PORTFOLIO
                          EMERGING MARKETS PORTFOLIO
                          AGGRESSIVE EQUITY PORTFOLIO

<PAGE>
 
EXHIBIT 99.8(b)

Administrative Agreement Between PM Group and Pacific Life Insurance Company
(Pacific Life)
<PAGE>
 
                                                                         "DRAFT"
 
                              SERVICES AGREEMENT



     THIS Services Agreement ("Agreement") is made this     day of      1998, by
and between PM Group Life Insurance Co. ("PMG"), an Arizona corporation, and
Pacific Life Insurance Company (PLIC), a California corporation.

     WHEREAS, PMG desires to provide such administrative services for certain
individual life, individual annuity, and institutional product contracts; and

     WHEREAS, PLIC desires to provide certain administrative services for PMG on
the following terms and conditions;

     NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and agreements
contained herein, the parties do mutually agree as follows:

1.  Services. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement,
    PLIC agrees with respect to certain PMG contracts, specifically, any and all
    individual life, individual annuity, and institutional product contracts
    (collectively "the Contracts"), to provide the administrative services
    described in Schedule A, attached hereto and made a part hereof, together
    with such other services that PMG may reasonably request (collectively "the
    Services") with respect to the Contracts.

2.  Charges for Services. As consideration for the Services provided by PLIC
    pursuant to this Agreement, PMG agrees to pay PLIC a fee based on an
    estimation of actual costs, determined in a fair and reasonable manner,
    which costs will not include a profit factor and which will be allocated
    equitably in accordance with customary insurance accounting practices, where
    applicable, consistently applied.

3.  Subcontractors. PLIC may subcontract with any subsidiary or affiliate of
    PLIC to provide Services; provided that subcontracting shall not result in
    an increase in the amount charged for such Services or a decrease in the
    quality of such Services provided.

4.  Indemnification. PMG agrees to defend, indemnify and hold PLIC harmless from
    and against all costs, reasonable expenses, losses, damages, attorneys'
    fees, claims, obligations and liabilities imposed upon, incurred or asserted
    against PLIC which arise out of or in any manner are connected with
    Contracts administered by PLIC under this Agreement, except if the conduct
    of PLIC constitutes an intentional tort, reckless conduct, gross negligence
    or bad faith, or if PLIC issues a Contract which is inconsistent with the
    approved policy specifications.
<PAGE>
 
Page 2
Services Agreement


5.  Underwriting and Claims Services. All underwriting and claims services
    provided to PMG under this Agreement are to be based upon the written
    criteria, standard and guidelines of PMG. PMG shall have the ultimate and
    final authority over decisions and policies relating to the Contracts; to
    include but not be limited to the acceptance, rejection or canceling of
    risks relating to or with respect to such Contracts.

6.  Supervision by the Company. PLIC acknowledges that (a) the Board of
    Directors and officers of PMG are vested with the power, authority, and
    responsibility for managing the business and affairs of PMG, and (b) any and
    all actions taken or advice or services provided pursuant to this Agreement
    by PLIC are subject to the continuous supervision and approval of the Board
    of Directors and the officers of PMG.

7.  Billing. All charges and advances made pursuant to this Agreement shall be
    billed by PLIC on a timely basis in the ordinary course of business and
    shall be 100 percent repaid to PLIC in the ordinary course of business, as
    soon as practicable. Interest may be assessed by PLIC at a market-based
    short-term borrowing rate. Billings shall be accompanied by sufficient
    documentation to support the charges and to meet all state insurance
    regulatory requirements. Statements are subject to final adjustment only if
    mutually agreed upon by both parties.

8.  Accounting Records and Documents.

(a) PLIC shall be responsible for maintaining full and accurate accounts and
    records of all services rendered pursuant to this Agreement. PLIC shall keep
    such account and records insofar as they pertain to the computation of
    charges hereunder available at its principal offices for audit, inspection,
    and copying, during reasonable business hours, by PMG and persons authorized
    by it and any governmental agency having jurisdiction over PMG.
(b) All books, records and files established and maintained by PLIC by reason of
    its performance under this Agreement which, absent this Agreement, would
    have been held by PMG, shall be deemed the property of PMG, and shall be
    subject to audit, inspection, and copying, during reasonable business hours,
    by PMG and persons authorized by it and any governmental agency having
    jurisdiction over PMG. All such books, records and files shall be promptly
    transferred to PMG by PLIC upon termination of this Agreement, at PMG's
    expense.
<PAGE>
 
Page 3
Services Agreement

9.   Notices. All written notices, requests, and other communications hereunder
     shall be delivered to the addresses set forth on the signature page of this
     Agreement, or any address hereinafter agreed upon by the parties.

10.  Governing Law. This Agreement shall be construed and governed in accordance
     with the laws of the State of Arizona.

11.  Entire Agreement; Amendment. This Agreement shall constitute the entire
     agreement among the parties and supersedes all prior agreements and
     understandings, whether written or verbal, to the extent such agreements
     pertain to the rights and responsibilities set forth herein.
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement does not supersede either of
     the Pacific Life Insurance Company Administrative Services Agreement with
     Pacific Life Insurance Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates dated
     September 1, 1997 and the Investment Management Agreement dated January 1,
     1990. This Agreement may be amended only in a writing executed by all
     parties.

12.  Arbitration. In the event any dispute arises between the parties related in
     any way to this Agreement on which agreement between the parties cannot be
     reached, the dispute shall be decided by arbitration in accordance with
     procedures agreed upon by the parties after such dispute arises.

13.  Termination. This Agreement may be terminated upon 60 days written notice
     by written agreement of the parties hereto. PMG may terminate the contract
     in the event PLIC fails to perform its responsibilities hereunder in a
     satisfactory manner.

14.  Assignment. Except as set forth in Section 3 hereof, PLIC cannot assign its
     duties or obligation, in whole or in part, under this Agreement to any
     other firm, organization or individuals without the express written consent
     of PMG, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

15.  Severability. To the extent this Agreement may be in conflict with any
     applicable law or regulation, this Agreement shall be construed in a manner
     consistent with such law or regulation. The invalidity or illegality of any
     provision of this Agreement shall not be deemed to affect the validity or
     legality of any other provision of this Agreement.
<PAGE>
 
Page 4
Services Agreement


     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Agreement as of the
     date first above written.


     PM GROUP LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
     17360 Brookhurst
     Fountain Valley, CA 92708

     By: _____________________              By: _________________________

     Title: __________________              Title: ______________________

     PACIFIC LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
     700 Newport Center Drive
     Newport Beach, CA 92660

     By: _____________________               By: _________________________

     Title: __________________               Title: ______________________
<PAGE>
 
                                  SCHEDULE A

                           SERVICES PROVIDED BY PLIC
                 PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT FOR THE CONTRACTS
                                        
1.  Marketing

    Preparation and distribution of illustrations and marketing materials.
    Communications with the field.
    Contest qualification and production credit tracking.

2.  Compliance

    Provide contracts and policies in compliance with applicable state and
    federal laws.
    File PMG contracts and policies with insurance departments and other
    regulatory agencies.

3.  Policy Administration

    Prepare, in accordance with Section 5, and deliver and maintain contracts
    and policies.
    Obtain clients acceptance of contracts and policies.
    Maintain originals of all contracts and policies.
    Provide customer service in relation to all contracts and policies.
    Prepare and issue reports required by state and federal law.

4.  Accounting and Financial Reporting

    Prepare billings and collect premiums and other fees in relation to
    contracts and policies.
    Provide accounting for contracts and policies.
    Provide financial reporting results for inclusion in PMG financial
    statements.
    Provide valuation and compliance with valuation and actuarial requirements
    for business subject to this Agreement.
    Provide support for PMG examinations and audits.

5.  Claims Processing

    In accordance with Section 5, process all claims arising under policies and
    contracts.
    Maintain claim documents, files and related information.
    Maintain and update beneficiary designations and life assignments.
    Control and maintain all draft and check stock, claim forms and other forms
    and documents incidental to claims processing.
    Maintain claims procedural manuals and other instructions.
    Monitor claims for possible fraud.
<PAGE>
 
Page 2
Schedule A


6.   Licensing and Commission Payment

     Process and issue licenses and commission agreements, and pay applicable
     fees.
     Calculate and pay commissions.
     Maintain commission payment information, and report such information as
     required by applicable laws.

7.   Separate Accounts

     Provide services necessary for the maintenance of separate accounts,
     including but not limited to state and federal regulations as applicable.

<PAGE>
 
EXHIBIT 99.9

Opinion and Consent of Legal Officer of PM Group Life


<PAGE>
 
                        [LOGO OF PM GROUP APPEARS HERE]

                                                             David R. Carmichael
                                                           Senior Vice President
                                                                 General Counsel
                                                                  Law Department
                                                        (949) 640-3326 Telephone
                                                        (949) 640-3706 Facsimile
                                                     [email protected]

January 21, 1999

PM Group Life Insurance Company
700 Newport Center Drive
Newport Beach, California 92660

Dear Sirs:

In my capacity as Senior Vice President and General Counsel of PM Group Life
Insurance Company ("PM Group"), I, or attorneys employed by PM Group under my
general supervision, have supervised the establishment of Separate Account A of
PM Group Life Insurance Company on September 24, 1998, which has been authorized
by resolution of the Board of Directors of PM Group adopted on July 1, 1998,
concerning Separate Account A as the separate account for assets applicable to
Pacific Portfolios Individual Flexible Premium Deferred Variable Annuity
Contracts ("Contracts"), pursuant to the provisions of A.R.S. Section(s) 20-
2633, 20-651, 20-515 and 20-536.01 of the Insurance Code of the State of
Arizona. Moreover, I have been associated with the preparation of the
Registration Statement on Form N-4 ("Registration Statement"), filed by PM Group
and Separate Account A (File No. pending) with the Securities and Exchange
Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, for the registration of
interests in the Separate Account A funding the Contracts.

I have made such examination of the law and examined such corporate records and
such other documents as in my judgment are necessary and appropriate to enable
me to render the following opinion that: 

     1.  PM Group has been duly organized under the laws of the State of Arizona
         and is a validly existing corporation.

     2.  Separate Account A is duly created and validly existing as a separate
         account pursuant to the aforesaid provisions of Arizona law.

     3.  The portion of the assets to be held in Separate Account A equal to the
         reserves and other liabilities under the Contracts and any other
         contracts issued by PM Group that are supported by Separate Account A
         is not chargeable with liabilities arising out of any other business PM
         Group may conduct.

     4.  The Contracts have been duly authorized by PM Group and, when issued as
         contemplated by the Registration Statement, will constitute legal,
         validly issued and binding obligations of PM Group, except as limited
         by bankruptcy or insolvency laws affecting the rights of creditors
         generally.

I hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration
Statement.

Very truly yours,

/s/ DAVID R. CARMICHAEL

David R. Carmichael
Senior Vice President and
General Counsel

DRC/evm
                        PM Group Life Insurance Company
           17360 Brookhurst Street, Fountain Valley, California 92708
              P.O. Box 2890, Newport Beach, California 92658-9010

<PAGE>
 
EXHIBIT 99.10(a)

Independent Auditor's Consent
<PAGE>
 
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' CONSENT

We consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form N-4 of Separate 
Account A of PM Group Life Insurance Company of our report dated February 19, 
1998, except for Note 10, as to which the date is November 6, 1998, related to 
the financial statements - statutory basis of PM Group Life Insurance Company 
as of December 31, 1997 and 1996, and for each of the two years in the period 
ended December 31, 1997, appearing in the Statement of Additional Information of
Pacific Portfolios.

We also consent to the reference to us under the heading "Financial Statements 
- - Statutory Basis" appearing in such Statement of Additional Information.

DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Costa Mesa, California
January 21, 1999

<PAGE>
 
EXHIBIT 99.13

PERFORMANCE CALCULATIONS
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              Separate Account A
              Schedule for Computation of Performance Quotations
                      Average Initial Premium = $45,000.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Last Year Ending 12/31/97

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                       Money Mkt     Mgd Bond    Govt Secty    High Yield      Equity Income    Multi-Strat    Intern'l
<S>                   <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>               <C>             <C>           <C> 
Start Date              12/31/96     12/31/96     12/31/96      12/31/96         12/31/96        12/31/96      12/31/96
Beginning AUV          10.356036    10.274757    10.144127     10.961721        11.657031       11.032656     11.843494
End Date                12/31/97     12/31/97     12/31/97      12/31/97         12/31/97        12/31/97      12/31/97
Ending AUV             10.751784    11.137453     10.95187      11.82987        14.783078       13.014333     12.762569
Annual Fee ($30)      $     0.67   $     0.67   $     0.67   $      0.67       $        -      $        -    $     0.67
CDSC                  $    63.00   $    63.00   $    63.00   $     63.00       $    63.00      $    63.00    $    63.00
Ending ERV            $   974.55   $ 1,020.30   $ 1,015.96   $  1,015.53       $ 1,205.17      $ 1,116.62    $ 1,013.94
AATR W/Drawal              -2.55%        2.03%        1.60%         1.55%           20.52%          11.66%         1.39%
AATR  Account               3.75%        8.33%        7.90%         7.85%           26.82%          17.96%         7.69%

<CAPTION> 
                     Equity Index    Growth LT      Equity    Bond + Income     Emerg Mkts       Aggsv Eqty
<S>                  <C>           <C>          <C>          <C>               <C>             <C> 
Start Date              12/31/96     12/31/96     12/31/96      12/31/96         12/31/96        12/31/96
Beginning AUV          11.968901    11.613700    12.593450      9.791233         9.574244       10.672142
End Date                12/31/97     12/31/97     12/31/97      12/31/97         12/31/97        12/31/97
Ending AUV              15.69257    12.707541    14.676255     11.231117         9.281881       10.921505
Annual Fee ($30)      $        -   $     0.67   $        -   $         -       $     0.67      $     0.67
CDSC                  $    63.00       $63.00       $63.00   $     63.00       $    63.00      $    63.00
Ending ERV            $ 1,248.11   $ 1,030.52   $ 1,102.39   $  1,084.06       $   905.80          959.70
AATR W/Drawal              24.81%        3.05%       10.24%         8.41%           -9.42%          -4.03%
AATR  Account              31.11%        9.35%       16.54%        14.71%           -3.12%           2.27%
</TABLE> 

Dollar Values are per $1000 of initial premium
Average Annual Total Return (AATR) of Surrender Value = [ERV/$1000]-1
$30 Annual Fee waived if contract value over $50,000


                                    Page 1
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              Separate Account A
              Schedule for Computation of Performance Quotations
                      Average Initial Premium = $45,000.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Last 3 Years ending 12/31/97

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                       Money Mkt     Mgd Bond     Govt Secty    High Yield   Equity Income  Multi-Strat    Intern'l
<S>                   <C>           <C>           <C>          <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>     
Start Date              12/30/94      12/30/94      12/30/94     12/30/94      12/30/94      12/30/94      12/30/94
Beginning AUV           9.603907      8.514737      8.530157     8.519994      7.624217      8.048181      9.038482
End Date                12/31/97      12/31/97      12/31/97     12/31/97      12/31/97      12/31/97      12/31/97
Ending AUV             10.751784     11.137453     10.951870    11.829870     14.783078     13.014333     12.762569
Annual Fee ($30)      $     1.33    $        -    $        -   $        -    $        -    $        -    $     0.67
CDSC                  $    54.00    $    54.00    $    54.00   $    54.00    $    54.00    $    54.00    $    54.00
Ending ERV            $ 1,064.11    $ 1,254.02    $ 1,229.90   $ 1,334.48    $ 1,884.96    $ 1,563.05    $ 1,357.16
AATR W/Drawal               2.09%         7.84%         7.14%       10.10%        23.53%        16.05%        10.72%
AATR  Account               3.79%         9.36%         8.69%       11.56%        24.70%        17.37%        12.17%
</TABLE> 
                                                              

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION>                                                               
                    Equity Index     Growth LT       Equity      Bond  +      Emerg Mkts    Aggsv Eqty
                                                                 Income
<S>                 <C>             <C>           <C>          <C>            <C>           <C>        
Start Date              12/30/94      12/30/94      12/30/94     12/30/94         N/A           N/A
Beginning AUV           7.347206      7.409890      8.171504     7.592276
End Date                12/31/97      12/31/97      12/31/97     12/31/97
Ending AUV             15.692570     12.707541     14.676255    11.231117
Annual Fee ($30)      $        -    $        -    $        -   $        -
CDSC                  $    54.00    $    54.00    $    54.00   $    54.00
Ending ERV            $ 2,081.86    $ 1,660.94    $ 1,742.03   $ 1,425.28
AATR W/Drawal              27.69%        18.43%        20.32%       12.54%
AATR  Account              28.78%        19.70%        21.55%       13.94%
</TABLE> 

Dollar Values are per $1000 of initial premium 
Average Annual Return (AAR) of Surrender Value = [(ERV/$1000)to the power of 
(1/3)]-1 
$30 Annual Fee waived if contract value over $50,000

                                    Page 2
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              Separate Account A
              Schedule for Computation of Performance Quotations
                      Average Initial Premium = $45,000.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Last 5 Years   ending 12/31/97

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                    Money Mkt   Mgd Bond   Govt Secty  High Yield    Equity    Multi-Strat  Intern'l
                                                                     Income
<S>                 <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>          <C>        <C>          <C> 
Start Date            12/31/92    12/31/92    12/31/92    12/31/92    12/31/92    12/31/92    12/31/92
Beginning AUV         9.278833    8.199955    8.342795    7.393702    7.260880    7.690714    6.940174
End Date              12/31/97    12/31/97    12/31/97    12/31/97    12/31/97    12/31/97    12/31/97
Ending AUV           10.751784   11.137453   10.951870   11.829870   14.783078   13.014333   12.762569
Annual Fee ($30)    $     2.00  $     1.33  $     1.33  $        -  $     1.33  $     1.33  $        -
CDSC                $    27.00  $    27.00  $    27.00  $    27.00  $    27.00  $    27.00  $    27.00
Ending ERV          $ 1,129.52  $ 1,329.54  $ 1,284.08  $ 1,572.99  $ 2,006.43  $ 1,663.09  $ 1,811.94
AATR W/Drawal             2.47%       5.86%       5.13%       9.48%      14.94%      10.71%      12.62%
AATR  Account             2.95%       6.29%       5.57%       9.86%      15.25%      11.07%      12.96%

<CAPTION> 
                     Equity     Growth LT    Equity      Bond +    Emerg Mkts  Aggsv Eqty
                      Index                              Income
<S>                 <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>     
Start Date           12/31/92     N/A        12/31/92    12/31/92     N/A         N/A
Beginning AUV        6.835878                7.454115    7.136625
End Date             12/31/97                12/31/97    12/31/97
Ending AUV          15.692570               14.676255   11.231117
Annual Fee ($30)   $     1.33              $     0.67  $     0.67
CDSC               $    27.00              $    27.00  $    27.00
Ending ERV         $ 2,265.78              $ 1,940.68  $ 1,545.74
AATR W/Drawal           17.77%                  14.18%       9.10%
AATR  Account           18.05%                  14.50%       9.48%
</TABLE>           

Dollar Values are per $1000 of initial premium 
Average Annual Return (AAR) of Surrender Value = [(ERV/$1000)to the power of 
(1/5)]-1 
$30 Annual Fee waived if contract value over $50,000

                                    Page 3
<PAGE>
 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              SEPARATE ACCOUNT A
              SCHEDULE FOR COMPUTATION OF PERFORMANCE QUOTATIONS
                      AVERAGE INITIAL PREMIUM = $45,000.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

LAST 10 YEARS ENDING 12/31/97

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                       Money Mkt   Mgd Bond    Govt Secty  High Yield    Equity Income   Multi-Strat   Intern'l
<S>                    <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>           <C>             <C>           <C>                    
Start Date              N/A         N/A         N/A          N/A         N/A             N/A           N/A     
Beginning AUV
End Date
Ending AUV
Annual Fee ($30)
CDSC
Ending ERV
AATR W/Drawal
AATR  Account

<CAPTION>

                                                                Bond +
                         Equity     Growth LT     Equity        Income     Emerg Mkts   Aggsv Eqty
                         Index                                     
<S>                      <C>        <C>           <C>         <C>          <C>          <C> 
Start Date               N/A         N/A            12/31/87    12/31/87      N/A          N/A
Beginning AUV                                       4.255963    4.430472
End Date                                            12/31/97    12/31/97
Ending AUV                                         14.676255   11.231117
Annual Fee ($30)                                  $     0.67  $     0.67
CDSC                                              $        -  $        -
Ending ERV                                        $ 3,446.23  $ 2,533.36
AATR W/Drawal                                          13.17%       9.74%
AATR  Account                                          13.17%       9.74%
</TABLE> 

Dollar Values are per $1000 of initial premium 
Average Annual Return (AAR) of Surrender Value = [(ERV/$1000)to the power of 
(1/10)]-1
$30 Annual Fee waived if contract value over $50,000

                                    Page 4

<PAGE>
 
        --------------------------------------------------------------
                          SEPARATE ACCOUNT A              
                                           
              SCHEDULE FOR COMPUTATION OF PERFORMANCE QUOTATIONS
                                              
                    AVERAGE INITIAL PREMIUM = $45,000.            
                                          
        --------------------------------------------------------------
                                            
        FROM INCEPTION OF FUND

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                    Money Mkt   Mgd Bond   Govt Secty   High Yield  Equity Income  Multi-Strat  Intern'l
<S>               <C>         <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>            <C>         <C>   
Start Date            1/4/88      1/4/88      1/4/88       1/4/88       1/4/88        1/4/88       1/4/88  
Beginning AUV       7.340021    5.184201    5.409269     4.737509     4.348104      4.848630     6.046630  
End Date            12/31/97    12/31/97    12/31/97     12/31/97     12/31/97      12/31/97     12/31/97  
Ending AUV         10.751784   11.137453    10.95187     11.82987    14.783078     13.014333    12.762569  
Days                    3649        3649        3649         3649         3649          3649         3649  
Annual Fee ($30)  $     0.67  $     0.67  $     0.67   $     2.00   $     0.67   $      0.67  $         -    
CDSC              $        -  $        -  $        -   $        -   $        -   $         -  $         -        
Ending ERV        $ 1,463.88  $ 2,146.99  $ 2,023.36   $ 2,492.47   $ 3,397.77   $  2,682.43  $  2,110.69  
AATR W/Drawal           3.89%       7.94%       7.30%        9.57%       13.01%        10.37%        7.76% 
AATR  Account           3.89%       7.94%       7.30%        9.57%       13.01%        10.37%        7.76% 
</TABLE> 

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                 Equity Index     Growth LT       Equity       Bond +     Emerg Mkts     Aggsv Eqty
                                                              Income
<S>              <C>            <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>            <C>   
Start Date          1/30/91         1/3/94        1/3/84        1/3/84       4/1/96         4/1/96   
Beginning AUV      5.257292       6.634056      2.515479      2.629096    10.000000      10.000000  
End Date           12/31/97       12/31/97      12/31/97      12/31/97     12/31/97       12/31/97  
Ending AUV         15.69257      12.707541     14.676255     11.231117     9.281881      10.921505  
Days                   2527           1458          5111          5111          639            639  
Annual Fee ($30) $        -     $        -   $      0.67   $         -    $    1.33    $      1.33    
CDSC             $        -     $    45.00   $         -   $         -    $   63.00    $     63.00    
Ending ERV       $ 2,984.92     $ 1,870.50   $  5,830.80   $  4,271.86    $  863.92    $  1,027.70  
AATR W/Drawal         17.11%         16.97%        13.42%        10.93%       -8.02%          1.57% 
AATR  Account         17.11%         17.67%        13.42%        10.93%       -4.20%          5.12%  
</TABLE> 

Dollar Values are per $1000 of initial premium
Average Annual Return (AAR) of Surrender Value = [(ERV/$1000)/\(365/# days)]-1
$30 Annual Fee waived if contract value over $50,000

                                    Page 5
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              Separate Account A
              Schedule for Computation of Performance Quotations
                      Average Initial Premium = $45,000.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

From Inception Separate Account

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                   Money Mkt    Mgd Bond    Govt Secty   High Yield  Equity Income  Multi-Strat  Intern'l
<S>                <C>          <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>            <C>          <C> 
Start Date             1/2/96       1/2/96       1/2/96       1/2/96       1/2/96       1/2/96       1/2/96 
Beginning AUV       10.000000    10.000000    10.000000    10.000000    10.000000    10.000000    10.000000 
End Date             12/31/97     12/31/97     12/31/97     12/31/97     12/31/97     12/31/97     12/31/97 
Ending AUV          10.751784    11.137453     10.95187     11.82987    14.783078    13.014333    12.762569 
Days                      729          729          729          729          729          729          729 
Annual Fee ($30)   $     1.33   $     0.67   $     1.33   $     0.67   $        -   $     0.67   $        - 
CDSC               $    63.00   $    63.00   $    63.00   $    63.00   $    63.00   $    63.00   $    63.00 
Ending ERV         $ 1,010.15   $ 1,050.02   $ 1,030.13   $ 1,119.27   $ 1,415.31   $ 1,237.64   $ 1,213.26 
AATR W/Drawal            0.51%        2.47%        1.50%        5.80%       19.00%       11.27%       10.16%
AATR  Account            3.66%        5.51%        4.62%        8.74%       21.62%       14.07%       12.99% 
</TABLE> 

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                    Equity     Growth LT     Equity      Bond +    Emerg Mkts  Aggsv Eqty
                     Index                               Income
<S>                <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>         <C>         <C> 
Start Date             1/2/96      1/2/96       1/2/96      1/2/96     4/17/96     4/17/96 
Beginning AUV       10.000000   10.000000    10.000000   10.000000   10.102463    9.908720 
End Date             12/31/97    12/31/97     12/31/97    12/31/97    12/31/97    12/31/97 
Ending AUV           15.69257   12.707541    14.676255   11.231117    9.281881   10.921505 
Days                      729         729          729         729         623         623 
Annual Fee ($30)   $        -  $        -   $        -  $     0.67  $     1.33  $     1.33 
CDSC               $    63.00  $    63.00   $    63.00  $    63.00  $    63.00  $    63.00 
Ending ERV         $ 1,506.26  $ 1,207.75   $ 1,404.63  $ 1,059.34  $   854.50  $ 1,037.76 
AATR W/Drawal           22.76%       9.91%       18.54%       2.93%      -8.80%       2.20%
AATR  Account           25.31%      12.75%       21.18%       5.95%      -4.88%       5.82% 
</TABLE> 

Dollar Values are per $1000 of initial premium 
Average Annual Return (AAR) of Surrender Value = [(ERV/$1000)/\(365/# days)]-1 
$30 Annual Fee waived if contract value over $50,000

                                    Page 6

<PAGE>
 
EXHIBIT 99.15

Powers of Attorney
<PAGE>
 
                               POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that the person whose signature appears
below constitutes and appoints David R. Carmichael, Sharon A. Cheever, Diane N.
Ledger, Jeffrey S. Puretz, Paul F. Roye and Robin Yonis Sandlaufer his/her true
and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, each with full power of substitution and
resubstitution for him/her in his/her name, place, and stead, in any and all
Registration Statements applicable to Pacific Select Exec Separate Account of PM
Group Life Insurance Company and Separate Account A of PM Group Life Insurance
Company and any amendments or supplements thereto, and to file the same, with
all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the
Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and
agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing
requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as
he/she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that
said attorney-in-fact and agent, or his/her substitute or substitutes, may
lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.



Dated:  October 30, 1998                 /s/ DAVID R. CARMICHAEL
                                         -------------------------------
                                             David R. Carmichael
<PAGE>
 
                               POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that the person whose signature appears
below constitutes and appoints David R. Carmichael, Sharon A. Cheever, Diane N.
Ledger, Jeffrey S. Puretz, Paul F. Roye and Robin Yonis Sandlaufer his/her true
and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, each with full power of substitution and
resubstitution for him/her in his/her name, place, and stead, in any and all
Registration Statements applicable to Pacific Select Exec Separate Account of PM
Group Life Insurance Company and Separate Account A of PM Group Life Insurance
Company and any amendments or supplements thereto, and to file the same, with
all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the
Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and
agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing
requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as
he/she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that
said attorney-in-fact and agent, or his/her substitute or substitutes, may
lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.



Dated:  October 30, 1998                 /s/ WILLIAM J. DOOMEY
                                         -------------------------------
                                             William J. Doomey
<PAGE>
 
                               POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that the person whose signature appears
below constitutes and appoints David R. Carmichael, Sharon A. Cheever, Diane N.
Ledger, Jeffrey S. Puretz, Paul F. Roye and Robin Yonis Sandlaufer his/her true
and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, each with full power of substitution and
resubstitution for him/her in his/her name, place, and stead, in any and all
Registration Statements applicable to Pacific Select Exec Separate Account of PM
Group Life Insurance Company and Separate Account A of PM Group Life Insurance
Company and any amendments or supplements thereto, and to file the same, with
all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the
Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and
agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing
requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as
he/she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that
said attorney-in-fact and agent, or his/her substitute or substitutes, may
lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.



Dated:  October 30, 1998                 /s/ GARY L. FALDE
                                         -------------------------------
                                             Gary L. Falde
<PAGE>
 
                               POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that the person whose signature appears
below constitutes and appoints David R. Carmichael, Sharon A. Cheever, Diane N.
Ledger, Jeffrey S. Puretz, Paul F. Roye and Robin Yonis Sandlaufer his/her true
and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, each with full power of substitution and
resubstitution for him/her in his/her name, place, and stead, in any and all
Registration Statements applicable to Pacific Select Exec Separate Account of PM
Group Life Insurance Company and Separate Account A of PM Group Life Insurance
Company and any amendments or supplements thereto, and to file the same, with
all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the
Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and
agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing
requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as
he/she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that
said attorney-in-fact and agent, or his/her substitute or substitutes, may
lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.



Dated:  October 30, 1998                 /s/ WILLIAM L. FERRIS
                                         -------------------------------
                                             William L. Ferris
<PAGE>
 
                               POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that the person whose signature appears
below constitutes and appoints David R. Carmichael, Sharon A. Cheever, Diane N.
Ledger, Jeffrey S. Puretz, Paul F. Roye and Robin Yonis Sandlaufer his/her true
and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, each with full power of substitution and
resubstitution for him/her in his/her name, place, and stead, in any and all
Registration Statements applicable to Pacific Select Exec Separate Account of PM
Group Life Insurance Company and Separate Account A of PM Group Life Insurance
Company and any amendments or supplements thereto, and to file the same, with
all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the
Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and
agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing
requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as
he/she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that
said attorney-in-fact and agent, or his/her substitute or substitutes, may
lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.



Dated:  October 30, 1998                 /s/ AUDREY L. MILFS
                                         -------------------------------
                                             Audrey L. Milfs
<PAGE>
 
                               POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that the person whose signature appears
below constitutes and appoints David R. Carmichael, Sharon A. Cheever, Diane N.
Ledger, Jeffrey S. Puretz, Paul F. Roye and Robin Yonis Sandlaufer his/her true
and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, each with full power of substitution and
resubstitution for him/her in his/her name, place, and stead, in any and all
Registration Statements applicable to Pacific Select Exec Separate Account of PM
Group Life Insurance Company and Separate Account A of PM Group Life Insurance
Company and any amendments or supplements thereto, and to file the same, with
all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the
Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and
agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing
requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as
he/she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that
said attorney-in-fact and agent, or his/her substitute or substitutes, may
lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.



Dated:  October 30, 1998                 /s/ LYNN C. MILLER
                                         -------------------------------
                                             Lynn C. Miller
<PAGE>
 
                               POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that the person whose signature appears
below constitutes and appoints David R. Carmichael, Sharon A. Cheever, Diane N.
Ledger, Jeffrey S. Puretz, Paul F. Roye and Robin Yonis Sandlaufer his/her true
and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, each with full power of substitution and
resubstitution for him/her in his/her name, place, and stead, in any and all
Registration Statements applicable to Pacific Select Exec Separate Account of PM
Group Life Insurance Company and Separate Account A of PM Group Life Insurance
Company and any amendments or supplements thereto, and to file the same, with
all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the
Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and
agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing
requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as
he/she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that
said attorney-in-fact and agent, or his/her substitute or substitutes, may
lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.



Dated:  October 30, 1998                 /s/ GLENN S. SCHAFER
                                         -------------------------------
                                             Glenn S. Schafer
<PAGE>
 
                               POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that the person whose signature appears
below constitutes and appoints David R. Carmichael, Sharon A. Cheever, Diane N.
Ledger, Jeffrey S. Puretz, Paul F. Roye and Robin Yonis Sandlaufer his/her true
and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, each with full power of substitution and
resubstitution for him/her in his/her name, place, and stead, in any and all
Registration Statements applicable to Pacific Select Exec Separate Account of PM
Group Life Insurance Company and Separate Account A of PM Group Life Insurance
Company and any amendments or supplements thereto, and to file the same, with
all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the
Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and
agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing
requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as
he/she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that
said attorney-in-fact and agent, or his/her substitute or substitutes, may
lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.



Dated:  October 30, 1998                 /s/ THOMAS C. SUTTON
                                         -------------------------------
                                             Thomas C. Sutton
<PAGE>
 
                               POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that the person whose signature appears
below constitutes and appoints David R. Carmichael, Sharon A. Cheever, Diane N.
Ledger, Jeffrey S. Puretz, Paul F. Roye and Robin Yonis Sandlaufer his/her true
and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, each with full power of substitution and
resubstitution for him/her in his/her name, place, and stead, in any and all
Registration Statements applicable to Pacific Select Exec Separate Account of PM
Group Life Insurance Company and Separate Account A of PM Group Life Insurance
Company and any amendments or supplements thereto, and to file the same, with
all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the
Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and
agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing
requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as
he/she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that
said attorney-in-fact and agent, or his/her substitute or substitutes, may
lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.



Dated:  October 30, 1998                 /s/ KHANH T. TRAN
                                         -------------------------------
                                             Khanh T. Tran


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission